AW3.1 U1-U2 SM Rev8

Technical Publications
2201394100
Revision 8
Advantage Workstation (v3.1) sm Service Manual
do not duplicate
CopyrightE 2000 by General Electric Co.
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
Advantage Workstation (v3.1) sm 2201394100
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CHAPTER TITLE PAGE
REVISION HISTORY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xiii LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xiii HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xv CONVENTIONS FOR THIS MANUAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xvi 1 IINSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SECTION 1 INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SECTION 2 INSTALLATION GUIDE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 22 23 24 Required hardware environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Required software environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Further assumptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Installation flowcharts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 14 16 16 18 18 19 110 114 115 116 116 117 117 117 118 21 21 21 21 21 22 22 22 23 23 24 26 27
SECTION 3 NEW SYSTEM INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SECTION 4 ADD NEW SCSI OPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SECTION 5 ADD NEW SOFTWARE OPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SECTION 6 AW SOFTWARE REINSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SECTION 7 LOAD FROM COLD: O.S. AND AW SOFTWARE REINSTALLATION . . . . SECTION 8 DEMO EXAMS INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SECTION 9 SECOND MONITOR UPGRADE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SECTION 10 Px PATCH (RE)INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SECTION 11 INSTALLATION JOB CARDS LIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 UPGRADES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SECTION 1 OVERVIEW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SECTION 2 TOOLS REQUIRED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SECTION 3 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SECTION 4 PREREQUISITES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SECTION 5 UPGRADE PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 52 53 54 55 ARS2.0 / AW3.0 Upgrade to UltraSparc 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AW1.2 /AW2.0 Upgrade to UltraSparc 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AW1.2 / AW2.0 upgrade to AW3.1.P ULTRASPARC 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ARS2.0 / AW3.0 upgrade to AW3.1.P ULTRASPARC 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AW3.1 upgrade to AW3.1.P ULTRASPARC 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SECTION 6 OLD SYSTEM, IMAGE FILES DELETION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SECTION 7 OLD HARDWARE RETURN PROCESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT.)

CHAPTER
71 72 73 3
TITLE
Return procedure for Americas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Return procedure for ASIA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Return procedure for Europe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE
27 28 29 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 33 33 33 34 34 34 34 34 34 35 35 35 35 36
COMMON PROCEDURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SECTION 1 OVERVIEW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SECTION 2 COMMON PROCEDURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 Basic UNIX procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Boot AdvantageWorkstation from <ok> prompt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Login as sdc on AdvantageWorkstation (windowing system not running) . . . . . . . . . . Find out what true user you currently are . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Become sdc user after successful login as another user . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Become root user after successful login as another user (locally or remote) . . . . . . . . . Shutdown system from login prompt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Logout Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Login as root on AdvantageWorkstation (windowing system not running) . . . . . . . . . Login locally on AdvantageWorkstation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2110 Remote Login to AdvantageWorkstation from a remote station (general case) . . . . . . . 2111 Remote Login as root on AdvantageWorkstation (from a remote station) . . . . . . . . . . . 2112 Remote Login as sdc on AdvantageWorkstation (from a remote station) . . . . . . . . . . . 2113 Find the Internet, ethernet, and broadcast address, netmask value and hostname . . . . . 2114 Shutdown and Reboot AdvantageWorkstation locally or remotely from the command line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2115 Shutdown and Reboot AdvantageWorkstation locally. (i.e. no input from keyboard) 2116 Shutdown and Reboot AdvantageWorkstation locally workstation hard blocked . 2117 Changing the user password . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2118 Boot AdvantageWorkstation in singleuser mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2119 Line commands for controlling printer (filming) queues. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2120 Changing the Host Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2121 Host identification ( hostid ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2122 Using the man Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2123 Routing Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2124 Netmasking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2125 Unconfiguring the Advantage Workstation (removing all current hostname, timezone, network, and addressing information). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 2126 Changing the Internet Address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2127 File Systems checks windowing system not running . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 36
ii
GE Medical Systems
REV 8

CHAPTER TITLE PAGE
2128 Check that the SCSI devices connected were recognized by the workstation during the boot sequence: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 22 Restart Advantage Workstation Application from the Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 221 AdvantageWorkstation OK, no one logged in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 222 AdvantageWorkstation OK, sdc logged in BUT application is not running . . . . . . . . . . 37 223 AdvantageWorkstation OK, someone else logged in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 23 Shutdown ADVANTAGE WORKSTATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 231 Windowing system not running login prompt displayed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 232 Advantage Workstation running Normal Shutdown (including computer shutdown) 37 233 Advantage Workstation running Stop application only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 234 Advantage Workstation not running and Windowing system running . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 235 AW not running and windowing system running Kill Application locally . . . . . . . 38 236 AW application up, down or blocked and Windowing system blocked Kill Windowing System remotely . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 24 ADVANTAGE WORKSTATION and Site Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 241 Creating a JUMPSTART diskette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 242 Displaying or saving Advantage Workstation Site Configuration Information . . . . . . . 39 243 Changing Advantage Workstation Site Configuration Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310 25 ADOBE ACROBAT reader tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310 26 ADVANTAGE WOKSTATION Database Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310 261 Recover Database from the Root Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310 262 Recover Database from the command line interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311 27 Using the SMPTE Pattern . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312 271 Displaying the SMPTE pattern. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312 272 Console Monitor Adjustment Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313 4 TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SECTION 1 FOREWORD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SECTION 2 TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE ULTRA 1 STATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SECTION 3 TROUBLESHOOTING JOB CARDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DISASSEMBLY / REASSEMBLY PROCEDURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SECTION 1 OVERVIEW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SECTION 2 TOOLS REQUIRED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SECTION 3 PREREQUISITES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SECTION 4 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SECTION 5 PROCEDURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RENEWAL PARTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FILMING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SECTION 1 INTERCONNECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 41 41 42 51 51 51 51 51 52 6I 71 71
6 7
iii
GE Medical Systems
REV 8

CHAPTER
11 12 13 21 211 212 22 221 222 23 231 232 24 241 242 25 251 252 26 261 262 27 271 272 28 281 282 29 291 292
TITLE
Filming Interface installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Filming interface declaration for AW application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Connection with the various Laser Cameras. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AW Connection to the 3M (Imation) Laser Imagers M952 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Video Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digital Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AW Connection to the 3M (Imation) Laser Imager M959 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Video Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digital Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AW Connection to the Kodak XLP imager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Video Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digital: connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AW Connection to the AGFA MIN Imager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Video connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digital connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AW Connection to the AGFA MG3000 Imager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Video Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digital connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AW Connection to the DUPONT (Sterling) LINX IMAGE Q . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Video Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digital Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AW Connection to the 3M (Imation) 969 HQ and Dryview Laser Imager . . . . . . . . . . Video Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digital connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AW Connection to the FUJI Laser Imager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Video Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digital connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AW3.0 Connection to the KONICA Laser Imager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Video Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digital connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE
71 71 71 79 79 79 710 710 710 710 711 711 712 712 712 712 713 713 713 713 713 714 714 714 714 715 715 715 715 715 715 716 716 717 717 717
SECTION 2 CAMERA SETTINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SECTION 3 INITIALIZATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SECTION 4 FILMING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SECTION 5 TROUBLE SHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 52 Laser Imager Error code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Filming Interface Error Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
iv
GE Medical Systems
REV 8

CHAPTER
53 61 62 63 64 8
TITLE
Error and Status Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Connection Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Utility Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Smooth/Sharp parameter setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessing and using the log file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE
717 718 718 720 721 722 81 83 83 85 85 86 87 88 88 88 89 89 810 810 810 811 812 812 812 814 814 814 815 817 817 818 818 818 819
SECTION 6 CHECKS AND UTILITIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
OPTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SECTION 1 MULTIPACK STORAGE DISKS OPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 12 121 122 13 14 15 16 21 22 23 24 25 31 32 33 34 35 36 41 42 43 44 45 Physical connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SCSI address setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12slot tower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6slot tower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hard disk drive replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Power supply replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Option installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Option deinstallation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Physical connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Switch settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Software declaration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Deinstallation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Running CDR diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Physical connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Switches setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Software declaration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Deinstallation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Running MOD diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MOD warning and error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Physical connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Switches setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Software declaration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Deinstallation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Running MOD diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SECTION 2 CDR DRIVE OPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SECTION 3 GENESIS OPTICAL DISK DRIVE OPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SECTION 4 DICOM OPTICAL DISK DRIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
GE Medical Systems
REV 8

CHAPTER TITLE
SECTION 5 DASM FILMING INTERFACE OPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 61 611 612 62 71 72 81 82 83 84 Old type DASMs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . New type DASMs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Camera connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Logical installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Deinstallation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Running Filming Interface diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Troubleshooting Procedures on the SCSI Bus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Physical installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Installation sequence in Ultra1 and Ultra2 stations with 64 MB DSIMMs modules: . . DSIMMs Self test at Power On. Keyboard LED patterns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Logical installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Physical connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Logical installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Add 2nd Megascan 1K Portrait (1P1 >>> 2P1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Add 2nd Megascan 2K Portrait (1P2 >>> 2P2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Add 2nd Sun 20 color Landscape (1L1 >>> 2L1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Removing the 2nd monitor from an installed system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE
820 820 821 823 823 824 824 824 825 825 825 826 827 827 827 827 828 829 829 830 830 831 831 832 832 832 832 832 834 834 834 835 835 836 838 838
SECTION 6 128MB, 256MB OR 512MB EXTENDED MEMORY OPTION . . . . . . . . . . . .
SECTION 7 TRACKBALL OPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SECTION 8 ADD SECOND MONITOR OPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SECTION 9 ADVANCED CT/MR SOFTWARE PACKAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SECTION 10 ADVANCED XRAY SOFTWARE PACKAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SECTION 11 3D OPTION SOFTWARE PACKAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SECTION 12 DENTASCAN OPTION SOFTWARE PACKAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SECTION 13 NAVIGATOR OPTION SOFTWARE PACKAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SECTION 14 TISSUE VOLUME OPTION SOFTWARE PACKAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 142 151 152 161 162 163 Brief instructions for use and Benchmarking of the application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Software deinstallation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Brief instructions for use and Benchmarking of the application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Software deinstallation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Brief instructions for use and Benchmarking of the application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Saving VOLUME RENDERING presets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Software deinstallation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SECTION 15 FUNCTOOL OPTION SOFTWARE PACKAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SECTION 16 VOLUME RENDERING OPTION SOFTWARE PACKAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
vi
GE Medical Systems
REV 8

CHAPTER TITLE
SECTION 17 UNLISTED OPTION SOFTWARE PACKAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SECTION 18 INSITE OPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181 Modem switches verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1811 Motorola CODEX V34 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1812 US robotics courier V34: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182 Modem parameters verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1821 Motorola CODEX V34 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1822 US Robotics Courier V34 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 184 PPPD daemon running verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Deinstallation procedure: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE
838 839 839 839 839 839 839 840 841 842
SECTION 19 COLOR PRINTER OPTION (CODONICS NP1600 MODEL) CONNECT TO NETWORK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 843 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 Physical Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Printer settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Testing the network connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check Printer Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Test Printer Functionality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Load Paper Cassette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Service Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 843 843 846 847 848 849 849 849 850 850 850 851 851 851 853 854 855 855 91 91 91 91
1971 Image quality problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1972 Printer Engine assembly, Tray assembly replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1973 Periodic maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1974 Uninstallation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SECTION 20 GREYSCALE PRINTER OPTION ( LEXMARK OPTRA S1650 ) . . . . . . . . . 201 202 Physical Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Printer settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2021 Uninstallation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SECTION 21 SCAN CONVERTER OPTION (SONY DSC1024) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SECTION 22 DICOM PRINT OPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221 9 STERLING DICOM PRINTERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
NETWORKING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SECTION 1 SAMPLE NETWORK CONFIGURATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 12 Basic intrasuite network : MR SIGNA ADVANTAGE , MR HORIZON . . . . . . . . . . Basic network : . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
vii
GE Medical Systems
REV 8

CHAPTER
13 14 15 16 17 ...... 18 19 110 111 Advantage workstation within the MR SUITE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Advantage Workstation wIthin the CT SUITE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Advantage Workstation on the LOCAL BACKBONE (Gateway in CT operator console ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Advantage Workstation within the MR , CT and LOCAL SUITE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TITLE
Basic intrasuite network : CTHLA, CTHSA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Basic network : CT SYTEC, PACE, PROSPEED MR VECTRA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Basic network : DRS, DLX (without Digital Gateway) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Basic workstations network with no router DLX with a Fast Ethernet Gateway . . . . . . Workstations subnetworks with one router. DLX with a Digital Gateway and a Fast Ethernet Interface
PAGE
92 92 92 93
94 95 96 96 97 98 99 99 99 99 99 910 910 910 914 914 915 916 918
112 MIXED sources configuration sample ...... SECTION 2 AW3.1 HOST DECLARATION ON IMAGE SOURCES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 31 32 33 34 10 AW3.1 Declaration on UNIX (SUN or Silicon Graphics) based source . . . . . . . . . . . . AW3.1 Declaration on GENESIS based source . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.W3.1 Declaration on non Genesis Based Source . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AW3.1 host declaration on CT9800 image sources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AW3.1 host declaration on dicom devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AW3.1 declaration on DRS / DLX Sources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AW3.1 Declaration on YMS Sources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ROUTING TABLE EXAMPLES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SUBNETWORKS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NETMASKS DECLARATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SECTION 3 NETWORKING OVERVIEW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 SECTION 1 TO BE DONE TWICE A YEAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 SECTION 2 TO BE DONE DURING THE IMAGE SOURCE MAINTENANCE OR AS OFTEN AS PRACTICAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 SECTION 3 TO BE DONE EVERY 4 TO 5 YEARS : NVRAM CHIP REPLACEMENT . . . 104
APPENDIX A
GLOSSARY & UNIX COMMAND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A1 SECTION 1 GLOSSARY (THIS GLOSSARY CONTAINS A LIST OF UNIX TERMS COMMONLY USED). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A1 SECTION 2 UNIX COMMAND SUMMARY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A12
viii
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
D THIS SERVICE MANUAL IS AVAILABLE IN ENGLISH ONLY.
WARNING
D IF A CUSTOMERS SERVICE PROVIDER REQUIRES A LANGUAGE OTHER THAN ENGLISH, IT IS THE CUSTOMERS RESPONSIBILITY TO PROVIDE TRANSLATION SERVICES. D DO NOT ATTEMPT TO SERVICE THE EQUIPMENT UNLESS THIS SERVICE MANUAL HAS BEEN CONSULTED AND IS UNDERSTOOD. D FAILURE TO HEED THIS WARNING MAY RESULT IN INJURY TO THE SERVICE PROVIDER, OPERATOR OR PATIENT FROM ELECTRIC SHOCK, MECHANICAL OR OTHER HAZARDS.
D CE MANUEL DE MAINTENANCE NEST DISPONIBLE QUEN ANGLAIS.
AVERTISSEMENT
D SI LE TECHNICIEN DU CLIENT A BESOIN DE CE MANUEL DANS UNE AUTRE LANGUE QUE LANGLAIS, CEST AU CLIENT QUIL INCOMBE DE LE FAIRE TRADUIRE. D NE PAS TENTER DINTERVENTION SUR LES QUIPEMENTS TANT QUE LE MANUEL SERVICE NA PAS T CONSULT ET COMPRIS. D LE NON-RESPECT DE CET AVERTISSEMENT PEUT ENTRANER CHEZ LE TECHNICIEN, LOPRATEUR OU LE PATIENT DES BLESSURES DUES DES DANGERS LECTRIQUES, MCANIQUES OU AUTRES.
WARNUNG
D DIESES KUNDENDIENSTHANDBUCH EXISTIERT NUR IN ENGLISCHER SPRACHE. D FALLS EIN FREMDER KUNDENDIENST EINE ANDERE SPRACHE BENTIGT, IST ES AUFGABE DES KUNDEN FR EINE ENTSPRECHENDE BERSETZUNG ZU SORGEN. D VERSUCHEN SIE NICHT, DAS GERT ZU REPARIEREN, BEVOR DIESES KUNDENDIENSTHANDBUCH NICHT ZU RATE GEZOGEN UND VERSTANDEN WURDE. D WIRD DIESE WARNUNG NICHT BEACHTET, SO KANN ES ZU VERLETZUNGEN DES KUNDENDIENSTTECHNIKERS, DES BEDIENERS ODER DES PATIENTEN DURCH ELEKTRISCHE SCHLGE, MECHANISCHE ODER SONSTIGE GEFAHREN KOMMEN.
D ESTE MANUAL DE SERVICIO SLO EXISTE EN INGLS.
AVISO
D SI ALGN PROVEEDOR DE SERVICIOS AJENO A GEMS SOLICITA UN IDIOMA QUE NO SEA EL INGLS, ES RESPONSABILIDAD DEL CLIENTE OFRECER UN SERVICIO DE TRADUCCIN. D NO SE DEBER DAR SERVICIO TCNICO AL EQUIPO, SIN HABER CONSULTADO Y COMPRENDIDO ESTE MANUAL DE SERVICIO. D LA NO OBSERVANCIA DEL PRESENTE AVISO PUEDE DAR LUGAR A QUE EL PROVEEDOR DE SERVICIOS, EL OPERADOR O EL PACIENTE SUFRAN LESIONES PROVOCADAS POR CAUSAS ELCTRICAS, MECNICAS O DE OTRA NATURALEZA.
ix
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
ATENO
D ESTE MANUAL DE ASSISTNCIA TCNICA S SE ENCONTRA DISPONVEL EM INGLS. D SE QUALQUER OUTRO SERVIO DE ASSISTNCIA TCNICA, QUE NO A GEMS, SOLICITAR ESTES MANUAIS NOUTRO IDIOMA, DA RESPONSABILIDADE DO CLIENTE FORNECER OS SERVIOS DE TRADUO. D NO TENTE REPARAR O EQUIPAMENTO SEM TER CONSULTADO COMPREENDIDO ESTE MANUAL DE ASSISTNCIA TCNICA. E
D O NO CUMPRIMENTO DESTE AVISO PODE POR EM PERIGO A SEGURANA DO TCNICO, OPERADOR OU PACIENTE DEVIDO A CHOQUES ELTRICOS, MECNICOS OU OUTROS.
AVVERTENZA
D IL PRESENTE MANUALE DI MANUTENZIONE DISPONIBILE SOLTANTO IN INGLESE. D SE UN ADDETTO ALLA MANUTENZIONE ESTERNO ALLA GEMS RICHIEDE IL MANUALE IN UNA LINGUA DIVERSA, IL CLIENTE TENUTO A PROVVEDERE DIRETTAMENTE ALLA TRADUZIONE. D SI PROCEDA ALLA MANUTENZIONE DELLAPPARECCHIATURA SOLO DOPO AVER CONSULTATO IL PRESENTE MANUALE ED AVERNE COMPRESO IL CONTENUTO. D NON TENERE CONTO DELLA PRESENTE AVVERTENZA POTREBBE FAR COMPIERE OPERAZIONI DA CUI DERIVINO LESIONI ALLADDETTO ALLA MANUTENZIONE, ALLUTILIZZATORE ED AL PAZIENTE PER FOLGORAZIONE ELETTRICA, PER URTI MECCANICI OD ALTRI RISCHI.
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
REVISION HISTORY
REV 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 DATE October 1997 February 1998 March 1998 May 1998 November 1998 November 1998 November 1998 November 1999 February 2000 REASON FOR CHANGE Initial release Second release Third release Fourth release Cancelled Fifth release Sixth release Seventh release Update
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

PAGE NUMBER Title page i thru xvi 11 thru 1138 21 thru 210 31 thru 314 41 thru 488 51 thru 52 61 thru 612 71 thru 722 81 thru 856 91 thru 918 101 thru 104 A1 thru A16 REVISION NUMBER 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 PAGE NUMBER REVISION NUMBER PAGE NUMBER REVISION NUMBER
xi
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
Blank page.
xii
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL

THIS MANUAL TO BE USED ONLY FOR AW3.1 RUNNING ON THE ULTRA1 SPARCSTATION AND FOR AW3.1.P (PERFORMANCE) RUNNING ON THE ULTRA2 SPARCSTATION.
WARNING
Chapter 1 : Installation Refer first to the Flowcharts to find out which Job Card(s) you need to follow, depending on the task you want to perform. Then follow step by step the instructions given in the mentionned Job Card(s), in order to either install a new system and its optional devices or advanced applications, or to reinstall it after a system crash or software upgrade. Each time additional information is necessary in order to setup an optional device, you will be warned to get it from Chapter 8 at the corresponding Section or paragraph. Chapter 2 : Upgrades This chapter gives information about the various proposed upgrades. Chapter 3 : Common Procedures This chapter gives information about the various UNIX commands necessary for System Administration. Chapter 4 : Troubleshooting This chapter gives troubleshooting information and tips to ease diagnostics of hardware and software. Chapter 5 : Disassembly/reassembly This chapter is a link to the hardware manufacturer(s) Service manuals. It summarizes the disassembly/reassembly procedures and gives a reference to the appropriate manual. Chapter 6 : Renewal Parts Find there the necessary part number for the Field Replaceable Unit, you need to order. Chapter 7 : Filming This chapter gives information about connection to the various validated Laser Cameras. Chapter 8 : Options This chapter gives additional information about the optional devices and softwares. You will get to refer to it when needing first to setup a device (dip switch for example) before being able to connect and declare it to the workstation. This chapter also gives instruction for uninstalling hardware or software option devices Chapter 9 : Networking This chapter gives additional information about networking, such as subnetworks and routers. Appendix A : Glossary and UNIX commands Glossary of terms used in this manual, and summary of the most usual UNIX commands.
xiii
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
CONVENTIONS FOR THIS MANUAL

Text and Messages in a Command Window are shown using the Courier font : e.g : Do you want to continue [y,n,?,??,q] Responses or commands to be typed in by the FE appear in bold characters: e.g : install.software The Return or Enter hardkey is shown in bold characters and between brackets: e.g : [Return] Keyboard hardkeys are shown in bold characters and between brackets : e.g : <Stop> <A> Pull down menu selections, to be selected by the FE appear in bold characters e.g:
Root Menu Refresh Screen Command Window Calculator Clock Service Tools AW Administration Restart Browser Configuration ScrapBook mode Autodelete activity Recover Database Start calibration Install License Install package Install SMPTE Service Tools Logout
Screen Floppy
Note:
Triangles do NOT indicate an individual selection only, but rather a menu of submenu selections.
xiv
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
ADVANTAGE WORKSTATION V 3.1 CONFIGURATION FORM Complete this form at the end of installation or when requested (you will then be instructed how to proceed). Leave it attached to the sites Service Manual. Upgrade it for each new option or software release. MACHINE TYPE:
ULTRASPARC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............................................ ............................................ ............................................ ............................................ ............................................ ............................................ ............................................ ............................................ ............................................ ............................................ AW3.1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............................................ ............................................ ............................................ ............................................ ............................................ ............................................ ............................................ ............................................ ............................................ ............................................ ............................................ ............................................ ............................................ ............................................ ............................................ ............................................
SERIAL NUMBER: HOSTID: INTERNET ADDRESS: NETMASK: ROOT PASSWORD: SDC PASSWORD: HOSPITAL NAME: USERS INTERFACE LANGUAGE : APPLICATION SUPPORT TELEPHONE : MISCELLANEOUS: SOFTWARE INITIAL REVISION: SOFTWARE UPGRADE REVISION: AW SOFTWARE PROTECTION KEY: CT/MR ANALYSIS PACKAGE KEY: XRAY ANALYSIS PACKAGE KEY: 3D SW PROTECTION KEY: DENTASCAN SW PROTECTION KEY: SCRAPBOOK SW PROTECTION KEY: ONLINE VIEWER SW PROTECT. KEY: NAVIGATOR SW PROTECTION KEY: TISSUE VOLUME SW PROTECT. KEY: VOLUME RENDERING SW PROT. KEY: FUNCTOOL SW PROTECT. KEY: ADVANTAGE SIM SW PROTECT. KEY: ......................... ........SW PROTECT. KEY: ......................... ........SW PROTECT. KEY: DICOM MOD PROTECTION KEY:
11
INSTALLATION
CHAPTER 1 INSTALLATION
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
INSTALLATION
CDR PROTECTION KEY: DICOM PRINT PROTECTION KEY: ............................... PROTECTION KEY: ............................... PROTECTION KEY: NETWORK HOST #1 : Hostname: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Protocol: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.E. Title: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NETWORK HOST#2 Hostname: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Protocol: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.E. Title: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NETWORK HOST #3 Hostname: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Protocol: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.E. Title: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NETWORK HOST #4 Hostname: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Protocol: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.E. Title: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NETWORK HOST #5 Hostname: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Protocol: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.E. Title: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NETWORK HOST #6 Hostname: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Protocol: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.E. Title: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NETWORK HOST #7 Hostname: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Protocol: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.E. Title: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
............................................ ............................................ ............................................ ............................................
IP address: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Port Number: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Comments: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
NETWORK HOST #8 Hostname: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Protocol: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.E. Title: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NETWORK HOST #9 Hostname: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Protocol: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.E. Title: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NETWORK or DICOM PRINTER #1 : Hostname: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Protocol: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.E. Title: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NETWORK or DICOM PRINTER #2 Hostname: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Protocol: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.E. Title: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NETWORK or DICOM PRINTER #3 Hostname: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Protocol: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.E. Title: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NETWORK or DICOM PRINTER #4 Hostname: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Protocol: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.E. Title: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ROUTING TABLE: route add net: route add net: route add net: route add net: route add net: IP address: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Port Number: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Comments: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . on /etc/rc2.d/S93route ............................................ ............................................ ............................................ ............................................ ............................................ IP address: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Port Number: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Comments: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IP address: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Port Number: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Comments: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IP address: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Port Number: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Comments: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IP address: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Port Number: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Comments: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IP address: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Port Number: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Comments: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
INSTALLATION
13
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
INSTALLATION
SECTION 1 INTRODUCTION This chapter outlines the procedures to follow, in order to successfuly complete five different operations. The overall flow of the five operations (see brief explanation below) is in the flowchart on pg. 19. Each operation is then explained in detail in the following flowcharts: D D D D D D Section 3 Section 6 Section 7 Section 8 Section 9 Section 10 New System Installation Advantage Workstation V3.1 software (re)installation Load From Cold: O.S. and AW Software (re)installation Demo Exams (re)installation Add second Monitor option. Px Patch Cdrom (re)installation.
So your entrance points into this chapter will be as follows: D NEW SYSTEM INSTALLATION: You have a new system to install for the first time: D refer to the conditions described in the Advantage Workstation V3.1 PreInstallation Manual, (PIM 2201395100). refer to flowchart section 3
LOAD FROM WARM (AW3.1 REINSTALL): You have a workstation running release V3.1 (under Solaris 2.5.1) of Advantage Workstation software and you want to fully reload the release V3.1 software but not the Operating System (Solaris 2.5.1): refer to flowchart section 6
ADD NEW HW OR SW OPTION: You have a new option (hardware or software) to add for the first time to an existing system running release V3.1 of Advantage Workstation software: refer to flowchart section 4 and section 5. Also refer to chapter 8.
LOAD FROM COLD (O.S. + Application software REINSTALL): You have an Advantage Workstation running release V3.1, you want to update to next release (under Solaris 2.5.1), or you want to fully reload the software of a workstation: Px PATCH CDROM (RE)INSTALLATION: You have a Px Patch Cdrom to (re)install (where "x' is the number describing the revision of patch e.g : P1 , P2, Pn). refer to flowchart section 10
DEMO EXAMS REINSTALLATION: You have an Advantage Workstation running release V3.1 under Solaris 2.5.1 and you just want to load the demo exams: refer to flowchart section 8
SECOND MONITOR UPGRADE OPTION: You have a second monitor to add to an existing 1 screen system running release V3.1 of Advantage Workstation software: refer to flowchart section 9 refer to chapter 8
Note:
This last step is not to be done for a new system delivered with 2 monitors.
14
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
1 or 2 screens Portrait or Landscape
The system unit is the actual computer
Do your work by typing at the keyboard ...
... and moving a pointer on the screen by moving the mouse on its pad. D An MII to AUI ADAPTER KIT with its DC power supply, is delivered with the workstation. It is aimed to be used with the THIN ETHERNET KIT (transceiver, BNC T, 50 ohm terminator and 50 ohm coaxial cable network). Do not install if your site connects with RJ45 twisted pair cable. Europe and Asia poles : THESE KITS ARE SHIPPED WITH THE WORKSTATION US pole : THESE KITS MUST BE ORDERED SEPARATELY. D D If the microphone is delivered with the workstation, as it is not used by AW application software, you should not connect it to the workstation. Portrait B&W monitor configurations (Megascan monitors 1K or 2K) are also delivered with a Calibration tool for the Frame buffer board(s). This tool should only be connected when running calibration (see IST 009).
Note:
15
INSTALLATION
ILLUSTRATION 11 ADVANTAGE WORSTATION BASIC OVERVIEW
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
INSTALLATION
SECTION 2 INSTALLATION GUIDE ADVANTAGE WORKSTATION HAS UNSHIELDED MONITORS. PLACING THE CARTONS CONTAINING THE MONITORS OR THE UNPACKED WORKSTATION NEAR THE MR MAGNET (INSIDE THE 1.3 GAUSS LINE) WILL PERMANENTLY DAMAGE THE MONITORS AND POTENTIALLY VOID THE WARRANTY.
WARNING
21
Required hardware environment
See Illustration 11 ADVANTAGE WORKSTATION V3.1 runs on : SUN ULTRASPARC 1 , 170MHz hardware comprising: D D D D D D D D D D D D One System Board including the 170 Mhz CPU. 256 MBytes of RAM (4 x 64 MB modules) Two internal 2.1 GByte disks for System and Images files. One 3 1/2 floppy disk drive. One Internal CDROM drive. Power cables, connectors, internal speaker, microphone, keyboard, mouse and pad.
SUN ULTRASPARC 2 , 2x300MHz hardware comprising: Dual 300 MHz CPU boards . 256 MBytes of RAM (4 x 64 MB modules) or 512 MB (4 x 128 MB modules) Two internal 4.2 GByte or 9.1 BByte disks for System and Images files. One 3 1/2 floppy disk drive. One Internal CDROM drive. Power cables, connectors, internal speaker, microphone, keyboard, mouse and pad.
MONITOR CONFIGURATIONS are: 1K Color Landscape configuration : D D D D D 1K B&W Portrait configuration : D D D One or two 20 or 21 SUN or SONY Color monitor(s). Creator Frame Buffer board for left monitor TGX+ Frame Buffer board (for 2 monitors configuration). Cables set for Sony color monitors ( cable + VGA to 13X3 adapter) Power cords for monitors (UltraSparc1 upgrades only) One or two Megascan 1K B&W monitor(s). One md2sun (1K) Dome Frame Buffer board (1 for 2 monitors) Cables and power cords for monitors
16
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
D D D D D D
One or two Megascan 2K or Barco 2.5K B&W monitor(s). One or two md4sun or md4sbx (2K) or md5sbx (2.5K) Dome Frame Buffer board. Cables for monitors
NETWORK AND OTHER ITEMS are: Ethernet connection utilizing either RJ45/UTP or MII to AUI kit. Microphone (not used with AW3.1). SCSI options (peripherals): D External SparcStorage Multipack disks (Ch 8 section 2) External DASM filming interface option (Ch 8 section 5) LCAM or VDB. External Dicom MOD drive 2.6GB (Ch8 section4) External Genesis MOD drive 1.2GB readonly (Ch8 section3) reinstallation from AW1.2 or AW2.0 upgrades External CDR drive 650MB (Ch8 section2)
NonSCSI options (peripherals): Color Printer connected to network (DIA , see Ch 8) Greyscale Printer connected to network (DIA , see Ch 8) 128MB or 256MB extended memory (Ch 8 ) SONY Scan Converter (DIA , see Ch 8) Trackball (DIA , see Ch 8) Video Recorder Interface (DIA , see Ch 8) InSite option (see Ch 8)
ILLUSTRATION 12 1 OR 2 LANDSCAPE COLOR MONITOR CONFIGURATION SUN 20 OR 21
REAR VIEW RIGHT MONITOR LEFT MONITOR
ULTRASPARC A B
TP MIIAUI
SBUS
MBUS //
SCSI
17
INSTALLATION
2K or 2.5K B&W Portrait configuration :
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
INSTALLATION
ILLUSTRATION 13 1 OR 2 LANDSCAPE COLOR MONITOR CONFIGURATION SONY 21
(MASTER)
INPUT 1 INPUT 1 INPUT 2
INPUT 2
ULTRASPARC A B
TP MIIAUI
SBUS
Sony HD15/HD15 cable
MBUS //
SCSI
HD15/13W3 adapter
HD15/13W3 adapter
Note: Note:
Make sure that the input switch selection (Front of the monitor) is set to INPUT 1. Refer to the Color Graphic Display documentation P/N : 407397111, delivered with the monitors, for more information about monitor settings and adjustments.
INPUT switch
SONY Color monitor Front View
18
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
ULTRASPARC
A B
TP
SBUS
SCSI
//
MIIAUI
ILLUSTRATION 15 1 0R 2 PORTRAIT 1K X 1K B&W MONITOR CONFIGURATION (ULTRA1 UPGRADES ONLY)
ULTRASPARC
A B
TP
SBUS
SCSI
//
MIIAUI
Note:
1 DOME 1K frame buffer board can drive up to 2 monitors. Use cable noted 1 for left monitor and cable noted 2 for right. If only one monitor configuration, use cable noted 1.
22
Required software environment D Operating system: Solaris 2.5.1 or Solaris 2.5.1 HW/97 (ONLY for ULTRASPARC2 with New Creator Series3 Frame Buffer board, running release AW3.1_08 or up)
System/Image disk space: 2 x 2.1GB internal hard disks (UltraSparc1) 2 x 4.2GB internal hard disks (UltraSparc2) or 2 x 9.1GB internal hard disks (UltraSparc2) . Release 3.1 of Advantage Workstation software
D 23 Further assumptions
In this document, we also assume the following: An Internet Address, a hostname and a root password are given by a central or local authority for each ADVANTAGE WORKSTATION.
19
INSTALLATION
ILLUSTRATION 14 1 OR 2 PORTRAIT 2K X 2K OR 2.5K X 2.5K B&W MONITOR CONFIGURATION
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
24
INSTALLATION
Installation flowcharts START
NEW SYSTEM INSTALLATION? No
Yes
GO TO SECTION 3 page 110
LOAD FROM WARM ? ( AW reinstall) No
Yes
LOAD FROM COLD ? (OS +AW reinstall) No
Yes
GO TO SECTION 7 page 116 Basic system, Operating system, and AW software Operational
Succeeded State Prerequisite State
Px PATCH (re)installation ?
Yes
No
DEMO EXAMS INSTALLATION ?
Yes
No
Second Monitor Upgrade option
Yes
No
Add New HW or SW Option?
Yes
HW : GO TO SECTION 4, page 114 SW : GO TO SECTION 5 page 115
No
END
110
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
NEW SYSTEM INSTALLATION
Install Base System Hardware:
Install and connect workstation

(do not connect external option devices yet)
IST 001 1 hour 1 FE
Install Trackball option Install RAM extension option Install Network connection Configure Host (workstation)
New Basic System Configuration:
IST 002 1/4 hour 1 FE
Install software protection key Configure site (hospital name, scrapbook mode, add hosts ..)
GO TO A
111
INSTALLATION
SECTION 3 NEW SYSTEM INSTALLATION
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
INSTALLATION
A Succeeded State Prerequisite State
Basic system Operational
External SCSI Peripherals Physical Connection: Shutdown workstation Connect SCSI peripherals Reboot r workstation
IST 003 Yes 1/4 hour 1 FE
SCSI HARDWARE OPTION ?
No
Run install.hardware
OR
IST 004
For each new SCSI peripheral Next peripheral
1/4 hour per option 1 FE
Logical Installation: run : install.<option_name>
Basic system and SCSI Peripherals Operational
GO TO B
112
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
Basic system Operational
Yes
SOFTWARE OPTION ?
Run install.software
OR IST 005
For each new SW option Next SW option
1/4 hour per option 1 FE
No
Basic system, SW options and SCSI Peripherals Operational
Install Network Printer Configure Printer Install Network connection and declare on AW Station.
Yes
NETWORK PRINTER OPTION ?
No
Succeeded State
All Software and Hardware Operational
GO TO C
113
INSTALLATION
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
INSTALLATION
C
Succeeded State All Software and Hardware Operational
Network Configuration/update on scanners and other devices
IST 007 1/4 hour

(per image source)
1 FE Input from Load From Cold and Load From Warm procedures
Install INSITE option Connect Modem Install software
Install nonSCSI options as per the OEM installation manual
Yes
NonSCSI option ?
No Turnover To the Customer: Functional tests : ( image disk space , save site parameters, monitor calibration ...) Create USERs accounts
Succeeded State Advantage Workstation System Operational
END
114
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
INSTALL NEW SCSI HARDWARE OPTION ?
External SCSI Peripherals Physical Connection: Shutdown workstation Connect SCSI peripheral into the Daisy chain. Reboot r workstation
IST 004 For each new SCSI peripheral Next peripheral 1/4 hour per option 1 FE
Turnover to Customer : Test the newly installed device Save configuration on diskette
END
115
INSTALLATION
SECTION 4 ADD NEW SCSI OPTION
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
INSTALLATION
SECTION 5 ADD NEW SOFTWARE OPTION
INSTALL NEW SOFTWARE OPTION ?
IST 005 For each new software option Next peripheral 1/4 hour per option 1 FE
Turnover to Customer : Test the newly installed application Save configuration on diskette
END
116
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
Station to be reloaded with AW application software only
Advantage Workstation application software reload (with all external SCSI devices turned OFF) Power ON all SCSI option devices Quick Configuration reinstall : run install.all
IST 010 1 hour 1 FE
GO TO D SECTION 3
SECTION 7 LOAD FROM COLD: O.S. AND AW SOFTWARE REINSTALLATION
Station to be reloaded
Complete load from cold with Jumpstart ( with all external SCSI devices turned OFF) Power ON all SCSI option devices Quick Configuration reinstall : run install.all
IST 011 1.5 hours 1 FE
GO TO D SECTION 3
117
INSTALLATION
SECTION 6 AW SOFTWARE REINSTALLATION
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
INSTALLATION
SECTION 8 DEMO EXAMS INSTALLATION

Station operational INSTALL DEMO EXAMS
Loading demo exams from CDROM:
Check for disk space Load demo exams
End SECTION 9 SECOND MONITOR UPGRADE

Station operational ADD 2nd MONITOR
Add Second Monitor
Install 2nd Frame buffer board (if applicable) Connect and declare 2nd Monitor
Chap8 1/4 hour 1 FE
End SECTION 10 Px PATCH (RE)INSTALLATION

Station operational (re)install Px patch
(re)install Px patch
IST 013 1/4 hour to several hours 1 FE
Insert the .Px (*) Patch cdrom into drive and run install.cdrompatches Run the Recover Database routine (if necessary). This can take several hours depending on the number of images stored on the hard disks. * where x is the number describing the revision of patch eg : P1, P2, Pn) End
118
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
List of IST installation / reinstallation job cards: To be followed step by step and in order. ALWAYS START A NEW SYSTEM INSTALLATION WITHOUT THE EXTERNAL SCSI OPTION DEVICES CONNECTED. THIS WILL HELP YOU MAKE SURE THAT YOUR BASIC SYSTEM IS OPERATIONAL AND WILL PREVENT ANY SCSI ADDRESSING CONFLICT WITH THE INTERNAL DISKS OF THE WORKSTATION. DURING SOFTWARE REINSTALLATION (LOAD FROM COLD OR LOAD FROM WARM), THE EXTERNAL SCSI DEVICES CAN BE LEFT CONNECTED, BUT MUST BE SWITCHED OFF.
WARNING
JOB CARD NO
PURPOSE
NEEDS TO BE DONE FOR ... NEW SYSTEM INSTALL LOAD FROM COLD NO YES NO YES YES YES NO YES YES NO YES CHOICE if applicable LOAD FROM WARM NO YES NO YES YES YES NO YES YES YES NO CHOICE if applicable
IST001 IST002 IST003 IST004 IST005 IST006 IST007 IST008 IST009 IST010 IST011 IST012 IST013
BASE SYSTEM HARDWARE INSTALLATION AND CONFIGURATION SITE CONFIGURATION EXTERNAL SCSI DEVICE OPTION CONNECTION EXTERNAL SCSI DEVICE OPTION LOGICAL INSTALLATION OPTION SOFTWARE INSTALLATION NETWORK PRINTER INSTALLATION NETWORK CONFIGURATION ON IMAGES SOURCES INSITE INSTALLATION TURNOVER TO THE CUSTOMER AW APPLI. SOFTWARE RELOAD (L.F.W.) COMPLETE LOAD FROM COLD JUMPSTART (L.F.C.) ADVANTAGE WORKSTATION DEMO EXAMS REINSTALLATION PX PATCH (RE)INSTALLATION
YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES NO NO NO NO
119
INSTALLATION
SECTION 11 INSTALLATION JOB CARDS LIST
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
INSTALLATION
Blank page.
120
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
Purpose:
BASE SYSTEM HARDWARE INSTALLATION AND CONFIGURATION
Version No.: Date:
Time: 1h00
Personnel: 1
SECTION 1 SUPPLIES SUN ULTRASPARC workstation installation set comprising: D D D D D D D D D D Note: Computer box Ultra1 or Ultra2 (also called Pizza box) One or two Landscape 20 or 21 color monitor(s) OR One or two Portrait 1K x 1K black and white monitor(s) OR One or two Portrait 2K x 2K black and white monitor(s) Cable(s) for monitor(s) Keyboard type 5 Mouse with cable and pad Microphone (not used by AW3.1 ) Cable set (keyboard, power, AUI, video) MII to AUI adapter box with its DC power supply. (to be used for Thin Ethernet network). The following item will be shipped with the system for Europe and Asia poles Must be ordered separatly for Americas. MII to AUI adapter box with its DC power supply Ethernet network connection kit including transceiver, 50ohm BNC cable, T and terminator D ETHERNET network connection kit including transceiver, 50 ohm BNC cable, T and terminator. (upgrades only)
SECTION 2 TOOLS REQUIRED None. SECTION 3 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS THE MAXIMUM MAGNETIC FIELD ALLOWABLE FOR INSTALLING ADVANTAGE WORKSTATION WHEN NOT USING SHIELDED MONITOR IS 1 GAUSS TO ENSURE PROPER OPERATION.
121
INSTALLATION
Advantage Workstation (v3.1)
Job Card IST 001
1 of 12
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
INSTALLATION
Job Card IST 001
2 of 12
SECTION 4 PREREQUISITES The site must be prepared for installation of the workstation: D D D desk and chair Line voltage power supply outlets ETHERNET connection
The following information must also be available before starting. It can be obtained from the network administrator of the hospital or from the Needs Assesment Form filled by the Network Champion . D Note: D D Hostname of workstation A.E. Title (Application Entity Title) = Hostname of AW3.1. Internet Protocol (IP) Address of workstation. Netmask Value (if applicable).
This procedure does not describe ETHERNET network installation, which is assumed to be already installed. The hostname, IP address, and netmask value should be available from the Network Administrator of your Site. SECTION 5 PHYSICAL INSTALLATION 5.1 Workstation unpacking D No special tools or care needed. MEGASCAN MONITORS ARE HEAVY. BE CAREFUL WHEN HANDLING. USE PROPER LIFTING PROCEDURE
WARNING
5.2
Memory Extension option installation D Insert your memory extension option module(s), if applicable, into the computer box. (Refer to Chapter 8 for installation).
5.3
Line voltage selection LINE VOLTAGE SELECTION IS AUTOMATIC FOR THE WORKSTATION, MONITORS AND MOST OF ITS PERIPHERALS . IT MUST BE CHECKED AND IF NEEDED, CHANGED FOR THE DASM FILMING INTERFACE UNIT. REFER TO DASM SERVICE MANUAL DELIVERED WITH THE SYSTEM.
122
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
5.4
Power connections D D One power outlet is required for the computer and one for each monitor. One power outlet is required for each of the Megascan monitors and the optional DASM filming interface unit. Power cables must be fitted with proper plugs for the country where the workstation is installed. Video connection D Between monitor(s) and computer or via Video Recorder option Interface
Note: 5.5
Refer to Illustrations 2, 3 and 4 , Chapter 1 , Section 2 at the beginning of this manual. 5.6 Keyboard connection D 5.7 Between keyboard and computer
Mouse or Trackball connection D connect Mouse or Trackball (option) to keyboard
5.8
Network connection D Between computer and Image Source through Ethernet network
Use either RJ45 Twisted Pair cable or MII / AUI ethernet with Transceiver, BNC 50 ohm coaxial cable and Terminator. RJ45 or MII / AUI connection is automatically selected at boot. Refer to Chapter 8 for more information concerning networking. Note: The workstation must be powered off when connecting the transceiver box to the AW, otherwise, the workstation can be damaged. External SCSI connection D From computer SCSI port (Wide SCSI 68 pins) to external SCSI device. DO NOT CONNECT EXTERNAL SCSI DEVICES YET. THEY COULD INTERFERE WITH YOUR WORKSTATION IF ANY OF THE ADDRESS SWITCH WAS NOT CORRECTLY SET. THE FOLLOWING STEPS WILL FIRST MAKE SURE THAT YOUR WORKSTATION IS WORKING PROPERLY BEFORE ASKING YOU TO CONNECT THE SCSI DEVICES.
5.9
WARNING
123
INSTALLATION
Job Card IST 001
3 of 12
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
INSTALLATION
Job Card IST 001
4 of 12
SECTION 6 POWER UP WORKSTATION D Turn the monitor(s) and the workstation ON.
After the power up test is complete, check that no LEDs remain lit on the keyboard. For configurations with a SUN color monitor , it unblanks and displays the AW logo. For configurations with a MEGASCAN b/w monitor , the DOME logo is displayed is the lower right corner. The system starts to boot up from the disk and enters the system setup menu.
Boot device:/iommu/sbus/espdma@f,400000/esp@f,800000/sd@0,0 File and args: SunOS Release 5.5.1 version Generic [UNIX(R) System V Release 4.0] ..........................................
Configuring network interfaces : le0 le0 : autorevvarp failed : no RARP replies received Hostname : Configuring the /devices directory Configuring the /dev directory Configuring the /dev directory (compatibility devices) The system is coming up. Please wait. Checking ufs filesystems D Enter the Hostname and IP address of the workstation.
Type in the name you want to give to your workstation and press on the [Return] key when done. Hostname On this screen .................................
...................................................... ......................................................
A host name must be ............................. ................................................. Hostname :
WARNING
DO NOT USE THE FOLLOWING CHARACTERS FOR HOSTNAME: . ! $ { } [ ] * @ # ? ^ _ / etc.. ONLY USE ALPHANUMERICAL CHARACTERS WITHOUT SPACE. IT IS ALSO POSSIBLE TO USE (dash) .
Note:
The Hostname will automatically be used as the Dicom A.E. Title for the workstation.
124
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
> press F2 to go to the next screen Press on the <F2> key to continue. Use arrow keys to move cursor. Use space bar to select.
Network Connectivity On this screen .................................

...................................................... ......................................................
> To make a selection ............................. ................................................. Networked : X Yes No
WARNING
MAKE SURE THAT YES (NETWORKED) IS SELECTED EVEN THOUGH YOU DO NOT INTEND TO CONNECT THE WORKSTATION IMMEDIATELY TO A NETWORK.
Press on the <F2> key to continue.
IP Address On this screen .................................

...................................................... ......................................................
IP addresses must ............................. ................................................. IP address :
Type in the network address to give to your workstation and press on the [Return] key when done. > press F2 to go to the next screen Press on the <F2> key to continue.
125
INSTALLATION
Job Card IST 001
5 of 12
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
INSTALLATION
Job Card IST 001
6 of 12
Confirm information > Confirm the following ........................... ................................................. Host name : XXXXX Networked : Yes IP address : X.X.X.X Press on the <F2> key to continue.
Just a moment D Enter the Name Service information
WARNING
DO NOT SELECT NIS+ OR NIS CLIENT SERVICES. NONE IS THE PRIMARY SELECTION
Name service On this screen .................................

......................................................
> To make a selection ............................. ................................................. Name Service : NIS + NIS (formerly yp) Other X None
Use the Down arrow key to move to None then press [Return] to select.
126
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
> press F2 to go to the next screen Press on the <F2> key to continue.
Confirm information > Confirm the following ........................... ................................................. Name service : None
Enter NETMASK information. Refer to Netmasks: Case #1 if no netmask required (general case). Refer to Netmasks: Case #2 if a netmask is required.
Note:
Use case #2 only when your Network Administrator explicitly requires a treelike network with netmasks. In this case, the Netmask value will be given by the Network Administator. Case #1. No subnetwork: No netmask.
Subnets On this screen .................................

......................................................
> To make a selection ............................. ................................................. System part of a subnet : Yes X No
127
INSTALLATION
Job Card IST 001
7 of 12
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
INSTALLATION
Job Card IST 001
8 of 12
Case #2. Network has subnetworks: Enter netmask.
Subnets On this screen .................................

......................................................
> To make a selection ............................. ................................................. System part of a subnet : X Yes No Use the Up arrow key to move to Yes then press [Return] to select. Press on the <F2> key to continue.
Netmask On this screen .................................

...................................................... ......................................................
Netmask :
255.255.255.0
Use the [Backspace] key to erase the existing netmask (which is a standard no netmask for Class C networks) and type in the appropriate one then press on the [Return] key when done. e.g : 255.255.255.240 Note: This Netmask value is only given as an example and is not to be entered. Use here the value given by the Network Administrator. > press F2 to go to the next screen Press on the <F2> key to continue.
128
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
Configuring parameters, 25 seconds left to complete.
Enter Time Zone information.
Time Zone On this screen .................................

......................................................
> To make a selection ............................. ................................................. Regions : Africa Asia, Eastern X United States
Use the Up or Down arrows keys to move to the appropriate region then press [Return] to select.
129
INSTALLATION
Job Card IST 001
9 of 12
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
INSTALLATION
Job Card IST 001
10 of 12
Time Zone > To match a selection ............................. ................................................. Time Zone : X
Use the Up or Down arrows keys to move to the appropriate Time Zone then press [Return] to select. Press on the <F2> key to continue.
Date and Time > Accept the default ............................. ................................................. Date and time : mm/dd/yy Year (4 digits) : 1995 Month (112) : XX Day (131) : XX Hour (023) : XX Minute (059) : XX Use the Up or Down arrows keys to move to the field to be modified (if applicable), type in the correct value then press [Return] to move to the next field. hh:mm
130
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
> press F2 to go to the next screen Press on the <F2> key to continue.
Confirm information > Confirm the following ........................... ................................................. System part of a subnet : Netmask : XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX Time Zone : XXX Date and time : mm/dd/yy yes / no
hh:mm
Please Wait
WARNING
D
MAKE SURE THAT THE CAPSLOCK KEY IS NOT ENGAGED BEFORE ENTERING THE PASSWORD.
Enter root password information.
On this screen, you can create a root password ..... A root password .................................
......................................................
> If you do not want ........................... ................................................. Root password : Press Return to continue. Type in the password you want to give to root for your workstation and press on the [Return] key when done. The password you type in will not be displayed. operator is the standard password for root. Reenter your root password.
131
INSTALLATION
Job Card IST 001
11 of 12
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
INSTALLATION
Job Card IST 001
12 of 12
Type in again the same password and press on the [Return] key. If incorrectly typed, the system will prompt you for entering it again. Otherwise, it will store it and will finish the boot sequence. System identification is completed. Setting netmask ......... ......................... ......................... Volume management starting Installing demo exams ... MESSAGE from Process ......................... /dev/pseudo/mm@0:null The system is ready. The boot sequence is complete when the system displays the following prompt : <prompt> console login : IT IS NOW TIME TO WRITE DOWN WORKSTATION HOSTNAME, INTERNET ADDRESS, ROOT PASSWORD, AND NETMASK IN THE AW CONFIGURATION FORM LOCATED AT THE BEGINNING OF THIS MANUAL. SECTION 7 SITE CONFIGURATION Perform steps described in Job Card IST 002.
132
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
Purpose:
SITE CONFIGURATION
Version No.: Date:
Time: 0h15
Personnel: 1
SECTION 1 SUPPLIES SECTION 2 TOOLS REQUIRED A Configuration diskette is recommended, though it is not mandatory. SECTION 3 PREREQUISITES Steps from Job Card IST 001 have been completed. SECTION 4 PROCEDURE D Login as sdc : console login : sdc [Return] Password : adw3.1 [Return]
(the sdc password is factory loaded as adw3.1)
Note:
AW will attempt to startup but will fail because the software protection key has not been installed yet, so dont be alarmed to see windows popping up in the upper left corner of the screen, displaying the message : Invalid Software key for AW Station D When AW completes its startup, open a Command Window from the Service Tools submenu within the Root Menu:
Root Menu Refresh Screen Calculator Clock Service Tools AW Administration Restart Browser Command Window Configuration ScrapBook mode Autodelete activity Recover Database Start calibration Install License Install package Install SMPTE Service Tools Logout
133
INSTALLATION
Job Card IST 002
1 of 10
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
SITE CONFIGURATION
INSTALLATION
Job Card IST 002
2 of 10
Place the cursor arrow inside the title bar of the window. Press the left mouse button to enable moving the window. Drag the window to the lower right corner of the screen, and release the mouse button when the window is in place. Change to the SdC install directory : cd /export/home/sdc/install [Return]
D 4.1
Install Software key and Site parameters This step will allow you to install the software protection key code, the serial number of the workstation, the hospital name and the telephone number of GE Medical Systems local Application Support Answer Line. THE SOFTWARE PROTECTION KEY CODE CAN BE FOUND ON A STICKER PLACED AT THE REAR OF THE CPU BOX, AND ON A SHEET OF PAPER DELIVERED WITH THE MACHINE. IT IS ALSO LOADED INTO THE CONFIGURATION DISKETTE SHIPPED WITH THE SYSTEM FROM MANUFACTURING. IF NO CONFIGURATION DISKETTES ARE AVAILABLE, KEYS CAN BE ENTERED IN EITHER LOWER OR UPPER CASE LETTERS.
Note:
Do not use the following characters for hospital name and phone number: . ! $ { } [ ] * @ # ? ^ D To install the Site parameters , type in ./install.site and answer the questions as they appear: ./install.site [Return] If you have a Configuration Floppy you should insert it now. Whether you have one or not type [Return] to continue ....... pcfs: disk not in DOS format! [Return] ++ | DEFINITION OF SITE PARAMETERS | ++ A.W. Software is supplied by GE pursuant to a license agreement prohibiting any modification or reverse engineering without GEs written permission. Only GE Medical System personnel or persons authorized by GE Medical Systems are permitted to enter the key for this software. Only software packages purchased from GE Medical Systems or provided under agreement by GE Medical Systems may be enabled via this key mechanism
134
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
SITE CONFIGURATION
Note:
The next set of questions depends whether or not you have a configuration diskette available for your site, and if you are doing a new installation or reinstalling the Site parameters after a software reload. The default value is the value that has been previously stored on the Site Configuration diskette. Press the [Return] key to accept the various default values, or type the corresponding key value, and press [Return] when done. Confirm by pressing y followed by [Return]. The following default values are given as example only. ======== Software Key ======== Please enter the software Key (default: 946bbff9) [?,q] [Return] Software Key : 946bbff9 Please confirm [y,n,?,q] y [Return] ==================================================================== Installed value : Software Key : 946bbff9 ==================================================================== ======== Hospital name ======== Please enter the Hospital Name (default: PHOENIX8) [?,q] [Return] Hospital Name : PHOENIX8 Please confirm [y,n,?,q] y [Return] ==================================================================== Installed value : Hospital Name : PHOENIX8 ==================================================================== == Telephone number of GEs local Application Support Answer Line == Please enter the telephone number of GEs local Application Support Answer Line (default: 11.22.33.44) [?,q] [Return] GEs Telephone Number : 11.22.33.44 Please confirm [y,n,?,q] y [Return] ==================================================================== Installed value : GEs Telephone Number : 11.22.33.44 ==================================================================== ======== Language ======== Language 1 english 2 spanish 3 french 4 german 5 italian 6 portuguese
Note:
135
INSTALLATION
Job Card IST 002
3 of 10
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
SITE CONFIGURATION
INSTALLATION
Job Card IST 002
4 of 10
Please enter the initial of the desired language (default: english) [?,??,q]: [Return] Language : english Please confirm [y,n,?,q] y [Return] ==================================================================== Installed value : Language : english ==================================================================== Wait...done ======== Serial number of the station ======== Please enter the serial number of the station (it can be found on the rear of the station (default: 705M1486) [?,q] [Return] Serial number : 705M1486 Please confirm [y,n,?,q] y [Return] ==================================================================== Installed value : Serial number : 705M1486 ==================================================================== ==== ScrapBook mode ==== ScrapBook mode 1 SAMEEXAMMODE Save images from the same exam 2 DIFFEXAMMODE Save images from the same patient, but different exams 3 DIFFPATIMODE Save images from different patients ScrapBook mode : DIFFEXAMMODE [Return] Please confirm [y,n,?,q] y [Return] ==================================================================== Installed value : ScrapBook mode : Save images from the same patient, but different exams ==================================================================== ==== Maximum number of ScrapBook pages ==== Please enter the maximum number of pages of ScrapBook (default: 10) [?,q] [Return] Maximum number of pages : 10 Please confirm [y,n,?,q] y [Return] ==================================================================== Installed value : Maximum number of pages : 10 ====================================================================
136
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
SITE CONFIGURATION
========= Autodelete Activity ======== Autodelete Activity 1 NO Disabled 2 YES Enabled Please enter the desired Autodelete Activity (default: YES) [?,??,q]: [Return] Autodelete Activity : YES Please confirm [y,n,?,q] y [Return] Installed value : Autodelete Activity : Enabled ==================================================================== ======== Minimum free disk space to stop Autodelete ======== Please enter the size in Mbytes (default: 400) [?,q] [Return] Minimum free disk space to stop Autodelete : 400 Please confirm [y,n,?,q] y [Return] Installed value : Minimum free disk space to stop Autodelete : 400 ==================================================================== ======== Maximum free disk space to start Autodelete ======== Please enter the size in Mbytes (default: 200) [?,q] [Return] Maximum free disk space to start Autodelete : 200 Please confirm [y,n,?,q] y [Return] Installed value : Maximum free disk space to start Autodelete : 200 ==================================================================== ======== Database model ======== Database Model 1 no Normal 2 yes Extended Please enter the Database model (default: no) [?,??,q]: [Return] Database Model : no Please confirm [y,n,?,q] y [Return] Installed value : Database Model : Normal ==================================================================== ======== Autolock function ======= Autolock function 1 off 2 on Please choose the autolock function activity (default: on) [?,??,q]: 2 [Return] Autolock function : on Please confirm [y,n,?,q] y [Return] Installed value : Autolock function : on ===================================================================
137
INSTALLATION
Job Card IST 002
5 of 10
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
SITE CONFIGURATION
INSTALLATION
Job Card IST 002
6 of 10
======= Autolock delay ======== Please enter the delay in minutes (default: 5) [?,q] 10 [Return] autolock delay (in minutes) : 10 Please confirm [y,n,?,q] y [Return] Installed value : autolock delay (in minutes) : 10 ==================================================================== ======== Screensaver function ======= Screensaver function 1 off 2 on Please choose the Screensaver function activity (default:on)[?,??,q]: [Return] Screensaver function : on Please confirm [y,n,?,q] y [Return] ===Installed value : Screensaver function : on ==================================================================== ========= Screensaver delay ======== Please enter the delay in seconds (default: 240) [?,q] [Return] Screensaver delay (in seconds) : 240 Please confirm [y,n,?,q] y [Return] ==================================================================== ===Installed value : Screensaver delay (in seconds) : 240 ==================================================================== 4.2 Restart application Select Logout from the Root Menu (this takes about 45 seconds to complete). Wait for the <hostname> console login: prompt, then type in: sdc [Return] Password: adw3.1 [Return] 4.3 Note: Declare Hosts on the Network The software protection key code must be installed, and Advantage Workstation software must successfully start prior to performing this step. This is a user accessible file on the BROWSER so there is no need to switch user to root.
TOOLS ICON
click on Tools icon in the upper right corner of the Browser
138
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
SITE CONFIGURATION
click on Network management on the just displayed menu Remote host selection window pops up Remote Host Selection List of Registered Hosts
Your choice :
Update
Add
Remove
Cancel
D D
click on Add button Remote host parameters window pops up Fill in the different fields following the information given in the following screen. (Remote Host Parameter) Save and Quit.
Remote Host Parameter Host Label Hostname Application Entity Title Make the Network protocol selection first, then fill in the other fields Network address
SdC NET 3.0 SdC NET 3.1 ADVANTAGENET dmy ADVANTAGENET mdy DICOM 3.0
Network protocol
Port number Provider type Comment Save Clear Cancel
139
INSTALLATION
Job Card IST 002
7 of 10
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
SITE CONFIGURATION
INSTALLATION
Job Card IST 002
8 of 10
4.3.1 Note:
Declaring an SDC based product : (AW3.1, AW 3.0, AR2.0, AW1.2 and 2.0......) For these products, use the SdC NET X.X protocols, in order to allow the Query/Retrieve function or the DICOM protocol if recommended. When declaring an AW3.1 as a networked host, do this procedure on both machines. Make sure that the spelling of the name you declare is identical (lower case or upper case letters) with the Hostname of the machine you want to declare. If not, the query to the remote host will fail. Also make sure that both workstations are set in the same Time Zone. You can also declare, but this is not mandatory (using the VI editor and logged in as Root) in the /etc/hosts file of both machines, the same hostname and IP address as entered in the Remote Host Parameter window. HOST LABEL : Enter the name you want to give to the icon that will represent the remote host HOSTNAME : Enter hostname APPLICATION ENTITY TITLE : DEACTVATED NETWORK ADDRESS : Enter Internet address PROTOCOL FIELD : For Advantage Windows 1.2 : select SdC NET 1.2 For Advantage Windows 2.0 : select SdC NET 2.0 For Advantage Review 2.0 : select SdC NET 3.0 For Advantage Workstation 3.0 : select SdC NET 3.0 For Advantage Workstation 3.1 : select SdC NET 3.1 PORT NUMBER : DEACTVATED PROVIDER TYPE : DEACTVATED COMMENT :In the Comment field , add any comment you want. D Click on Save button to update and Quit.
Note:
Note:
4.3.2
Declaring an AdvantageNet based product : (IC, Signa 4.X, CTHLA, CT/i ....) HOST LABEL : Enter the name you want to give to the icon that will represent the remote host HOSTNAME : Enter hostname APPLICATION ENTITY TITLE : DEACTVATED NETWORK ADDRESS : Enter Internet address PROTOCOL FIELD : For hosts with date set as Month/Day/Year : select AdvantageNet mdy For hosts with date set as Day/Month/Year : select AdvantageNet dmy PORT NUMBER : DEACTVATED PROVIDER TYPE : DEACTVATED COMMENT :In the Comment field , add any comment you want.
140
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
SITE CONFIGURATION
4.3.3
Declaring a DICOM3 host: ( CT/ i, CT Synergy, DLX, MR Lx.... and Third party hosts) HOST LABEL : Enter the name you want to give to the icon that will represent the remote host HOSTNAME : Enter hostname APPLICATION ENTITY TITLE : Enter the Application Entity Title (A.E.T.) * NETWORK ADDRESS : Enter Internet address PROTOCOL FIELD : select DICOM 3.0 PORT NUMBER : Enter the listened Port number of the Target station * PROVIDER TYPE : choose : STUDY for all genesis based products (and typically Image Sources), which work only with EXAM, SERIES, IMAGE concept. PATIENT for Advantage Cluster Storage and Archive system which work with PATIENT, EXAMS, SERIES, IMAGES concept. NO PROVIDER if host is not query/retrieve provider. COMMENT :In the Comment field , add any comments you want. * This information can be obtained from the Remote Host Conformance statement documents. D Click on Save button to update and Quit. The Port number depends on the DICOM system to be connected. For instance, AW3.1 listens to DICOM Hosts on the Port 4006.
Note:
Note:
Network Remote Hosts are not updated in the /etc/inet/hosts file, but can be found in the file /export/home/sdc/Prefs/SdCRHosts. For this reason, it is not possible to use ping, telnet, spray and similar commands using the hostname. The internet address must be used instead. For example, to ping the MR operators console from the A.W. workstation, do not use /usr/sbin/ping MR01_OC0. Instead, use its internet address: e.g : /usr/sbin/ping 192.9.200.1 . Therefor, though it is only mandatory to declare hosts in the /etc/hosts file , when using the SdC NET protocol, we recommend you to do it in any case. Declaring a Dicom IC (independent console) A new protocol has been implemented in order to solve some problems with the IC current software Release 5.5 (echo, delay, repetition and inversion times display beeing multiplied by 1000). Declare the host as any other Dicom3 host, but select the IC Dicom3.0 protocol.
4.3.4
141
INSTALLATION
Job Card IST 002
9 of 10
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
SITE CONFIGURATION
INSTALLATION
Job Card IST 002
10 of 10
Advantage Workstation 3.1 Basic System is operational.

IT IS NOW TIME TO WRITE DOWN AW3.1 SOFTWARE PROTECTION KEY, SERIAL NUMBER OF WORKSTATION, APPLICATION SUPPORT TELEPHONE NUMBER, HOSPITAL NAME AND USERS INTERFACE INFORMATION IN THE AW CONFIGURATION FORM LOCATED AT THE BEGINNING OF THIS MANUAL.
142
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
Purpose:
EXTERNAL SCSI DEVICE OPTION CONNECTION
Version No.: Date:
Time: 0h15
Personnel: 1
SECTION 1 SUPPLIES
SECTION 2 TOOLS REQUIRED None SECTION 3 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS CAUTION : The SCSI address of the Hard disk drive for the CDR option, varies from 3 to 4, depending on the other options connected. Refer to configuration samples. SECTION 4 PREREQUISITES Advantage workstation is configured (Job Card IST 001 002 ) You have read the sections of chapter 8 corresponding to the SCSI peripherals to be installed, in order to make sure that these devices are properly configured. SECTION 5 PROCEDURE D Shutdown workstation if it is not already shutdown (i.e., ok prompt indicates system is shutdown): If you are logged in as sdc and Advantage Workstation is running, you can click on the shutdown button available in the browser. If you are logged in as root, logout by pressing <CRTL> <D> keys simultaneously until you get to the <prompt> console login: level then type : shutdown [Return]. If you are at the <hostname> console login: level, just type in: <prompt> console login : shutdown [Return] D D D Wait about 1 minute for shutdown to complete. When the shutdown completes, the ok prompt will display. Turn OFF the Computer box (also called Pizza box). Using the figures on the next pages, correctly address and connect the external SCSI devices in a daisy chain and in the order shown.
143
INSTALLATION
Job Card IST 003
1 of 8
GE Medical Systems
REV 8

INSTALLATION
Job Card IST 003
2 of 8
WARNING
THE FILMING DASM INTERFACE (DASM/LCAM) BOX DOES NOT HAVE A TARGET SWITCH ACCESSIBLE FROM OUTSIDE. IT IS FACTORY CONFIGURED AT THE SCSI ID = 0 ADDRESS WHICH WAS SUITABLE FOR PRIOR ADVANTAGE WINDOWS PRODUCTS. TO MOVE IT TO THE REQUIRED ADDRESS SCSI ID = 5, REFER TO CHAPTER 8 OR TO THE VENDORS MANUAL DELIVERED WITH THE PRODUCT.
WARNING
THE SPARCSTORAGE MULTIPACK HARD DISK DRIVES SCSI ADDRESSES ARE FIXED AND DETERMINED BY THE INTERNAL DISKS LOCATION IN THE PACK.
5.1 Note:
Availble configurations Refer to Chapter 8 for information on the external SCSI device you want to connect. Also see part numbers of various SCSI cables page 146 and Chapter 6 for FRU list. Due to the limitation (0 to 6) of available SCSI addresses for the standard SCSI devices, it has been necessary to limit the number of devices to be connected to the AW workstation. Note that the Sparcstorage Multipack can use the wide SCSI addresses (10 to 15). The first 3 examples show simple configurations. The last 3 examples show the maximum number of devices that can possibly be daisychained, and the SCSI address they must be set to.
5.1.1
Simple configuration sample #1 : Pionneer 1.2GB MOD and DASM UltraSparc station
SCSI port
Storage Pack
IN OUT
SCSI IDs= 10 to 15 or 9 to 14
2, 4 or 6 hard disks
68 pins 68 pins Cable type #1 Cable type #5 Cable type #5 68 pins
DASM box SCSI ID=5
Pionneer MOD SCSI ID=4
Centro 50 pins
SCSI terminator for last device
Centro 50 pins
Centro 50 pins
Cable type #4
144
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
5.1.2
Simple configuration sample #2 : CDR and DASM Storage Pack

SCSI port
IN OUT
UltraSparc station
68 pins 68 pins Cable type #1 68 pins Cable type #1
Cable type #1
DASM box SCSI ID=5
CDR drive SCSI ID=2
CDR option
HDD for CDR SCSI ID=3
Centro 50 pins
mini 50 pins
mini 50 pins
68 pins
68 pins

Cable type #3 Cable type #2
5.1.3
Simple configuration sample #3 : Maxoptics 2.6GB MOD and DASM UltraSparc station
SCSI port
Storage Pack
IN OUT
68 pins 68 pins Cable type #1 68 pins Cable type #5
Cable type #5
WARNING : Maxoptics MOD must always stand last in line.
Maxoptics MOD SCSI ID=3
DASM box SCSI ID=5
Centro 50 pins
Centro 50 pins
Centro 50 pins
Cable type #4
145
INSTALLATION
Job Card IST 003
3 of 8
GE Medical Systems
REV 8

INSTALLATION
Job Card IST 003
4 of 8
5.1.4
Maximum limitation : Configuration # 1 : CDR and Pionneer MOD with DASM and Storage Pack UltraSparc station
SCSI port
Storage Pack
IN OUT
68 pins Cable type #1 68 pins 68 pins
CD-R option
HDD for CDR SCSI ID=3
Cable type #1 68 pins 68 pins
DASM box SCSI ID=5
CDR drive SCSI ID=2
Centro 50 pins
Centro 50 pins

Cable type #4
50 pins
50 pins Cable type #2
Cable type #3
CAUTION
SCSI address 4 is reserved for the Pionneer 1.2GB MOD drive. Therefore, the Hard disk drive for the CDR option MUST BE SET for SCSI target address 3
146
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
5.1.5
Maximum limitation : Configuration # 2 : CDR and Maxoptics MOD with DASM and Storage Pack
SCSI port
UltraSparc station
IN OUT
68 pins 68 pins
CD-R option
2.1GB HD for CDR SCSI ID=4
WARNING : Maxoptics MOD must always stand last in line. Cable type #1 68 pins 68 pins
DASM box SCSI ID=5
CDR drive SCSI ID=2
Centro 50 pins
Centro 50 pins

Cable type #4
50 pins
Cable type #3
CAUTION
SCSI address 3 is reserved for the Maxoptics 2.6GB MOD drive. Therefore, the Hard disk drive for the CDR option MUST BE SET for SCSI target address 4 The Maxoptics Dicom MOD must always stand last in line. Never use the builtin terminator switch. Use the Active Terminator instead.
CAUTION
147
INSTALLATION
Job Card IST 003
5 of 8
GE Medical Systems
REV 8

INSTALLATION
Job Card IST 003
6 of 8
5.1.6
Maximum limitation : Configuration # 3 : Maxoptics and Pionneer MODs with DASM and Storage Pack UltraSparc station
SCSI port
Storage Pack
IN OUT
68 pins Cable type #1 WARNING : Maxoptics MOD must always stand last in line. 68 pins 68 pins
Cable type #5
DASM box SCSI ID=5
Centro 50 pins
Centro 50 pins
Centro 50 pins
Centro 50 pins

Cable type #4 Cable type #4
Cable type #1 : Sun wide SCSI cable 68 pins to 68 pins : P/N = 2157024 : SUN P/N : 5301884 Cable type #2 : Sun wide SCSI cable 68 pins to 50 pins : P/N = 2150580 : SUN P/N : 5302115 Cable type #3 : Sun mini SCSI cable 50 pins to Centronics 50 pins : P/N = 2110495 and (2 ; 3) Cable type #4 : Centronics 50 pins to Centronics 50 pins : P/N = 2110496 and (2 ; 4) Cable type #5 : Sun wide SCSI cable 68 pins to Centronics 50 pins : P/N = 2160141 and (2 ; 3)
CAUTION CAUTION
Never change the SCSI address of a device when power is on.
The Maxoptics Dicom MOD must always stand last in line. Never use the builtin terminator switch. Use the Active Terminator instead.
CAUTION
You may receive from manufacturing, a SPARCstorage Multipack with all the disk drives improperly placed in the unit s left slots instead of being inserted into the right slots. You have to correctly replace all the disk units, as shown in Chap. 8 Section 24 in order to use the appropriate SCSI addresses.
148
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
Turn ON each external SCSI device. LINE VOLTAGE SELECTION IS AUTOMATIC FOR THE SUN SCSI DEVICES. FOR THE DASM FILMING INTERFACE, CHECK THAT THE STICKER AT THE REAR OF THE DASM BOX DISPLAYS THE PROPER VOLTAGE FOR YOUR SITE.
Turn ON the workstation and as soon as the monitor unblanks, press simultaneously the <Stop> and <A> keys. You should get to the ok prompt. At the ok prompt, reboot workstation using the r option : ok boot r [Return] Forgetting the r option or mistyping it can be a root cause for external SCSI peripherals being incorrectly installed, or not being recognized by the workstation. Avoid future headaches!
CAUTION
When the workstation reboot sequence is complete, the following prompt is displayed on the screen: console login: D Check that the SCSI devices connected are recognized by the workstation: Login as root by typing: console login : root [Return] Password : operator [Return] Type in the following command to display the SCSI peripherals recognized by the workstation: # /usr/bin/dmesg | grep target [Return] The following is an example where the CDR option, the Multipack storage option installed with 4 disks and the DASM option peripherals are attached to the workstation : .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... Note: target target target target target target target target target target target 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 A B C D lun lun lun lun lun lun Lun lun lun lun lun 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Internal System/Image disk Internal System/image disk CDR drive option 2.1GB or 4.2GB HDD for CDR option GENESIS MOD (Pionneer) option DASM filming interface option Internal CDROM drive Multipack storage disk option (1st disk) (2nd disk) Multipack storage disk option (3rd disk) (4th disk)
If the above peripherals are present (connected and turned ON), and you do not see these messages, do not continue. Check all connections and resume with boot r.
149
INSTALLATION
Job Card IST 003
7 of 8
GE Medical Systems
REV 8

INSTALLATION
Job Card IST 003
8 of 8
Note:
To check the SCSI connections, run the probescsi command under the ok prompt. Cycle power to the workstation if probescsi hangs. Refer to chapter 4 , Openboot prom on board diagnostics. D Logoff by typing: logout [Return]
The system is now ready for SCSI options to be logically installed. Proceed with steps described in Job Card IST 004. SECTION 6 SCSI DEVICES ADDRESSING SUMMARY SunOS Device ID c0t0d0 c0t1d0 c0t2d0 c0t3d0 c0t3d0 c0t4d0 c0t5d0 c0t6d0 c0t10d0 or c0t9d0 c0t11d0 or c0t10d0 c0t12d0 or c0t11d0 c0t13d0 or c0t12d0 c0t14d0 or c0t13d0 c0t15d0 or c0t14d0
SCSI Device Description Internal System/image hard disk Internal System/image hard disk External CDR drive option External Hard disk for CDR option (OR) External Dicom MOD (Maxoptics) option External Genesis MOD (Pionneer) option DASM/LCAM Filming interface option Internal CDROM drive External storage hard disk (1st disk) External storage hard disk (2nd disk) External storage hard disk (3rd disk) External storage hard disk (4th disk) External storage hard disk (5th disk) External storage hard disk (6th disk) where : c0 : t0, t1 ...t15 : d0 : Note:
SCSI Port standard (c0) standard (c0) standard (c0) standard (c0) standard (c0) standard (c0) standard (c0) standard (c0) standard (c0) standard (c0) standard (c0) standard (c0) standard (c0) standard (c0)
Device Address 0 1 2
3 or 4
3 4 5 6 10 (a) or 9 11 (b) or 10 12 (c) or 11 13 (d) or 12 14 (e) or 13 15 (f) or 14
SCSI standard controller SCSI target number disk number
New 6slot Multipack Storage SCSI addresses (shown in italic) are hard coded from 9 to 14, when SCSI addresses of the old 12slot Multipack Storage are hard coded from 10 to 15.
150
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
Purpose:
EXTERNAL SCSI DEVICE OPTION LOGICAL INSTALLATION
Version No.: Date:
Time: 0h30 per option
Personnel: 1
HARDWARE OPTIONS INSTALLATION:

SECTION 1 PREREQUISITE Advantage Workstation 3.1 is configured (Job Card IST 001/002). External SCSI options are connected and powered on (Job Card IST 003). A Configuration Floppy disk, specific to the Site , is available when installing the options. If this diskette is not available ,or is corrupted, you may install your options one by one, using the appropriate install.xxx script. (see below) SECTION 2 FOREWORD Some AW3.1 options are protected by a software key. This software key is linked to the workstations Hostid number of the Site which has purchased the option. Note: External storage pack option, Genesis MOD (AW1.2 / 2.0) option and DASM filming interface option do not require a protection key. This key is delivered under 2 forms : A Configuration floppy containing a special number matching the Hostid of the workstaion and a sheet of paper on which this number is written. If several options are purchased for the Site at the time of first installation, only one Configuration floppy containing the corresponding keys will be delivered . On the joined sheet of paper, these keys will also be clearly written. If this diskette is not available ,or is corrupted, you may install your options one by one, using the appropriate install.xxx script and entering the key at the keyboard. (see below) There are two different ways to install new hardware options: D By the command install.hardware script ,with the configuration floppy (shipped with the product). In this case you could install all options at one time , (see section 5) This automatic installation procedure, has been designed to simplify Options installation. You can use it to either load one or several options at the time of first installation, or to reinstall all the options after a disk crash or a complete software load. D By the specific command for each options install.xxx where xxx is linked with option name In this case , you will install options one by one ,(see section 6 and Chapter 8 for more information)
When all your options are installed, you can save all the software keys at once, on one blank diskette which will become the brand new Site Configuration diskette. This will be done by IST009 Job Card.
151
INSTALLATION
Job Card IST 004
1 of 12
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
INSTALLATION
Job Card IST 004
2 of 12
SECTION 3 TOOLS REQUIRED None SECTION 4 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS Make sure you have correctly set up the SCSI devices before starting the logical installation. Refer to Chapter 8 for additional information. SECTION 5 AUTOMATIC PROCEDURE D Login as sdc if not already logged in as sdc: console login : sdc [Return] Password : adw3.1 [Return] (default sdc password is factory loaded) When AW3.1 completes its startup, open a Command Window from the Service Tools submenu within the Root Menu.
Note: D
Install License menu is reserved for temporary license installation. DO NOT USE IT. Move the cursor arrow into the window and switch user to root : su root [Return] Password : operator [Return] Change to the install directory by typing:
D D D
cd
/export/home/sdc/install [Return]
Insert the Configuration diskette in WRITE ENABLE mode Run the hardware option installation script:
./install.hardware [Return]
152
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
Note:
If you attempt to run the automatic installation with a corrupted Configuration floppy, or if this diskette belongs to another Site (or another workstation), you will get the following message : No match. You must use matching the Refer to the INSTALLATION
a Configuration Floppy storing software key(s) Hostid of your workstation. Service Manual. ABORTED !
In this case, install the options, using the appropriate install.XX script. Refer to Section 6. Note: The Configuration diskette is automatically ejected from the drive at the beginning of the installation procedure. During this phase, a number of messages are printed on the screen which tell the operator what is going on. The actual dialog depends on the kind and number of Option packages to be installed. If you have a Configuration Floppy you should insert it now. Whether you have one or no press [Return] to continue ... ******************************************************************** WARNING : this command install the hardware options. After the installation, there is a SHUTDOWN of the system. ******************************************************************** Do you want to continue [y,n,?,q] y [Return] ++ | INSTALLATION OF HARDWARE OPTIONS | ++ Note: This script chains in the following order : the CDR installation, the Maxoptics Dicom MOD installation, the Pioneer Genesis MOD installation, the DASM Filming Interface installation and the Disks Storage Pack installations. Type y [Return] when prompted, if you want to install the proposed option or n [Return] when you do not need to install it. At the end of the installations, there will be a shutdown of the system. This shutdown is necessary for the hardware options to be installed properly.
153
INSTALLATION
Job Card IST 004
3 of 12
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
INSTALLATION
Job Card IST 004
4 of 12
Do you want to install the CDR option [y,n,?] y [Return] Please enter the license key [?] XXXXXXX [Return] Do you confirm the license key [y,n,?,q] y [Return] Installing CDR... Unlimited license installed .......................... Note: The script starts installing the 2.1GB hard disk first ... partitioning disk... Searching for disks... .................. selecting c0tXd0 [disk formatted] FORMAT MENU: disk select a disk type select (define) a disk type ................................. inquiry show vendor, product and revision volname set 8character volume name quit PARTITION MENU: 0 change 0 partition 1 change 1 partition ............................... print display the current table label write partition map and label to the disk quit
partition> Part 0 unassigned Tag wm Flag 0 Cylinders 0 Size (0/0/0) Blocks 0
Enter partition id tag[unassigned]: Enter partition permission flags[wm]: Enter new starting cyl[0]: Enter partition size[0b, 0c, 0.00mb]: partition> Part Tag Flag Cylinders Size Blocks 1 unassigned wm 0 0 (0/0/0) 0 Enter partition id tag[unassigned]: Enter partition permission flags[wm]: Enter new starting cyl[0]: Enter partition size[0b, 0c, 0.00mb]: partition> Part Tag Flag Cylinders Size Blocks 2 backup wm 0 2731 1.98GB (2732/0/0) 4152640 .....................................................................
format> 0 creating file system on disk (this may take up to 5 minutes)... creating file system on disk (this may take up to 5 minutes)...
154
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
Note:
Then the CDR is installed (lots of outputs from the installation script). x KPARcdr/install, 0 bytes, 0 tape blocks x KPARcdr/install/copyright, 848 bytes, 2 tape blocks x KPARcdr/install/i.link, 681 bytes, 2 tape blocks ................................................ Processing package instance <KPARcdr> from </tmp> CDcreation CD Recorder Support Software .................... WARNING: Stale lock installed for pkgadd, pkg DOMEmd2 quit in postinstall state ................................................. and conditions abort the installation now and return the software and the rest of the product contents to your dealer. Using </opt> as the package base directory. ## Processing package information. ............................................... Do you want to continue with the installation of <KPARcdr> [y,n,?] Installing CDcreation CD Recorder Support Software as <KPARcdr> ## Installing part 1 of 1. /kernel/drv/KPAR_cdr ...................................... /opt/KPARcdr/man/man1/cdwrite.1 /opt/KPARcdr/man/man7/cdr.7 [ verifying class <man> ] Modifying /etc/system Modifying /kernel/drv/KPAR_cdr.conf ........................................ ## Executing postinstall script. Installation of <KPARcdr> was successful. *** IMPORTANT NOTICE *** This machine must now be rebooted in order to ensure sane operation. Execut shutdown y i6 g0 and wait for the Console Login: prompt. Installing CDR device server ...CDR OPTION SUCCESSFULLY INSTALLED... Application Archive Viewer already declared Check that the installation script did not produce any errors. A reboot is necessary to complete the installation of the cdr. ............................ > Installing CDR done
155
INSTALLATION
Job Card IST 004
5 of 12
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
INSTALLATION
Job Card IST 004
6 of 12
Do you want to install the MAXOPTIX option [y,n,?] y [Return] Please enter the license key [?] XXXXXXX [Return] Do you confirm the license key [y,n,?,q] y [Return] Installing MAXOPTIX... Installing DICOM MOD device driver license removed Install not declared Unlimited license installed Application declared ...done. > Installing MAXOPTIX done Do you want to install the Pioneer MOD option [y,n,?] y [Return] Installing MOD device driver license removed Install not declared ............................ Unlimited license installed Removing old MOD configuration information Removing old MOD device driver # MOD Application declared ...done. Do you want to install the DASM Filming option [y,n,?] y [Return] Installing Option filming Case #1 : You do not have a DASM Filming interface attached to your workstation. Do you want to use a DASM on a remote host (y/n) ? y [Return] Enter the name of the remote host : <hostname> [Return] Enter the IP addressof the remote host : X.X.X.X [Return] BE CAREFUL if the remote station is an AW3.1 you have to declare <your station hostname> in the file : <remote station hostname>:/export/home/sdc/Prefs/SdCNotification This file allows to declare the remote hosts authorized to print on <remote station hostname> (see install.dasm declare) On the remote AW3.1 station, you will have to declare your workstation, using the install.dasm declare script , in order to allow remote printing. (refer to Section 6, paragraph 4 of this Job Card) DASM filming interface type Enter 0 for DIGITAL (LCAM), or 1 for VIDEO (VDB) : ......
156
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
Case #2 : You have a DASM Filming interface attached to your workstation. Do you want to use a DASM on a remote host (y/n) ? n [Return] DASM filming interface type Enter 0 for DIGITAL (LCAM), or 1 for VIDEO (VDB) : 0 or 1 [Return] Laser camera type : 0 for 3M 952 1 for 3M XL or HQ 2 for 3M 831 3 for AGFA MIN 4 for KODAK 5 for DUPONT 6 for FUJI 7 for KONICA 8 for AGFA MG3000 Enter laser camera type (0 to 8) : 0 to 8 [Return] Do you want to get the remote hosts authorized to print on <your station hostname> (y/n) ? y [Return] Get the remote hosts authorized to print on <your station hostname> host name [?] e.g : sdc6 [Return] (type here the hostname of the Print client) Remote host internet (IP) address [?] 1 get another remote host name 2 quit Enter selection [?,??,q]: Type 1 [Return] if you want to authorize other hosts to print on your workstation . Type 2 [Return] or q [Return] if not. 1 get another remote host name 2 quit Enter selection [?,??,q]: q [Return] Resetting previous filming environment ... Updating filming environment ... Updating /devices directory ... Updating option list ... Filming installation completed Note: If you get the message : Be careful bad firmware revision this is just a warning message to mention what the current validated software revisions for the DASMs are, and that you should check, in case of installation failure, that the revision of the DASM prom is compatible with AW3.1 Revisions anterior to PIF1.3 for DASMLCAM and PIF1.0d for DASMVDB should be rejected. You may also get this message with new DASMs (PIF > 1.3 or 1.0d) and AW software anterior to AW3.1_07.P1. e.g : 192.9.100.6 [Return]
157
INSTALLATION
Job Card IST 004
7 of 12
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
INSTALLATION
Job Card IST 004
8 of 12
Do you want to install the disk extension [y,n,?,q] y [Return] Enter the archive option size (2, 4 Note: or 6 disks) : 2 or 4 or 6 [Return]
Installing the 4GB disk options creates an additional image directory :/export/home2 Installing the 8GB disk option creates additional image directories: /export/home2 and /export/home3 Installing the 12GB disk option creates additional image directories: named /export/home2, /export/home3 and /export/home4 Upgrade case : adding 4GB to an existing 4GB or 8GB storage option. The following message appears: /export/home2 and/or /export/home3 already installed There will be lots of outputs from the installation script. Ensure that something similar to the following is echoed. In particular, ensure that the numbers after superblock backup (for fsck F ufs o b=# at : are displayed. If they are not displayed, the storage installation process must be reinitialized. To correct, run uninstall.storage, then install.storage under /export/home/sdc/install directory.
Note:
d1: Concat/Stripe is setup

........ selecting c0t10d0 [disk formatted] FORMAT MENU: disk select a disk type select (define) a disk type .................................... inquiry show vendor, product and revision volname set 8character volume name quit PARTITION MENU: 0 change 0 partition 1 change 1 partition .......................... label write partition map and label to the disk quit partition> Part Tag Flag Cylinders Size 0 unassigned wm 0 0 (0/0/0) Enter partition id tag[unassigned]: Enter partition flags[wm]: Enter new sta0c, 0.00mb]: partition> Part Tag Flag Cylinders Size 1 unassigned wu 0 0 (0/0/0) Enter partition id tag[unassigned]: Enter partition flags[wu]: Enter new sta0c, 0.00mb]:partition> ................ Blocks 0 permission Bloc 0 permission
158
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
7 unassigned wm 0 0 (0/0/0) 0 Enter partition id tag[unassigned]: Enter partition permission flags[wm]: Enter new sta0c, 0.00mb]: partition> Ready to label disk, continue? partition> FORMAT MENU: disk select a disk type select (define) a disk type ........... volname set 8character volume name quit format> Searching for disks...done selecting c0t11d0 [disk formatted] quit format> setting optimization for space with minfree less than 10% /dev/md/rdsk/d1:8300720 sectors in 5461 cylinders19tracks,80 sectors 4053.1MB in 342 cyl groups (16 c/g, 11.88MB/g, 5696 i/g) superblock backups (for fsck F ufs o b=#) at: 32,24432,48832,73232,97632, 122032, 146432......................... 244032,268432,292832,317232, 341632................................. 463632, 488032, 512432, 536832............................ 683232, 707632, 732032.................................... 900272, 924672, 949072....................... 3066752, 3091152.......... 3259392, ......... ............................ Sun Microsystems Inc. SunOS 5.5 Generic November 1995 chmod: WARNING: cant change /export/home2/informix Verifying physical disk space, please wait ... Chunk successfully added. Killing Informix DBMS Engine... d2: Concat/Stripe is setup metainit: maya:/etc/opt/SUNWmd/md.tab line 60:d0:unit already set up metainit: maya:/etc/opt/SUNWmd/md.tab line 61:d1:unit already set up Searching for disks...done selecting c0t12d0 [disk formatted] ............................ .......Same thing for d3 . (d1 correspond to t10 and t11 ; d2 to t12 and t13 ; d3 to t14 and t15) Note: chmod: WARNING: cant change /export/home2/informix is a NORMAL warning message .
159
INSTALLATION
Job Card IST 004
9 of 12
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
INSTALLATION
Job Card IST 004
10 of 12
CAUTION
It is not possible to degrade the external storage disks pack, for example from 12Gb to 8Gb, WITHOUT running uninstall.storage (see Chapter 8). This script will remove ALL IMAGES on the AW3.1 station in order to preserve the database integrity, for safety reasons.
Note:
Upgrading your system from 4Gb to 8GB or 12 GB does not need to rease images already contained on the existing disks. For each upgrade, you have to run either the install.storage script or the install.hardware script.
SECTION 6 MANUAL PROCEDURE Use the manual procedure if you want to add one option at a time to an existing configuration. You can as well use the automatic procedure and answer NO to the installation of the other options. After installing any hardware option manually, in order to make sure that the device is properly declared, it is safe to shutdown the workstation and reboot it, using the boot r command.
CAUTION
D D D
Login as sdc if not already logged in. When AW completes its startup, open a Command Window from the Service Tools submenu within the Root Menu. Switch user to root : su root [Return] password : operator [Return] Change to the install directory by typing:
cd /export/home/sdc/install [Return]
Refer to Section 5, Automatic Procedure, for more details on the installation messages, related to each option. 6.1 External CDR option installation D D Run the disks installation script:
./install.cdr XXXXXXX [Return]

Shutdown and reboot the workstation halt [Return] ................. ok boot r [Return]
(where XXXXXX is the CDR software key)
160
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
6.2
External 2.6GB MOD drive option installation D Run the disks installation script:
./install.dicmod software key)

D
XXXXXXX [Return] (where XXXXXX is the Dicom MOD
6.3
External 1.2GB MOD drive option installation D D Run the disks installation script:
./install.mod [Return]
(software key is no longer required for this option)
6.4
DASM Filming option installation DASMLCAM firmware MUST be revision 1.3 or higher. DASMVDB firmware MUST be revision 1.0d or higher. If you plan to use an old DASM already on site, or in order to make sure that your DASM has the correct revision, refer to Chapter7, Section6, command showdasm.
CAUTION
D
Run the dasm installation script:
./install.dasm [Return] (no software key is required for this option)

Note: If your workstation has a DASM filming interface attached (already installed), and is to be remote printing server for other workstation(s), you must authorize your remote client(s) by running the following script : D Run the dasm authorization script:
./install.dasm declare [Return] (no software key is required for this option)
Do you want to get the remote hosts authorized to print on <your station hostname> (y/n) ? y [Return] Get the remote hosts authorized to print on <your station hostname> host name [?] e.g : sdc6[Return] (type here the hostname of the Print client) Remote host internet (IP) address [?] 1 2 get quit another remote host name e.g : 192.9.100.6 [Return]
Enter selection [?,??,q]: y [Return]
161
INSTALLATION
Job Card IST 004
11 of 12
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
INSTALLATION
Job Card IST 004
12 of 12
6.5 Note:
External Image disk option installation Installing the 2 disks option (8 GB) creates an additional image directory :/export/home2 Installing the 4 disks option (16 GB) creates additional image directories: /export/home2 and /export/home3 Installing the 6 disks option (24 GB) creates additional image directories: /export/home2, /export/home3 and /export/home4 Upgrade case : adding 8GB to an existing 8GB or 16GB storage option. The following message appears: /export/home2 and/or /export/home3 already installed D Run the disks installation script:
Note:
./install.storage [Return] (no software key is required for this option)

Refer to page 156 for details D Shutdown and reboot the workstation halt [Return] ................. ok boot r [Return]
162
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
Purpose:
SOFTWARE OPTIONS INSTALLATION
Version No.: Date:
Time: 0h30
Personnel: 1
SOFTWARE OPTIONS INSTALLATION :

SECTION 1 PREREQUISITE Advantage Workstation 3.1 is configured (Job Card IST 001/002). External SCSI options are connected and powered on (Job Card IST 003). External SCSI options are installed (Job Card IST 004). A Configuration Floppy disk, specific to the Site , is available when installing the options. If this diskette is not available ,or is corrupted, you may install your options one by one, using the appropriate install.xxx script. (see below) SECTION 2 FOREWORD AW3.1 options are protected by a software key. This software key is linked to the workstations Hostid number of the Site which has purchased the option. This key is delivered under 2 forms : A Configuration floppy containing a special number matching the Hostid of the workstaion and a sheet of paper on which this number is written. If several options are purchased for the Site at the time of first installation, only one Configuration floppy containing the corresponding keys will be delivered . On the joined sheet of paper, these keys will also be clearly written. If this diskette is not available ,or is corrupted, you may install your options one by one, using the appropriate install.xxx script and entering the key at the keyboard. (see below) There are two different ways to install new software options: D By the command install.software script ,with the configuration floppy (shipped with the product). In this case you could install all options at one time , (see section 5) This automatic installation procedure, has been designed to simplify Options installation. You can use it to either load one or several options at the time of first installation, or to reinstall all the options after a disk crash or a complete software load. D By the specific command for each options install.xxx where xxx is linked with option name In this case , you will install options one by one ,(see section 6 and Chapter 8 for more information)
When all your options are installed, you can save all the software keys at once, on one blank diskette which will become the brand new Site Configuration diskette. This will be done by IST009 Job Card.
163
INSTALLATION
Job Card IST 005
1 of 14
GE Medical Systems
REV 8

INSTALLATION
Job Card IST 005
2 of 14
SECTION 3 TOOLS REQUIRED None SECTION 4 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS None SECTION 5 AUTOMATIC PROCEDURE D Login as sdc if not already logged in as sdc: console login : sdc [Return] Password : adw3.1 [Return] D (default sdc password is factory loaded)
When AW3.1 completes its startup, open a Command Window from the Service Tools submenu within the Root Menu.
Note: Note: D D D
Install License menu is reserved for temporary license installation. DO NOT USE IT. DO NOT SWITCH USER TO ROOT. Change to the install directory by typing: cd /export/home/sdc/install [Return] Insert the Configuration diskette (if available) in WRITE ENABLE mode Run the software option installation script: ./install.software [Return]
164
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
. SOFTWARE OPTIONS INSTALLATION
Note:
If you run the install.software script with the Configuration diskette, it will only attempt to install the Option softwares whose keys are stored on the diskette. If you run the install.software script without the Configuration diskette, it will propose to install all option softwares and to reinstall those already declared to AW application. If you attempt to run the automatic installation witht a corrupted Configuration floppy, or if this diskette belongs to another Site (or another workstation), you will get the following message : No match. You must use matching the Refer to the INSTALLATION
Note:
a Configuration Floppy storing software key(s) Hostid of your workstation. Service Manual. ABORTED !
In this case, eject the diskette and restart the install.software script. Note: The Configuration diskette is automatically ejected from the drive at the beginning of the installation procedure. During this phase, a number of messages are printed on the screen which tell the operator what is going on. The actual dialog depends on the kind and number of Option packages to be installed. The following is given as example. If you have a Configuration Floppy you should insert it now. Whether you have one or no press [Return] to continue ... [Return] ==================================================================== = The data of the configuration floppy are transferred on the disk = === They are available to set the configuration. === ==================================================================== ++ | INSTALLATION OF SOFTWARE APPLICATIONS | ++ Do you want to install the 3D option [y,n,?] y [Return] Please enter the license key [?] XXXXXXX [Return] Do you confirm the license key [y,n,?,q] y [Return] Installing 3D... Removing old version of 3D ... Proceding to installation... Decompressing 3D package in /export/home/sdc ... ... sucessfully decompressed Searching version id ... ++ | Version vxtl_2_0_7m of software 3D | ++ Unlimited license installed Setting up 3D environment...
165
INSTALLATION
Job Card IST 005
3 of 14
GE Medical Systems
REV 8

INSTALLATION
Job Card IST 005
4 of 14
Language installed .... ... environment set for 3D 3D package is now installed. To actually run the package, restart the browser. > Installing 3D done Do you want to install the Dentascan option [y,n,?] n [Return] Note: In this example, we have answered NO to this question, as details of installation of this option are given later (Section 6 of this Job Card) in the manual installation procedure. Do you want to install the CT_MR_Analysis option [y,n,?] y [Return] Please enter the license key [?] XXXXXXX [Return] (type here your key) Do you confirm the license key [y,n,?,q] y [Return] Unlimited license installed Removing old version of Reformat ... Proceding to installation... Decompressing Reformat package in /export/home/sdc ... ....................... Setting up Reformat environment... Language installed .... ....................... Removing old version of Add / Sub ... ....................... Setting up Add / Sub environment... Language installed .... ... environment set for Add / Sub Add / Sub package is now installed. To actually run the package, restart the browser. Unlimited license installed Do you want to install the XR_Analysis option [y,n,?] y [Return] Please enter the license key [?] XXXXXXX [Return] (type here your key) Do you confirm the license key [y,n,?,q] y [Return] Unlimited license installed done... Do you want to install the OnLineViewer option [y,n,?] y [Return] Please enter the license key [?] XXXXXXX [Return] (type here your key) Do you confirm the license key [y,n,?,q] y [Return] Installing OnLineViewer... Unlimited license installed Application Remote Viewer declared Application Remote Viewer declared
166
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
Do you want to install the ScrapBook option [y,n,?] y [Return] Please enter the license key [?] XXXXXXX [Return] (type here your key) Do you confirm the license key [y,n,?,q] y [Return] Installing ScrapBook... Unlimited license installed Application Scrapbook already declared Warning : Restart Browser to take into account the ScrapBook installation Do you want to install the Navigator option [y,n,?] y [Return] Please enter the license key [?] XXXXXXX [Return] (type here your key) Do you confirm the license key [y,n,?,q] y [Return] Installing Navigator... Removing old version of Navigator ... ....................... Setting up Navigator environment... Language installed .... ... environment set for Navigator Navigator package is now installed. To actually run the package, restart the browser. > Installing Navigator done Do you want to install the Tissue_Volume option [y,n,?] y [Return] Please enter the license key [?] XXXXXXX [Return] (type here your key) Do you confirm the license key [y,n,?,q] y [Return] Installing Tissue_Volume... Application not declared ............................... License registered Unlimited license installed Setting language environment... Select the language (default is english) : 0 English 1 German 2 French 3 Spanish 4 Italian 5 Portuguese Enter the value : 0 to 5 [Return] Language installed .... ...Tissue Volume package installed. Tissue Volume package is now installed. To actually run the package, logout, and login as sdc. > Installing Tissue_Volume done
167
INSTALLATION
Job Card IST 005
5 of 14
GE Medical Systems
REV 8

INSTALLATION
Job Card IST 005
6 of 14
Do you want to install the FuncTool option [y,n,?] y [Return] Please enter the license key [?] XXXXXXX [Return] (type here your key) Do you confirm the license key [y,n,?,q] y [Return] Installing FuncTool... Application not declared ............................... Select the language (default is english) : 0 English ............. 5 Portuguese Enter the value : 0 to 5 [Return] Language installed .... ...FuncTool package installed. FuncTool package is now installed. To actually run the package, logout, and login as sdc. > Installing FuncTool done Do you want to install the Volume Rendering option [y,n,?] y [Return] Please enter the license key [?] XXXXXXX [Return] (type here your key) Do you confirm the license key [y,n,?,q] y [Return] Installing Volume_Rendering... Application not declared ............................... Select the language (default is english) : 0 English ............. 5 Portuguese Enter the value : 0 to 5 [Return] Language installed .... ...Volume Rendering package installed. Volume rendering package is now installed. To actually run the package, logout, and login as sdc. > Installing Volume_Rendering done Do you want to install the Dicom Print option [y,n,?] y [Return] Please enter the license key [?] XXXXXXX [Return] (type here your key) Do you confirm the license key [y,n,?,q] y [Return] Installing Dicom_Print... Application not declared ............................... To actually run the package, logout, and login as sdc. > Installing Dicom_Print done
168
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
The following is an example of the error message you may get when installing a wrong key Do you want to install the OnLineViewer option [y,n,?] y [Return] Please enter the license key [?] 17465756 [Return] Do you confirm the license key [y,n,?,q] y [Return] Installing OnLineViewer... *** ERROR : OnLineViewer bad license key OnLineViewer option not installed > @@@ WARNING : Installing OnLineViewer failed In this case, check that you have the right key and run the install.software script again, (answering NO to the installation of the other options), and/or request help from your OnLine Center to check your key. D To validate the package(s), logout, and login again as sdc
SECTION 6 MANUAL PROCEDURE D D Note: D Login as sdc if not already logged in as sdc When AW completes its startup, open a Command Window from the Service Tools submenu within the Root Menu. DO NOT SWITCH USER TO ROOT. Change to the install directory by typing:
6.1 Installing CT/MR Analysis package D Run the installation script: ./install.ctmr XXXXXXX [Return]
(where XXXXXX is the Advanced CT/MR software key)
Installing CT_MR Analysis .... ./install.ctmr XXXXXXXX ........................... Unlimited license installed D 6.2 To validate the package, logout, and login again as sdc
Installing XRAY Analysis package D Run the installation script:
./install.xr XXXXXXX [Return] (where XXXXXXXX is the Advanced XRAY software key)
Unlimited license installed done ... D To validate the package, logout, and login again as sdc
169
INSTALLATION
Job Card IST 005
7 of 14
GE Medical Systems
REV 8

INSTALLATION
Job Card IST 005
8 of 14
6.3
Installing Scrapbook package D Run the installation script:
./install.sbook XXXXXXX [Return] (where XXXXXXXX is the Scrapbook software key)

Unlimited license installed ............................ Warning: Restart Browser to installation. D 6.4
take
into
account
the
Scrapbook
To validate the package, logout, and login again as sdc
Installing OnLineViewer package D Run the installation script:
./install.online XXXXXXX [Return]

key) Unlimited license installed Application Remote Viewer declared D 6.5
(where XXXXXXXX is the OnLineViewer software
Installing 3D package D Run the installation script:
./install.vxtl XXXXXXX [Return] (where XXXXXXX is the 3D software key)

Application removed ........................... Application declared D 6.6 To validate the package, logout, and login again as sdc
Installing Navigator package D Run the installation script:
./install.nav XXXXXXX [Return] (where XXXXXXX is the navigator software key)

Removing old version of Navigator ... ........................... Setting up Navigator environment... Navigator package is now installed. To actually run the package, restart the browser. D To validate the package, logout, and login again as sdc
170
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
6.7
Installing Tissue Volume package D Run the installation script:
./install.tumvol XXXXXXX [Return]

key) Installing Tissue_Volume... ........................... > Installing Tissue_Volume done D
(where XXXXXXX is the Tissue Volume software
6.8
Installing FuncTool package D Run the installation script:
./install.fctl XXXXXXX [Return] (where XXXXXXX is the FuncTool software key)

Installing FuncTool... ........................... > Installing FuncTool done D To validate the package, logout, and login again as sdc
6.9
Installing Volume Rendering package D Run the installation script:
./install.volren XXXXXXX [Return] (where XXXXXXX is the Volume Rendering software

key) Installing Volume_Rendering... ........................... > Installing Volume_Rendering done D To validate the package, logout, and login again as sdc
6.10
Installing the Dicom Print package D Run the installation script:
./install.dicmprt XXXXXXX [Return] (where XXXXXXX is the Dicom Print software key)
Installing Dicom_Print... ........................... > Installing Dicom_Print done D To validate the package, logout, and login again as sdc
171
INSTALLATION
Job Card IST 005
9 of 14
GE Medical Systems
REV 8

INSTALLATION
Job Card IST 005
10 of 14
6.11
Installing Dentascan package D Run the installation script:
./install.denta XXXXXXX [Return] (where XXXXXXX is the denta package key)

Note: FILMS WILL BE SENT TO THE LASER CAMERA!!!
./install.denta LicenseServer XXXXXXXX (where XXXXXXXX is the Denta key) The procedure will send 1or 2 films to the camera (2 films if Zoom is supported by the type of Camera) Please check that your camera is connected and running. Do you want to continue (y/n) y [Return] Application removed ........................... Sending film to the camera MESSAGE from process .............. ........................... Note: To answer the following question(s), you must get the film(s) sent to the camera by the install.denta script. Measure the distance between the two vertical lines on the film(s) printed, and enter the value(s) in MILLIMETERS (mm).
Enter the distance 1 in (mm) : XXX.X [Return] Enter the distance 2 in (mm) : YYY.Y [Return] (if Zoom supported by the type of Camera) Configuring Dentascan camera with Zoom disabled To film real size, Field of View should be equal to: XXX mm (if Zoom is not supported) OR Configuring Dentascan camera with Zoom enabled To film real size, Field of View should be less than or equal to:XXX mm (if Zoom supported) ........................... Application declared Note: YMS scanners do not give exactly the same FOV value as the one prescribed above. For example, a selected FOV of 130 can give something like 135mm on the film. This is why you should experimentally find a FOV value on the scanner giving a real FOV as close as possible to the value Dist 1 found during installation and communicate it to the customer. If the scanning FOV is too far away from the value Dist1 (more than 5%), you may get the message: MAY NOT BE LIFE SIZE.
172
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
Note:
If a communication error with the Lasercamera occurs during installation, the Dentascan package will be installed with NO CAMERA. In this case, when later on, your camera is installed and running, run the installcamera.denta script under /export/home/sdc/install directory. If any change is made later to the camera, it will also be necessary to run this script again so the camera changes can be taken into account by the Dentascan software. D D Run the installation script (if applicable, see Note above) :
./installcamera.denta [Return]
6.12
Installing patch The following procedure is a COMMON procedure which describes how to install a software patch delivered on a floppy disk or Cdrom media . D Login as sdc if not already logged in as sdc: console login : sdc [Return] Password : adw3.1 [Return] DO NOT login as root to install the software. The installation procedure may appear to work, but you will not be able to start any of the software packages. D D D D Insert patch floppy or CDROM into drive. Open a Command Window from the Root Menu, Service Tools. Change to /export/home/sdc/install directory cd /export/home/sdc/install [Return] Run the install.sdcpatch script ./install.sdcpatch [Return]
Note:
The actual installation messages depend on the kind of patch to install.
6.13
Installing OTHER application package (using EASYINSTALL) The following procedure is a COMMON procedure which describes how to install Advanced applications delivered on a floppy disk or Cdrom media . This tool can also be used to allow the customers to install on their own Applications from the Hard disk. D Login as sdc if not already logged in as sdc: console login : sdc [Return] Password : adw3.1 [Return] DO NOT login as root to install the software. The installation procedure may appear to work, but you will not be able to start any of the software packages.
Note:
173
INSTALLATION
Job Card IST 005
11 of 14
GE Medical Systems
REV 8

INSTALLATION
Job Card IST 005
12 of 14
D D D
Insert Key floppy diskette into drive Insert Application software CDROM into drive. Select Install package from the Service Tools submenu within the Root Menu .
The patch installation window pops up. Easy install
Installation on workstation hostname (AW3.1) ........................ A For Software preloaded on the Hard disk
B For Software on Floppy or Cdom
Contents Install D
Driver
Hard disk Quit
Hard disk CDRom Floppy
Click on Hard disk / Floppy / Cdrom button and select CDROM.
174
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
Click on Contents. The following message appears : Easy Install
Wait a Moment Please
Note:
If the following window pops up, you probably have selected the wrong media (Floppy / Cdrom), or the concerned drive is defective. Notice ! Malformed package OK Notice ! Error : Cannot access to media OK
The Application Package name appears in the window. A new window pops up : Installation on Workstation hostname (AW3.1) Package Name
Eject CDRom Install
Driver
CDRom Quit
Click on Install button.
175
INSTALLATION
Job Card IST 005
13 of 14
GE Medical Systems
REV 8

INSTALLATION
Job Card IST 005
14 of 14
The following window pops up if the Configuration diskette containing the Option package key has not been inserted into the Floppy drive. Application name Software Password
OK
D D
Abort
Click into the password field and type in the key corresponding to the package you want to install. Click on OK to accept Password installation.
For certain packages, the following window pops up. Language English OK D Abort
Select the language by clicking on the button located into the language field, then click on OK to continue. At this point, a number of messages are printed on the screen which tell the operator what is going on. Start installation .................. End installation ................. D Click on Eject CDRom , then click on Quit unless you want to install another package.
Do not forget to restart the browser to declare your new installed option OK D
Click on OK to exit
The Application Name software is now installed. Select Restart Browser from the Service tool submenu within the Root menu to validate the option.
D Login as sdc : The Application is available through a new Application button located at the right side of the Browser.
176
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
Purpose:
NETWORK AND DICOM PRINTERS INSTALLATION
Version No.: Date:
Time: 0h30 per Printer
Personnel: 1
PART 1 : NETWORK POSTSCRIPT PRINTERS

SECTION 1 SUPPLIES Supported Networks Postscript printers (from AW3.1_07 release) are : Codonics NP1660 MD ; Seiko 1720D ; Lexmark SC1275N ; Lexmark Optra S1855N Note: If your site has purchased the Dicom option for the Codonics NP1660MD and the Seiko 1720D printers, you may skip to PART2 : DICOM PRINTERS installation.
SECTION 2 TOOLS REQUIRED None SECTION 3 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS None SECTION 4 PREREQUISITES Advantage workstation 3.1 is configured. Network Printers are connected to the Network and operational (see Chapter 8 for setup information). Make sure the following information is available before starting to install your color printer : (This information can be obtained either from the Network Administrator of the Hospital, or the Needs assesment Form completed by the Network Champions). D D Internet address of Network printer(s) Hostname of Network printer(s)
This procedure does not describe how to connect the Network Printer(s) to the network, which is assumed to be already installed.
CAUTION
The Network printer cannot receive images directly from the scanners. It can only print images that are produced by the AW3.1 software.
177
INSTALLATION
Job Card IST 006
1 of 8
GE Medical Systems
REV 8

INSTALLATION
Job Card IST 006
2 of 8
SECTION 5 PROCEDURE 5.1 Testing the network connection to the Network printer Once the Network printer is connected to the network and set with an IP address (refer to Chapter 8, for details), the Network printer should respond to TCP/IP messages from another Host on the network. Before logically installing the Network printer on AW3.1, check the following items: Color printer D D The color printer is connected to the network, using an external transceiver. The color printer is turned on and the front panel POWER button is on. The front panel on the color printer displays READY, and the correct IP address for the color printer is set in the color printer. Refer to Chapter 8, Section 17.
Greyscale printer D D The Greyscale printer is connected to the network, through the RJ45 cable. The printer is turned on and the front panel POWER button is on. The front panel on the Greyscale printer displays READY. Refer to Chapter 8 Section 18.
Go to the Advantage workstation and login as root : console login: root [Return] Password: operator [Return] (factory loaded default root password) Yype in the following command: /usr/sbin/ping <IP_address_of_network_printer> [Return] e.g : /usr/sbin/ping 192.100.9.5 [Return] <IP address of Network printer> is alive
Note:
Do not enter leading zeros in any of the four numeric fields separated by dots of the IP address. e.g : do not type in 192.100.009.005, but type 192.100.9.5 instead. This alive answer from the system means that the Network printer can be reached from the Advantage Workstation system through the network. If the system displays unknown host, your color printer may not be correctly declared on the network. Do the steps described in Chapter 8 again. If the system displays Network unreachable, you probably have given the printer an IP address incompatible with your Advantage workstations IP address. Check that they belong to the same network, 192.100.9.X, for example. D Logout
178
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
5.2
Network Printer Installation D Login as sdc, if not already logged in as sdc: console login: sdc [Return] Password: adw3.1 [Return] (factory loaded default sdc password) Open a Command Window from the Service Tools submenu within the Root Menu.
Note: D
It is suggested that you move this window to the lower right corner of the screen so that it does not get overwritten by AW3.1 pop-up windows. Switch user to root : su root [Return] Password : operator [Return] Change to the sdc install directory : cd /export/home/sdc/install [Return] Run the printers installation script : ./install.printers [Return] This script allows you to install several printers. For this reason, it has been renamed from install.printer (previous versions of AW) to install.printers .
D D
CAUTION
If you have a Configuration Floppy you should insert it now. Whether you have one or no press [Return] to continue ... Do you want to install new printer(s) [y,n,?,q] y [Return] At this point, you should give the name you have chosen for your printer. It can be the same as the network Hostname of your printer but it is not mandatory.
179
INSTALLATION
Job Card IST 006
3 of 8
GE Medical Systems
REV 8

INSTALLATION
Job Card IST 006

<printer1name> [Return]
4 of 8
Define the local name of the printer [?,q]
Installing Printer Printer model 1 c Codonics (1660M 1660MD) 2 l Lexmark (Optra 1650N 1855N SC1275N) 3 s Seiko (1720D) Enter selection [?,??,q]: 2 [Return] (e.g : you are selecting a Lexmark printer)
Printer type 1 c Colour printer 2 g Greyscale printer Enter selection [?,??,q]: 2 [Return] (e.g : you are selecting a greyscale printer) Printer internet (IP) address [?] e.g : 192.9.100.6 [Return] Printer hostname [?] e.g : lexmark1 [Return] Note: Just make sure to use a hostname with less than 10 characters, and avoid special characters else than the and _ signs. Checking if lexmark1 is alive ... Changing spool directory ... Print services stopped. Changing spool directory ... Print services started. Removing printer (if necessary) ... Declaring printer ... Setting filming configuration file ... printer lexmark1 faulted. enabled since Fri Oct 3 10:50:42 MET DST 1997. available. lexmark1: lpd: scaled: unknown printer *** WARNING : Greyscale Printer (lexmark1) printer is installed but not idle ... *** Do you want to install new printer(s) [y,n,?,q] Type y [Return] if you want to declare another printer. The same set of questions will be asked or the next printer. Type n [Return] to exit. Note: If message ... install.printer error : <printer_host_name> not responding ... Printer *Greyscale Printer (printer_name)* installation aborted ... the printer is not responding. You must check that it is connected to the network and properly configured.
180
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
Switch user back to sdc : exit [Return]
The workstation is now configured for one optional Network printer operation. Install any other printers, the same way.
PART 2 : DICOM PRINTERS

Note: The Dicom Print software protection key must be installed (Refer to AW3.1 Service Manual, Chapter 1, IST005, Section), and Advantage Workstation software must successfully start prior to performing this step. D D Click on Application selection icon in the upper right corner of the Browser. This will open a Menu displaying the available applications. click on Film Composer on the just displayed menu Film Composer window pops up
Film Composer Appli Select Icon Formats
Film Composer Mini Viewer Scrapbook Viewer .......... ..........
Options Clear Print Queue
Quit D Click on Options button.
181
INSTALLATION
Job Card IST 006
5 of 8
GE Medical Systems
REV 8

INSTALLATION
Job Card IST 006
6 of 8
The Print Options window pops up. Print Options
Camera name .......... .......... .......... ..........
Dicom Option
Done
Click on Dicom Option button. If the Dicom option button is deactivated, the Dicom Print software protection key is probably not correctly ionstalled. Refer to Chapter 1, IST005
The Dicom Printer selection window pops up.
Dicom Printer Selection List of Registered Dicom Printers
Your choice :
Update
Add
Remove
Cancel
click on Add button Dicom Printer parameters window pops up
182
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
Dicom Printer Parameter Dicom Printer Label Hostname Application Entity Title Network address Port number Medium type Destination Film orientation Magnification type Film size REPLICATE BILINEAR CUBIC NONE PORTRAIT LANDSCAPE MAGAZINE PROCESSOR PAPER CLEAR FILM BLUE FILM
Film formats Slide formats Default Film formats 35mm 40mm
8IN X 10IN 10IN X 12IN ........... ........... ........... ........... 24CM X 30CM
Save D
Clear
Cancel
Fill in the different fields following the information given by the Dicom Printer manufacturer.
Codonics NP 1660 MD : Application Entity Title (A.E.T) : PRINT_SCP Port number : 104 Medium : Paper or Blue Film Destination : Magazine Film size : 8 x 10 Film format : Select all formats
183
INSTALLATION
Job Card IST 006
7 of 8
GE Medical Systems
REV 8

INSTALLATION
Job Card IST 006

to 1720D16
8 of 8
Seiko 1720 D : Application Entity Title (A.E.T) : 1720D1 Port number : 104 Medium : Paper Destination : Magazine Film size : 8 x 10 Film format : Select all formats D Finally click on Save to update and Quit.
IT IS NOW TIME TO WRITE DOWN PRINTERS INFORMATION IN THE AW CONFIGURATION FORM LOCATED AT THE BEGINNING OF THIS MANUAL. Note: You will be invited to save later on (Job Card IST009), the Dicom Printer parameters on the Configuration diskette. The AW Application Entity title (A.E.T) to be declared to the Dicom
CAUTION
printers is Print_SCU and not the Hostname of AW as for Dicom hosts. If necessary, the A.E. title can be changed by editing the following file : /export/home/sdc/appdefaults/dicom_print/dprint.cfg and replacing the Print_SCU AET by any other suitable name.
184
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
Purpose:
NETWORK CONFIGURATION ON IMAGE SOURCES
Version No.: Date:
Time: 0h30
Personnel: 1 FE
SECTION 1 SUPPLIES none SECTION 2 TOOLS REQUIRED none SECTION 3 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS THE FOLLOWING MATERIAL IS INFORMATION ONLY. THE SCRIPTS USED TO DECLARE HOSTS PROPERLY DEPEND ON THE SOFTWARE REVISION LEVEL OF EACH IMAGE SOURCE SYSTEM. SECTION 4 PREREQUISITES Advantage Workstation 3.1 is installed and configured (IST 001 / 002 ). SECTION 5 PROCEDURE To summarize : Use the DICOM protocol when declaring a GE Dicom XRay, CT or MR scanning system. If Query / Retrieve function is requested by the customer ,and not available in DICOM, preferably use SdCNet or AdvantageNet protocols. Use the DICOM protocol to declare a connection to a foreign DICOM system. The DICOM A.E.T (Application Entity Title) of an AW3.1 is its hostname. Advantage Workstation 3.1 is DICOM Storage Class User and Storage Class Provider which means that it can push and receive DICOM images. It is also a DICOM Query/retreive User but it is not a DICOM Query/Retrieve Provider. You must use the SdCNet protocol to declare another AW3.1 to your Advantage Workstation, in order to allow Query / Retrieve function. Note: Note: It is no longer necessary to enter YMS in the Comments field , when declaring a GEYMS system to your Advantage Workstation. Refer to IST002, Section 4.3 Declare Hosts on the Network under Site configuration, for Network Setup of Image Sources on AW.
185
INSTALLATION
Job Card IST 007
1 of 2
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
NETWORK CONFIGURATION ON IMAGE SOURCES

INSTALLATION
Job Card IST 007
2 of 2
1. AW3.1 declaration on Genesis based sources (SIGNA 5.X, MR Horizon, CT HLA/HSA...) See Chapter 9 Section 1 for network exemple. Refer to the manuals delivered with your system. Preferably use the DICOM3 protocol when available , or use one of the AdvantageNet protocols. Make sure to select the right date format settings (month/day/year or day/month/year) 2. AW3.1 declaration on non Genesis based sources (SIGNA 4.X) Use the appropriate (dmy or mdy) AdvantageNet protocol. 3. AW3.1 declaration on CT9800 IMAGE SOURCES VIA CT9800IDLINK2 This connection is NOT supported. 4. AW3.1 declaration on GE DICOM Systems ( DLX, CT/i, CT Synergy, MR Horizon LX, MR Contour..) and Foreign devices using DICOM protocol. See Chapter 9 Section 1 for network exemple. Refer to the manuals delivered with your system. The DICOM Application Entity Titleof the Advantage Workstation is its hostname. The DICOM port number of the Advantage Workstations is ALWAYS 4006.
5. AW3.1 declaration on YMS based sources (CT Sytec family, CT ProSpeed family, MR Vectra) See Chapter 9 Section 1 for network exemple, and Section 26 Refer to the manuals delivered with your scanning system. Use the DICOM3 protocol if availabler on your Scanning system. Otherwise, use the AdvantageNet protocol. The DICOM Application Entity Titleof the Advantage Workstations is the hostname. The DICOM port number of the Advantage Workstations is ALWAYS 4006.
6. AW3.1 declaration on AW1.2 , AW2.0, ARS2.0 , AW3.0, AW3.1 See Chapter 9 Section 1 for network exemple. AW1.2, AW2.0, ARS2.0, AW3.0 and AW3.1 are not DICOM Query/Retrieve Provider. You can use the DICOM3 protocol if you just need to push images to Advantage Workstation 3.1, but preferably use the appropriate (SdCNet1.2, SdCNet2.0, ...) SdCNet protocol in order to support the Query / Retreive function. The DICOM Application Entity Titleof the Advantage Workstations is the hostname. The DICOM port number of the Advantage Workstations is ALWAYS 4006.
186
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
Purpose:
INSITE INSTALLATION
Version No.: Date:
Time: 0h30
Personnel: 1
SECTION 1 INSITE OVERVIEW D Feature
AW3.1 is connected through Internet protocol (IP) which runs over a lower software layer called Point to Point Protocol (PPP). PPP emulates an IP connection with a phone line. D Security
The access is controlled by an encrypted password system called CHAP ,part of the PPP protocol. CHAP is setup at the first InSite connection , just after installation. D Installation
The InSite software is included in appllication software. To enable it, the FE must run install.insite script. At the time of system install, a UNIQUE IP address has to be allocated to the system. This address will be declared in the Support Center data bases. To allocate this address .... 2CASES: 1) The network administrator of your site gave you a registered IP address to setup your AW3.1 This address will be used to connect to the system through InSite. 2) The site has NO internet network. In this case , the support center will allocate a predefined address class A ( 10.3.xxx.yyy). Contact your support center to get those address, as well as other parameters like netmasks . SECTION 2 SUPPLIES D Modem Asia and Americas Poles : US Robotics Courier V34 European Pole : Motorola Codex V34 D RS 232 cable
SECTION 3 TOOLS REQUIRED D None
187
INSTALLATION
Job Card IST 008
1 of 8
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
INSITE INSTALLATION
INSTALLATION
Job Card IST 008
2 of 8
SECTION 4 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS Workstations Serial Port may be set up for RS423 (US) instead of RS232. Refer to Ultra1 Service manual 2159461100 , Section 1012, or Ultra2 Service manual 2211583100 , Section C.5.1 to move J2104 and J2105 jumpers to RS232 position . SECTION 5 HARDWARE INSTALLATION D D D D D D D D Shutdown workstation. Turn off power to the computer box. Connect the RS232 cable to the UltraSparc computer serial port A. Connect the other end to the back of the modem. Connect the phone line to the back of the modem to the RJ 11 jack labeled LINE. Connect the other end of the phone cable to the customer provided wall jack. Connect the modem power supply cable to the back of the modem. Plug in the power supply cable to any open AC plug.
Power cable to wall plug Phone line to wall plug
Serial port A
RJ11 jack plug
RS 232 cable
Ultra Sparc Station
D D D
Turn the modem on. Turn the workstation on. Login as sdc : console login : sdc [Return] Password : adw3.1 [Return] (default sdc password is factory loaded)
188
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
INSITE INSTALLATION
SECTION 6 PREREQUISITES The V34 version of MOTOROLA CODEX need to have one of its parameters changed , to allow InSite option installation Effectivity All Advantage Workstations 3.1 running InSite option with a MOTOROLA CODEX V34 modem. Description You received a modem MOTOROLA CODEX V34 with parameters factory loaded. The following procedure describes how to connect the setting of DCD parameter. Procedure D D Sections 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 read and executed. Open MOTOROLA front cover.
RD
TR RI/OH
RETURN
DOWN
ACROSS
ENTER
TD
CD
RC/NC
Action 1: Your modem is switched on (rear panel) Result 4 leds light on, SELF TEST was briefly displayed on front panel. After few seconds 3265 Fast Ready is now displayed.
189
INSTALLATION
Job Card IST 008
3 of 8
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
INSITE INSTALLATION
INSTALLATION
Job Card IST 008
4 of 8
Action 2: Push on RETURN button 1 time Result Disconnect T/D ? is displayed on front panel Action 3: Push on DOWN button 6 times , until TERMINAL OPTS is displayed on front panel. Action 4: Push on ACROSS button 8 times , until DCD = High is displayed on front panel. If DCD = Normal is displayed on front panel , it is the correct setting. The change is already done. If something else is displayed (DCD = XXX), continue to proceed with action 5. If you wait too long between instructions, the front panel will be lighted off and you have to go back to Action 2
Note:
Note:
Action 5: Push on DOWN button , until DCD = Normal is displayed on front panel Action 6: Push on ENTER button 1 time Result New parameter is now validated. Action 7: Push on RETURN button 2 times Result Disconnect T/D is displayed on front panel Action 8: Push on ACROSS button 5 times , until Save Changes = 1 is displayed on front panel. Action 9: Push on ENTER button 1 time Result Save completed ! is displayed on front panel. Close MOTOROLA front cover
190
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
INSITE INSTALLATION
SECTION 7 SOFTWARE INSTALLATION 7.1 PREREQUISITES
CAUTION
The InSite option is a MANDATORY option unless you can connect to the workstation through the CT or MR scanner. You should receive a modem with your station , (1 modem per order only , even if several stations are ordered at one time). Call your support center in case of problem.
GEMS Europe
O.L.C.E (33) 139200007 (33) 130709970
GEMS Americas
On Line Center phone : 18003217937 Fax : (414) 5245305 D D 7.2
GEMS Asia
O.L.C.A 81426560033 81426560053
A modem is installed and powered up You have a UNIQUE IP adress for InSite to use. (see InSite overview previous page)
RUNNING INSTALL PROGRAM D D When AW3.0 completes its startup, open a Command Window from the Service Tools submenu within the Root Menu. Login as Root in the Command Window su root [Return] password : operator [Return] Change to the installation directory cd /export/home/sdc/install [Return] Run the install.insite script ./install.insite [Return]
D D
x insite/bin/wermit, 641636 bytes, 1254 tape blocks ............................................ ## Checking for setuid/setgid programs.The following files are being installed with setuid and setgid permissions:/etc/pppd <setuid root> Do you want to install these as setuid/setgid files [y,n,?,q] This package contains scripts which will be executed with superuser permission during the process of installing this package. Do you want to continue with the installation of <mstppp> [y,n,?] Installing Morning Star Technologies PointtoPoint Protocol as <mstppp> ## Executing preinstall script. /etc/pppd .............................................. /usr/kernel/drv/tun.conf
191
INSTALLATION
Job Card IST 008
5 of 8
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
INSITE INSTALLATION
INSTALLATION
Job Card IST 008
6 of 8
Preparing to install Morning Star Technologies PPP IPTunnel Driver Installing tunnel driver... Driver (tun) is already installed. Creating symbolic links from /dev/tun* to /devices/pseudo/tun*... Morning Star Technologies PPP IPTunnel Driver has been successfully installed.
Installation of <mstppp> was successful.

D At this time , InSite installation continues with modem configuration
Is the modem installed on the system and turned on (yY|nN)[Y]? y [Return] 1. USRobotics Courier V.34 2. Motorola Codex 326X V.34 System currently configured for Motorola Codex 326X V.34 Modem Select modem type to be installed (12 q|Q) [x]: ? Case 1 : US Robotics Modem Select modem type to be installed (12 q|Q) [x]: 1 [Return] **************************************************************************** * IMPORTANT * * **** DIP SWITCH SETTINGS ON MODEM MUST BE SET **** **************************************************************************** * Switch 1 (UP/OFF) * Switch 2 (UP/OFF) * Switch 3 (DOWN/ON) * Switch 4 (DOWN/ON)( * Switch 5 (UP/OFF) * Switch 6 (UP/OFF) * Switch 7 (DOWN/ON) * Switch 8 (DOWN/ON) * Switch 9 (UP/OFF) * Switch 10 (UP/OFF) Press Enter to Continue... Programming Modem, Please Wait..
modem installation sucessful

D At this time , you have to enter the IP adress supplied by your support center or network administartor Please enter the InSite IP address supplied by your support center: xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx [Return] Is xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx the correct IP address? [y/n] y [Return]
192
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
INSITE INSTALLATION
Case 2 : Motorola Codex Modem Select modem type to be installed (12 q|Q) [x]: 2 [Return] **************************************************************************** * IMPORTANT * ***** DIP SWITCH SETTINGS ON MODEM MUST BE SET AT DEFAULT VALUE**** **************************************************************************** * Switch 1 (UP/OFF) * Switch 2 (UP/OFF) * Switch 3 (UP/OFF) * Switch 4 (UP/OFF) * Switch 5 (UP/OFF) * Switch 6 (UP/OFF) Press Enter to Continue... Programming Modem, Please Wait..
modem installation sucessful

D At this time , you have to enter the IP adress supplied by your support center or network administarator
Please enter the InSite IP address supplied by your support center: xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx [Return] Is xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx Note: the correct IP address? [y/n] y [Return]
Be sure you get the message : Modem installation successful In other cases ,your modem could still be off. DO NOT CHANGE THE insite, sdc, OR root PASSWORD WITHOUT NOTIFYING YOUR SUPPORT CENTER : OLC (ONLINE CENTER), OLCE (EUROPEAN SUPPORT CENTER) , OLCA (ASIA SUPPORT CENTER).
CAUTION
Note:
The default INSITE password is : insite For more information about this option Refer to Chap 8 .
INSITE INSTALLATION IS COMPLETE. CALL YOUR SUPPORT CENTER TO RUN A TEST.
193
INSTALLATION
Job Card IST 008
7 of 8
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
INSITE INSTALLATION
INSTALLATION
Job Card IST 008
8 of 8
Blank page
194
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
Purpose:
TURNOVER TO THE CUSTOMER
Version No.: Date:
Time: 0h30
Personnel:
SECTION 1 SUPPLIES SECTION 2 TOOLS REQUIRED SECTION 3 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS SECTION 4 PREREQUISITES Advantage workstation 3.1 is configured (Job Card IST 001/002). SCSI hardware options are installed (Job Card IST 003, IST 004) Other options installed are (Job Card IST 005, IST 006) Network is configured. SECTION 5 PROCEDURE Login as sdc <hostname> console login : sdc [Return] Password : adw3.1 [Return] Wait for the BROWSER window to pop up. 5.1 Image disk space checks Check the available disk space to see if the Storagepack has been successfully installed. This can be seen by clicking once on the Used Disk Space Status bar at the top of the BROWSER.
Used Disk Space Status :
XX %
This opens another window, which give more details in term of number of images still possible to store. 5.2 Demo Exam checks Open the Browser and check to see that the DEMO Exams are loaded. Select some of these exams and check that they can be fully displayed. Try some of the Systems viewing functionalities and tools to make sure that your AW is fully operational.
195
INSTALLATION
Job Card IST 009
1 of 18
GE Medical Systems
REV 8

INSTALLATION
Job Card IST 009
2 of 18
5.3
Define User(s) login accounts Select User Management Tools from the Service Tools submenu within the Root Menu:
Root Menu Refresh Screen Calculator Clock Service Tools AW Administration Restart Browser
Password: Note:
administrator [Return]
This tool is also accessible remotely by opening a Command window and switching to sdc_admin su sdc_admin [Return] Password: administrator [Return] A command window pops up with the User Management menu MAIN MENU USERS MANAGEMENT ..................................1 SHARED PROTOCOLS MANAGEMENT .......................2 EXAM CODES MANAGEMENT .............................3 RESTORATION .......................................4 ================================================================= Enter your choice or <Enter> to display the current menu [?,q] ================================================================= Type 1 [Return] to enter User Management menu. USERS MANAGEMENT display the list of users..........................11 add a user.........................................12 remove a user......................................13 rename a user......................................14 set a user password................................15 save users configuration on user diskette..........16 restore users configuration from user diskette.....17 ================================================================= Enter your choice or <Enter> to display the current menu [?,q] [Return] Type 12 [Return] to create a User account.
196
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
Enter the user name [?,q] (this will be the logging name) e.g : jones [Return] Enter the user description : e.g : Doctor Jones [Return] Enter the password [?,q] e.g : jone1s [Return] Enter the password again [?,q] e.g : jone1s [Return]
(mute typing of the password) (mute typing of the password)
Enter the other users the same way and when done, type 0 to return to the Main menu or q to quit, or 2 to enter the Shared Protocols menu etc ... : Note: Refer to the Administrator Manual 2203462100 for more information about User Management, Shared Protocols Management, Exam Codes Management and Configuration. Choose a command [?,??,q]: 2 [return] SHARED PROTOCOLS MANAGEMENT display the list of the shared protocols...........21 add a shared protocol in the library...............22 remove a shared protocol from the library..........23 rename a shared protocol in the library............24 save shared protocols on protocol diskette.........25 restore shared protocols from protocol diskette....26 Choose a command [?,??,q]: 3 [return] EXAM CODES MANAGEMENT display the list of the Exam Codes.................31 define new Exam Codes..............................32 remove Exam Codes definition(s)....................33 save Exam Codes (& protoc.)on protocol diskette....34 restore Exam Codes on protocol diskette............35 Choose a command [?,??,q]: 4 [return] CONFIGURATION configure the autolock function....................41 configure the screensaver function................42 Choose a command [?,??,q]: q [return]
197
INSTALLATION
Job Card IST 009
3 of 18
GE Medical Systems
REV 8

INSTALLATION
Job Card IST 009
4 of 18
Next time you will login as sdc, the following menu will pop up, prompting you to choose between the standard sdc user (unnamed) and the just defined users (e.g: jones). AW
unnamed user1 user2
standard user : login sdc ; password adw3.1 e.g : user Jones : login jones ; password jone1s other declared user
OK
Help
Note:
The screen can be unlocked, either with the corresponding Users password or with the ROOT password. Save Sites parameters on the Configuration diskette Select Configuration from the Service Tools submenu within the Root Menu:
5.4
Screen Floppy
This allows you to display (screen) or save on a floppy diskette all the installed Options protection keys, and the Hosts files to simplify a future reinstallation. Select Floppy at this time. Note: The floppy is automatically formatted before saving the configuration data.
198
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
5.5
Sun 20 color monitor(s) ONLY adjustments (refer Chapter 3 section 262 for more information) D Install the SMPTE pattern from the root menu. This takes a few seconds to appear in the Browser window.
D D
Select the SMPTE pattern from the Browser menu by clicking on the image. Display the SMPTE pattern by clicking on the VIEWER button of the Browser. The correct viewing levels are W=100 L=1024. Choose the 1 x 1 format by selecting it from the Format icon on the Viewer. To display the SMPTE pattern on the 2nd screen (if applicable), click on the 2 patients icon on the Viewer. The Browser is then recalled. Click again on the VIEWER button of the Browser. The SMPTE pattern is redrawn on the left screen, then is drawn on the right screen. Choose the 1 x 1 format by selecting it from the Format icon on the Viewer in order to enlarge it on the right screen. 2 patients icon 1 patient icon
Note:
Check for correct adjustment of linearity, brightness and contrast of the monitor. Readjust if necessary. Refer to Chapter 3, Section 27 for more details on how to adjust the monitor.
199
INSTALLATION
Job Card IST 009
5 of 18
GE Medical Systems
REV 8

INSTALLATION
Job Card IST 009
6 of 18
5.6
Megascan monitor(s) ONLY. Dome Frame Buffer board(s) calibration Only applicable to configurations using 1K or 2K Megascan black & white portrait monitors.
Note:
For the 1K x 1K configurations, where a single Dome Md2sun can drive the 2 monitors, the principle is the same, but you will not have to change the calibrator from one board to the other when calibrating the second screen. D Connect the calibration tool at the rear of the UltraSparc box , directly on the Frame Buffer board special connector as shown below (no need to shutdown and turn of workstation) : (for the 2screens 2K configuration, start with the lower board which corresponds to the left screen).
UltraSparc (rear view)
Dome Frame Buffer card(s)
LEFT
RIGHT
Calibration tool connection plug
D D Note:
Quit VIEWER, by pressing the <STOP> key of the Keyboard and confirm. Start the calibration program from the LEFT SCREEN Root Menu. For more information, refer to the Dome Calibration Manual P/N : 2168332 delivered with the tool.
Root Menu Refresh Screen Command Window Calculator Clock Service Tools AW Administration Restart Browser Configuration ScrapBook mode Autodelete activity Recover Database Start calibr ation Install License Install package Install SMPTE Service Tools Logout
1100
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
Note:
If you start the Calibration program with the Calibration tool connected to the wrong board, (case 2 screens 2K x 2K), the following message will appear :
Date Error starting Calibration Please check calibrator is connected to the correct board
In this case, connect the Calibration tool to the appropriate board before starting the calibration program again. No need to shutdown and turn off the workstation.
The following screen pops up, then the Help about Luminance Calibration screen disappears after a few seconds and is replaced by a white square target area.
File Calibrate View Help
Help about Luminance Calibration
................................................................... ................................................................... ................................................................... ................................................................... .....................................................
OK
Correctly position the Photometer on the white square area in the middle of the screen. Make sure that the photometer is clean before using it.
1101
INSTALLATION
Job Card IST 009
7 of 18
GE Medical Systems
REV 8

INSTALLATION
Job Card IST 009
8 of 18
Calibrate
Set Desired Response Easy Calibration Reset Gamma Table Measure Calibration Values Set Gamma Correction Table Graph Luminance Response Preferences
Note:
If the system has already been calibrated and you just want to check that the Luminance Response is still adjusted, you may want to select Graph Luminance Response. Correctly position the Photometer on the white square area in the middle of the screen and click on the OK button to start. After a series of measurements, (different shades of gray in the square area), you can hear a beep announcing that the test has completed. Click on View and select Graph window to display the Luminance response graph. D Click on Calibrate, on the left top of the screen with the mouse left button. The following window appears.
View
Graph Window Luminance Meter Tool Palette Test Pattern
File
Save Startup Gamma table Cancel Startup Gamma table Exit
Compare the Measured Graph to the Target Graph. The 2 curves (Target curve and Measured curve) must coincide Measured Target
If it is OK, click on File and select Exit. If not, proceed with the following steps, to adjust response.
1102
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
Select Set Desired Response from the menu. The following windows pop up. Desired Luminance Response Luminance Response Model ....................... Barten Model ....................... Minimum & Maximum Luminance ....................... As specified below ... L min L max OK 0.1 70 (ft L) (ft L) Cancel
Check that settings are as shown above OR: D D D D D D Click on Barten Model window to select Click on As specified below ... to enable Lmin and Lmax windows Click into Lmin window and enter 0.1 Click into Lmax window and enter 70 Click on OK to accept. The window pops out. Select Easy Calibration from the menu. Make sure the Calibrator is still correctly positionned inside the white square area. The following windows pop up. Step One ....................................... ....................................... .......................................
Smaller Larger
Next step Cancel
By clicking on Smaller or Larger, you can if necessary, adjust the size of the square.
1103
INSTALLATION
Job Card IST 009
9 of 18
GE Medical Systems
REV 8

INSTALLATION
Job Card IST 009
10 of 18
Click on Next Step. The following windows pop up. Step Two Luminance Level
Black White
Next step Cancel
Click on Black. Adjust the contrast knob of the monitor at the middle position. Adjust the brightness knob of the monitor until the Luminance Level window displays 0.1 ftL +/ 5%. Click on White. Adjust the contrast knob of the monitor until the Luminance Level window displays 70 ftL +/ 5%. Do not change the brightness adjustment of the monitor.
Click on Next Step. Final Steps 1 2 3 4 The following tasks ......................... .................................................... .................................................... .................................................... ....................................................
Proceed Cancel
Click on Proceed.
Make sure the photometer .........................
OK D
Cancel
Make sure the photometer is still correctly positionned and holding on the screen. Click on OK to start calibration
1104
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
A test sequence is starting displaying different shades of gray. When the test has completed (after several seconds), you will hear a beep and the following window appears Save Startup Gamma Filter Directories Files Screen0.0.gct Screen0.1.gct
Save as
OK
Filter
Cancel
In the Save as window, you will find when calibrated: screen0.0.gct for left monitor screen0.1.gct for right monitor (if applicable) Click on the OK button to accept. If this is not the first calibration, the following window pops up.
Save As File already exists, overwrite ? Yes No
D Note: D
Click on Yes to overwrite These are the new Gamma correction values that will now be taken into account, until the next calibration. These values will be loaded at each bootup of the workstation. Check that the 2 curves (Target graph, Measured graph) now coincide by running again Graph Luminance Response from the Calibrate menu. If not, you may run an other calibration.
To adjust the second screen, disconnect the Calibrator from the lower Md4sun Frame buffer board and connect it on the upper one, (no need to shutdown and turn off the workstation).
1105
INSTALLATION
Job Card IST 009
11 of 18
GE Medical Systems
REV 8

INSTALLATION
Job Card IST 009
12 of 18
Move the arrow to the right screen and Start the calibration program from the RIGHT SCREEN Root Menu. All steps described above are applicable. Save as Screen0.1.gct. D D 5.7 Calibration is complete. Select Exit from the File menu. When done, restart Browser or logout and login again as SDC from the Root Menu.
Laser Camera Filming checks Open the film composer by clicking on the FILM COMPOSER button of the Browser. Click on Option button to select the right type of printer (LaserCamera) Select 1x1 format
Note:
The output device can be changed when images are loaded in the Film Composer if the currently selected format is compatible with the new output device being selected. Move the pointer of the mouse to the displayed SMPTE image, press on the mouse left button and slide the cursor to the Film Composer image field before releasing the mouse button. The SMPTE pattern appears in the Film Composer image field. Click on the PRINT button. The message in the Film Composer Current Status changes to Printing. If an error message appears, check the printer connections to the DASM filming interface, run the showdasm utility. Refer to Chapter 7. Stop the SMPTE image VIEWER when done.
5.8
Postscript Printer(s) checks Open the film composer by clicking on the FILM COMPOSER button of the Browser. Click on Option button to select the right type of printer ( Color or Greyscale printer(s) #n ) Select 1x1 format
Note:
The output device can be changed when images are loaded in the Film Composer if the currently selected format is compatible with the new output device being selected. Move the pointer of the mouse to the displayed SMPTE image, press on the mouse left button and slide the cursor to the Film Composer image field before releasing the mouse button. The SMPTE pattern appears in the Film Composer image field. Click on the PRINT button. The message in the Film Composer Current Status changes to Printing. The SMPTE pattern is printed in black and white on the Color Printer. To check the color rendering, you need to make a 3D reconstruction. Stop the SMPTE image VIEWER.
Note:
1106
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
5.9
Dicom Print test Open the film composer by clicking on the FILM COMPOSER button of the Browser. Click on Option button to select the right type of printer ( Dicom printer #n ) Select 1x1 format
Note:
The output device can be changed when images are loaded in the Film Composer if the currently selected format is compatible with the new output device being selected. Move the pointer of the mouse to the displayed SMPTE image, press on the mouse left button and slide the cursor to the Film Composer image field before releasing the mouse button. The SMPTE pattern appears in the Film Composer image field. Click on the PRINT button. The message in the Film Composer Current Status changes to Printing. Stop the SMPTE image VIEWER.
5.10
Communication test Test the Ethernet connection by pulling images (or pushing from an image source). Remember that the scanning system data base must be active, to query remote host and pull images. The Network Icon becomes active.
SECTION 6 EXAMPLE OF AW3.1 CONFIGURATION SCREEN From the root menu, Services Tools submenu , select Configuration, you can display a window containing all the configuration information of your workstation and its peripherals. The following is a configuration example. Site Identification Hospital name : BUCENG Local language : english S/n : 433M5234 Appli. support : 33130704040 Station Configuration date : Tue Oct 7 14:07:00 MET DST 1997 Operating system : SunOS 5.5.1 processor type : sparc type : SUNW,Ultra1, (Ultra2 for Ultra2) processor number : 1 (2 for Ultra2) processor 1 clock : 200 MHz (296 MHz for Ultra2) processor 2 clock : (296 MHz for Ultra2 only) Memory size : 256 Megabytes Number of disks : 2 hostname : phoenix4 Internet address : 3.45.12.167 Internet netmask : 255.255.252.0 hostid : 807c2489
1107
INSTALLATION
Job Card IST 009
13 of 18
GE Medical Systems
REV 8

INSTALLATION
Job Card IST 009
14 of 18
A.W. Configuration Option CDR Option Maxoptix Dicom Mod Option filming (AGFA MG3000 DASMLCAM) Installed Application(s) 3D 43148474 CT_MR_Analysis 149671336 XR_Analysis 2920458874 OnLineViewer 802506302 ScrapBook 4209713292 Navigator 2420079051 Tissue_Volume 3444218950 CDROM 758680558 CDR 758677486 MAXOPTIX 758677998 SdC Account Configuration SdC version : AW3.1_04.x_ultra software key : 6925bfa Database Model : Normal ScrapBook mode : Save images from different patients Maximum number of pages : 10 Autodelete Activity : Disabled Minimum free disk space to stop Autodelete : 400 Maximum free disk space to start Autodelete : 200 The window automatically disappears after a few minutes IT IS NOW TIME TO COMPLETE A.W CONFIGURATION FORM LOCATED AT THE BEGINNING OF THIS MANUAL. ALSO MAKE SURE THAT YOU HAVE SAVED THE SITE PARAMETERS ON THE CONFIGURATION DISKETTE, AS SHOWN SECTION 54, AND STORE THE DISKETTE CAUTIOUSLY WITH THE SERVICE MANUAL, FOR FUTURE USE.
1108
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
SECTION 7 INTRODUCTION TO THE CUSTOMER OF AW3.1 BASIC FEATURES Upon completion of system installation the FE will be responsible for the introduction to the customer of the basic features on the Advantage Workstation 3.1 System. The functions that the FE must be able to demonstrate and support are outlined in the following sections, and should have been covered during Advantage Workstation Training at the GE Education Center. All manual references refer to AW Basic Display (OM) 22016421xx 7.1 7.1.1 System Overview (Chapter 3) Familiarize the Customer with the parts of the system and basic computer functions. (Although many Customers are familiar with PC and Workstation operations, this should not be taken for granted.) Basic Screen Layout and terminology related to icons that appear on the screen. (Menus, Browsers, Windows controls, etc.) Help menus, (Where to find them). Startup and Shutdown (Chapter 4) Instruct the Customer on proper bootup and shut down procedures, including external devices. Logging in and out of User Sessions. (If function is to be used by site.) Steps to follow in case of power failure. 3. Browsers (Chapter 5) Different types of Browsers available based on options installed. Manipulating image lists and selecting images. Use of Worklists. Use of Filters. 7.3.3 7.3.4 7.3.5 7.3.6 Removing images from the system. Networking images to and from other hosts. Selecting and starting applications. Status Displays (Disk space, Archive Queues, and Network Queue).
7.1.2
7.1.3 7.2 7.2.1 7.2.2 7.2.3 7.3 7.3.1 7.3.2
1109
INSTALLATION
Job Card IST 009
15 of 18
GE Medical Systems
REV 8

INSTALLATION
Job Card IST 009
16 of 18
7.3.7
Utilities. Browser Tools. Root menu Tools.
7.4 7.4.1 7.4.2 7.4.3
Viewers Full Screen, Mini, and Remote (if applicable) (Chapter 6) Various methods to launch a viewer. Mouse controls (W/L, Paging, Magnify, Pan, and Zoom). Viewer Control Panel Functions. Image Selection Panel. Image Paging Panel. Recording Panel. Display Control panel. Tool Cards (Basic, Advanced, Tools, Presets) Quit Button.
7.4.4
Layout Manager overview. Screen Format. Series Format. Selecting a series/ Removing a series. Adding a Patient. Synchronization. Reference Lines.
7.4.5 7.5 7.5.1 7.5.2 7.5.3 7.5.4
Annotation and Graphics. Protocols (Chapter 10) Creating Protocols. Saving Protocols. Loading Protocols. Using the Protocol Manager.
1110
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
7.6 7.6.1 7.6.2 7.7 7.7.1
User Sessions (If utilized by Customer) (Chapter 10) Overview. Personalizing. Film Composer and Scrapbook (If either is applicable) (Chapter 78) Film composer. 7.1.1 Standard Filming Functions. 7.1.2 Dicom Filming Functions.
7.7.2
Scrapbook. 7.2.1 Creating a Scrapbook. 7.2.2 Saving a Scrapbook.
7.8 7.8.1 7.8.2 7.8.3 7.8.4
Archiving (If applicable) (Chapter 9) Archiving Devices Overview. Archiving Images. Restoring Images. Queues.
1111
INSTALLATION
Job Card IST 009
17 of 18
GE Medical Systems
REV 8

INSTALLATION
Job Card IST 009
18 of 18
Blank page
1112
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
Purpose:
AW APPLICATION SOFTWARE RELOAD
Version No.: Date:
Time: 0h30 to several hours (iimages reinstallation
Personnel:
Before you start, you must determine if the customer requests that you reinstall the existing images, present on both internal disks and Multipack storage disks (if available). If it is the case, be prepared for long reinstallation time . e.g : it takes about 4:30 hours to reinstall a mix of 100 000 CT and MR images. SECTION 1 SUPPLIES D D ADVANTAGE WORKSTATION 3.1 application software CDROM Configuration diskette
SECTION 2 TOOLS REQUIRED None. SECTION 3 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
WARNING
Before you start, make sure you will be able to reinstall any nonresident softwares and data such as Advantage SIM, so check that you have saved all the necessary data by the appropriate means.
This procedure should only be used to reload AW3.1 application software. It can only succeed if the O.S is fully operational and if Frame Buffers drivers and Disk Striping software are still running properly. In this case, images can be preserved. Preferably use IST011 to reload both O.S and application software. In this case make sure Customer did not load personal files on disk that he should save before. All images will also be lost. Whenever possible : save system configuration on floppy before: Refer to IST 009 Section 53.
D D
SECTION 4 PREREQUISITES D Solaris 2.5.1 Operating System should be installed and running on the workstation. Dome drivers should be installed (for Megascan monitors) and disk striping should be running. Open a command window and type : df k [Return] to check that disk striping is operational (/dev/md/dsk/d0 is mounted on /export/home1). If not, the O.S. must ALSO be reloaded. Refer to IST011. All Site information such as Software protection keys are available
1113
INSTALLATION
Job Card IST 010
1 of 8
GE Medical Systems
REV 8

INSTALLATION
Job Card IST 010
2 of 8
SECTION 5 PROCEDURE PART 1 Note: AW3.1 application software is factory loaded so the following ONLY has to be done when reinstalling or upgrading. BEFORE YOU START THE AW SOFTWARE LOAD PROCEDURE, YOU MUST POWER OFF ALL THE EXTERNAL SCSI DEVICE ... ... EXCEPT FOR THE MULTIPACK STORAGE DISKS, IF YOU WANT TO PRESERVE THE EXISTING IMAGES. D Before you shutdown the station, uninstall the CDR option (if applicable), by running the uninstall.cdr script, under the /export/home/sdc/install directory. This will prevent from running into an error condition (CDR s associated hard disk filesystem not found) at the next bootup. su root [Return] password : operator [Return] /export/home/sdc/install/uninstall.cdr [Return] answer Y to the questions Shutdown workstation if it is not already shutdown (i.e., ok prompt indicates system is shutdown): If you are logged in as sdc and AW is running, you can click on the shutdown button available on the browser in tools menu. If you are logged in as root, logout by pressing <CRTL> <D> keys simultaneously until you get to the <hostname> console login : level. Continue with shutdown command. If you are at the <hostname> console login : level , just type in : <hostname> console login : shutdown [Return] D Reboot workstation : ok boot r [Return] Forgetting the r option or mistyping it can be a root cause for external SCSI peripherals being incorrectly installed, or not being recognized by the workstation. Avoid future headaches!
CAUTION
CAUTION
D
Login as root <hostname> console login: root [Return] Password: operator[Return] Insert AW application CDROM into drive Start the window manager /usr/openwin/bin/openwin [Return] (Sun 20 color monitor) OR /usr/openwin/bin/openwin dev /dev/fbs/md4sun0 [Return] (Megascan 2K monitor, upgrades from ARS2.0 and AW3.0, Dome md4sun FB boards) /usr/openwin/bin/openwin dev /dev/fbs/md4sbx0 [Return] (Megascan 2K monitor, AW3.1 forward production, Dome md4sbx FB boards )
D D
OR OR
1114
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
/usr/openwin/bin/openwin dev /dev/fbs/md5sbx0 [Return] (Barco 2.5K monitor, AW3.1 forward production, Dome md5sbx FB boards ) /usr/openwin/bin/openwin dev /dev/fbs/mdsun0.0 [Return] (Megascan 1K monitor, upgrades from ARS2.0 and AW3.0, Dome md2sun FB board) D D D Note:
OR
Open a command tool from the Workspace menu, Programs submenu. Select the Command Tool window by moving the cursor into the window and clicking the left mouse button. Type the following command to go to installation directory: cd /export/home [Return] Run Advantage Workstation 3.1 installation script ./install.aw [Return] If message /export/home/install.aw: Command not found pops up, it will not be possible to successfully complete this procedure. Do the Load From Cold procedure as shown in Job Card IST011 instead.
The install scripts are loaded onto the system from the CDROM. Beginning Application Software loading ... xSdcrc.csh, XXXX bytes, XX tape blocks x chmod_informix.csh, 2336 bytes, 5 tape blocks X ............................ Note: If the Application CDROM is not already inserted into the drive, The following text appears: Please wait ..................... *** ERROR : CDROM not found. Try again... Please insert Application CDROM and type y when ready [y,?,q] : y [Return] If you typed q (for quit) the following text appears: cdrom: No such file or directory ........................ INSTALLATION ABORTED : CONSULT YOUR SERVICE MANUAL. ........................ Restart installation by typing the command : ./install.aw [Return] If a wrong CDROM is inserted instead of Application software (SunOS 2.5.1 for exemple) The following text appears: Please wait .......... *** ERROR : Missing file(s) on CDROM media. Check that the loaded CDROM is the one of the Application. Would you like to try again [y,n,?,q] Replace the wrong Cdrom by the Application Cdrom and type : The install.packages script then starts to install the AW3.1 software: LEAVE THE MOUSE IDDLE DURING INSTALLATION OF THE PACKAGES IN ORDER TO AVOID POTENTIAL SYSTEM CRASH. y [Return]
Note:
Note:
CAUTION
1115
INSTALLATION
Job Card IST 010
3 of 8
GE Medical Systems
REV 8

INSTALLATION
Job Card IST 010
4 of 8
Begining Application Software loading ..... xSdcrc.csh, XXXX bytes, XX tape blocks x chmod_informix.csh, 2336 bytes, 5 tape blocks x chmod_sdc.csh, 8807 bytes, 18 tape blocks X ............................ x uninstall_images.csh, 2854 bytes, 6 tape blocks x uninstall_sdc.csh, 3335 bytes, 7 tape blocks ... Save image environnement. ...Try to save internal database state in /tmp ... chmod: WARNING: cant change /export/home/informix/databases .......................... (count(*)) ......... X row(s) Saving configuration ..... a ./Prefs/ 0K a ./Prefs/Shared_Protocols/ 0K .......................... a .call_openwin.sdc 5K > done Uninstalling Advantage Windows Package. tbmode: shared memory not initialized Uninstalling Option filming @@@ uninstall.dasm error : Filming not installed Filming uninstallation aborted ......................... Removing Patch Installation package ... Patch Installation package removed. Environment package installation Decompressing environment package... ...done. Installing environment... ............................. ++ | Version 1.0b of software License Server | ++ Decompressing License Server package in /export/home/sdc ... ... successfully decompressed Application declared License Server is now installed. License registered .................. AiM ++ package installed DBMS package installation
1116
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
Decompressing informix package... ...done. Installing DBMS package... Change informix files owner ...done. Screen configuration : 1 : One 1024 x 1280 Landscape color monitor 2 : Two 1024 x 1280 Landscape color monitor 3 : One 1200 x 1600 Portrait Megascan monitor 4 : Two 1200 x 1600 Portrait Megascan monitor 5 : One 1700 x 2300 Portrait Megascan monitor 6 : Two 1700 x 2300 Portrait Megascan monitor 7 : One 2000 x 2600 Portrait monitor (1P2.5) 8 : Two 2000 x 2600 Portrait monitor (2P2.5) (1L1) (2L1) (1P1) (2P1) (1P2) (2P2)
Please enter the screen configuration (1 to 8) : (enter here the corresponding number to your configuration) Note: 1 to 8 [Return]
If you have chosen to leave the Multipack Storage Disks option powered up during the Load From Warm procedure, the existing images will be reinstalled now. Installing images starting to reset the database... ...move images... ...clean database... ...Try to save internal database state in /tmp ... ... reinstallation of informix database
Note:
At this point, the system starts installing the Informix Database. Nothing seems to happen during approximatively 5 minutes. Please wait. Sun Microsystems Inc. ...reinstall images... SunOS 5.5.1 Generic May 1996
e.g : The actual number depends of the number of images stored on your hard disks (internal and Multipack storage if applicable). The number shown below as example, represents the AW3.1 demo exams. [1] XXXXXX XXXX / XXXX images to be installed ... ...................................... YYY / XXXX images to be installed ... ...................................... ...image reinstallation completed ...Try to restore internal database state in /tmp ... No match Note: At this point, the system start declaring the images into the Database. Nothing seems to happen during approximatively 8 minutes (for a bout 2000 images). With 100000 images (mix MR and CT), this may take around 4 :30 hours . Please wait.
1117
INSTALLATION
Job Card IST 010
5 of 8
GE Medical Systems
REV 8

INSTALLATION
Job Card IST 010
6 of 8
Do you want to install the demo exams [y,?,n]: Type y if you want to reinstall the demo exams or n if not : n [Return]
CAUTION
Note:
Make sure you have enough free space available to reinstall the demo exams, if you have just reinstalled existing images.
The Cdrom is ejected from the drive ................ The system will now reboot again ... The system is down Syncing file system .......done Programm terminated Ok
Advantage Workstation 3.1 basic software is now reloaded. Reinstall the basic system and options configuration as follows :
POWER ON ALL EXTERNAL SCSI DEVICE OPTIONS BEFORE REBOOTING WORKSTATION.
WARNING
PROCEDURE PART 2 CASE 1 : You DO NOT have a Configuration Diskette available. You must perform, as with a new system, all steps described in the following Job Cards : IST 002 for Site configuration IST 004 for External SCSI Devices Options logical installation IST 005 for Software Options installation IST 006 for Network Printer(s) installation IST 007 for InSite installation (optional) IST 009 for turnover to the customer Refer to flowcharts Chapter 1 , Section 3. CASE 2 : You have a Configuration Diskette available. You can use the install.all script to reinstall all Site information. D Reboot station (with the r option) after all SCSI devices are poweredup ok boot r [Return]
1118
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
Login as sdc console login : sdc [Return] password : adw3.1 [Return] Initialization of SDC will fail as the Software Protection Key has not been entered yet.
Note: D
Proceed as follows to reinstall all configuration parameters: Insert the Site Configuration diskette into the drive Open a Command Window and switch user to root : su root [Return] password : operator [Return] Run the install.all script cd /export/home/sdc/install [Return] ./install.all [Return]
This interactive script guides you for the reinstallation of the whole configuration of your machine. It allows you to choose to reinstall all or parts of the resident options that were previously enabled, as well as enabling new options. It runs in the following order the scripts : install.site (Site configuration) install.admin (admin files such as /etc/hosts, ~sdc/Prefs/SdCRhosts, ......... ) install.hardware (SCSI optional devices installation) Note: If you have chosen to leave the Multipack Storage Disks option powered up during the Load From Warm procedure, as the existing images have already been reinstalled by the process, bypass the Storage reinstallation steps. install.software install.printers D (Software options installation) (Color and Greyscale printers)
Then proceed with the last configuration steps IST 007 for InSite installation (optional) IST 009 for turnover to the customer
1119
INSTALLATION
Job Card IST 010
7 of 8
GE Medical Systems
REV 8

INSTALLATION
Job Card IST 010
8 of 8
Blank page
1120
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
Purpose:
COMPLETE LOAD FROM COLD: JUMPSTART
Version No.: Date:
Time: 1h20
Personnel: 1
SECTION 1 FOREWORD New Advantage workstation are delivered with both Solaris 2.5.1 operating system and AW 3.1 application software loaded from factory. The procedure described here has to be used in three cases: D D D When upgrading an ARS2.0 or AW3.0 to an Advantage Workstation 3.1 When upgrading an Advantage workstation with a newer software release. When the system disk has to be cleared or replaced.
In these three cases, the operating system is first loaded from the Solaris 2.5.1 CDROM, then AW3.1 application software is loaded from the Application CDROM. SECTION 2 TOOLS REQUIRED D D D Solaris 2.5.1 CDROM Jumpstart floppy diskette Advantage Workstation V3.1 CDROM
SECTION 3 PREREQUISITES
WARNING
Before you start, make sure you will be able to reinstall any nonresident softwares and data such as Advantage SIM, so check that you have saved all the necessary data by the appropriate means.
Before starting the installation, make sure that the following information is available (see AW Configuration Form at beginning of manual or Chapter 3, Section 2113) : Hostname of workstation Internet Protocol Address of workstation Netmask Value (if applicable) of workstation
Whenever possible : save system configuration on floppy , Refer to IST 009 Section 53.
1121
INSTALLATION
Job Card IST 011
1 of 16
GE Medical Systems
REV 8

INSTALLATION
Job Card IST 011
2 of 16
WARNING
Note:
BEFORE YOU START THE LOAD FROM COLD PROCEDURE, YOU MUST POWER OFF ALL EXTERNALSCSI DEVICE OPTIONS.
The following procedure is described using the graphical environment, which is only available for Sun monitors configuration.With the B&W Portrait monitors and the Dome frame buffer boards configurations, the content is the same, but in a TTY environment. D Check that all the SCSI devices are properly responding : The probescsiall command may hang if the autoboot process was not terminated early enough. To avoid this, before running the probescsi cammand, type : ok resetall [Return] and HALT the booting process by pressing the <STOP><A> keys simultaneously as soon as the screen unblanks. When this is done, run the command: ok probescsiall [Return] You should get references to : Target0: disk SUN2.1GB, Target1: disk SUN2.1GB, Target6: CDROMreader ... and NO other SCSI (optional) devices connected !!!!!! D Reset NVRAM parameters to default values : ok setdefaults [Return]
Note:
SECTION 4 PROCEDURE PART 1 D D D Insert the Jumpstart diskette into the floppy drive. Insert the Solaris 2.5.1 CDROM media into the CDROM drive. Boot on the CDROM DONT FORGET THE SPACE CHARACTER BETWEEN CDROM AND AND BETWEEN AND INSTALL. ok boot cdrom install [Return] The hardware configuration is displayed (type of CPU, RAM size, hostid, Ethernet address). The release of the new operating system is shown. You should see: .......................... SunOS Release 5.5.1 Version Generic [UNIX(R) System V Release 4.0] Copyright (c) 19831996 , Sun Microsystems, Inc. WARNING, clock gained xxx days CHECK AND RESET THE DATE !
WARNING
1122
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
........................... Configuring the /devices directory Configuring the /dev directory
Starting OpenWindows ... Solaris Pattern is now displayed for a few seconds. After initialization, the windowing system is started and the workstation prompts you:
Solaris install console
The system is coming up : Please Wait
CAUTION
Hard Disks delivered by the manufacturer are formatted and contain a list of the media defects. If you suspect that your system disk needs to be reformatted, refer to chap 4, job card tsg 004 (reformatting / repartitioning system disk) before clicking on continue. The Solaris installation Program
> To begin ....., choose Continue
Continue
Help
Click on Continue.
1123
INSTALLATION
Job Card IST 011
3 of 16
GE Medical Systems
REV 8

INSTALLATION
Job Card IST 011
4 of 16
Identify this System > To begin ....., choose Continue
Continue Click on Continue.
Help
The following screens will prompt you for entering data or choosing configuration parameters. Follow the indications given hereafter. In case of typing errors, some confirmation screens will allow you to correct the wrong information.
Hostname Hostname
Continue
Help
Click into the Hostname field, type in the name of your workstation, then click on Continue. This hostname will be the name of the workstation on the network. DO NOT USE THE FOLLOWING CHARACTERS FOR HOSTNAME: . ! $ { } [ ] * @ # ? ^ _ / etc.. ONLY USE ALPHANUMERICAL CHARACTERS WITHOUT SPACE. IT IS ALSO POSSIBLE TO USE (dash) .
WARNING
1124
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
Network Connectivity
Networked : Yes No
Continue
Help
Check that Yes is selected (diamond is darkened), or click into it to select. Then click on Continue.
IP Address
IP Address
Continue
Help
Click into the IP Address field, type in the address of your workstation, then click on Continue.
1125
INSTALLATION
Job Card IST 011
5 of 16
GE Medical Systems
REV 8

INSTALLATION
Job Card IST 011
6 of 16
Note:
Enter the Internet address as given by your network administrator or use a default Class C address (e.g : 192.100.9.3) as long as the AW station is on the same network as the imaging system which it is linked to, and the specific Internet address is not used by another machine on the same network.
Confirm information
> Confirm
Hostname : MR01PC0 Networked : Yes IP Address : 192.100.9.3
Continue
Change
Help
WARNING
MAKE SURE THAT YES (NETWORKED) IS SELECTED EVEN THOUGH YOU DO NOT INTEND TO CONNECT THE WORKSTATION IMMEDIATELY TO A NETWORK.
If OK, click on Continue. If not, click on Change which will take you back to the previous steps.
System Identification Status
Just a moment
1126
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
WARNING
DO NOT SELECT NIS+ OR NIS CLIENT SERVICES.
Name Service
Name Service: NIS + NIS Other None
Continue
Help
Click on None to select. This will darken the corresponding diamond and surround the item with a rectangle. Click on Continue.
Confirm information
> Confirm Name Service : None
Continue
Change
Help
1127
INSTALLATION
Job Card IST 011
7 of 16
GE Medical Systems
REV 8

INSTALLATION
Job Card IST 011
8 of 16
The following prompts you to enter NETMASK information. Refer to Netmasks Case: #1 if no netmask required (general case). Refer to Netmasks Case: #2 if a netmask is required. Use case #2 only when your network administrator explicitly requires a network with netmasks. Netmasks: Case #1. No subnetworks: No netmask:
Subnets
System part of a Subnet : Yes No
Continue
Help
Check that No is selected (diamond is darkened), or click into it to select. Then click on Continue.
1128
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
Netmasks: Case #2. Network has subnetworks: Enter netmask:
Subnets
System part of a Subnet : Yes No
Continue
Help
Check that Yes is selected (diamond is darkened), or click into it to select. Then click on Continue.
Netmask
Netmask :
Continue
Help
Click into the Netmask field, type in your new netmask: e.g.: 255.255.255.240 [Return] Then click on Continue.
1129
INSTALLATION
Job Card IST 011
9 of 16
GE Medical Systems
REV 8

INSTALLATION
Job Card IST 011
10 of 16
Time Zone Specify Time Zone by : Geographic Region Offset from GMT Time Zone File
Set
Help
Check that Geographic Region is selected (diamond is darkened), or click into it to select. Then click on Set.
Geographic Region Region : Africa Asia ......... ......... ......... .......... ......... United States Time Zone : ............... ............... ............... ............... ............... ............... ............... ............... ............... Cancel Help
Continue
First, click into the Region field on the appropriate Region. Then click into the Time Zone field on the appropriate Zone.
1130
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
Click on Continue. Date and Time Date and Time : mm/dd/yy hh:mm Year Month Day Hour Minute Continue Help
Click into the appropriate field in order to correct any incorrect value, then click on Continue. Confirm information
> Confirm System part of a Subnet : Yes / No Netmask : XX.XX.XX.XX Time Zone : xxxxxxxxx Date and Time : mm/dd/yy hh:mm Continue Change Help
If OK, click on Continue. If not, click on Change which will take you back to the previous steps. System Identification Status Just a moment
1131
INSTALLATION
Job Card IST 011
11 of 16
GE Medical Systems
REV 8

INSTALLATION
Job Card IST 011
12 of 16
WARNING
CHECK CAREFULLY THAT THE LINE MENTIONING USING FLOPPY IS DISPLAYED. IF NOT, SOMETHING WRONG OCCURRED.IN THAT CASE: Press the <STOP><A> keys simultaneously and at the boot prompt, type: ok eject floppy [Return] Check or replace the floppy and restart procedure from the beginning
Time for coffee break. The following takes from around 15 minutes (with Solaris 2.5.1) , up to 45 minutes (with Solaris 2.5.1 HW/97 for Ultra2 with the new Creator 3D FB board) to complete.
Solaris install console The system is coming up, please wait Starting remote ......... System identification is completed. Starting Solaris ....... Searching for JumpStart directory ...pcfs : disk not in DOS format ! Using floppy Checking rules . Ok files Using profile : AWxDxG Using finish script : init_install_sdc Processing Jumpstart profile ........................... Verifying disk configuration Verifying space allocation ........................... Preparing system for Solaris Configuring disk (c0t0d0) ............ Configuring disk (c0t1d0) ............ Creating ans checking UFS filesystems .......................... Beginning Solaris Software install SUNWxxx done.. XXX.X MB remaining SUNWxxx ............................. Solaris 2.5.1 software installation succeeded Customizing files ................. Rebooting
Syncing filesystem
x x x x x x x x x x x x
1132
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
The system now reboots. console login : root [Return] Password : operator [Return] Date Hostname ROOT LOGIN /dev/console Sun Microsystems Inc. SunOS 5.5.1 Generic May 1996 Do you want to change any system files [y,n,?] : no [Return] Note: If by mistake you have replied yes to the question, enter the following commands: # exit [Return] console login : root [Return] password : operator [Return] Do you want to change any system files [y,n,?] : no [Return] The Solaris CD is ejected from the drive. The following message is now displayed on screen: Please Insert Application CDROM and type Y when ready[y,?,q] : Remove the Solaris CD and insert the AW application software CD in the drive : y [Return] Installing the SUN Diagnostic utilities .... Please wait few minutes ................... Installing the SUN disk striping module .... Please wait few minutes ................... Patch installation XXXXXXXX Note: Time for coffee break !! The Solaris patches installation takes around 30 minutes to complete. At the beginning of installation, do not mind the WARNING message Do not mind either the messages with Error Code 8 which mean that some unnecessary patches are not installed. Patch installation YYYYYYYY ................... If (and only if) a DOME MD4 board is present : Installing DOME driver for MD4 board .... Please wait a few minutes DOME driver for MD4 board correctly installed. If (and only if) a DOME MD2 board is present : Installing DOME driver for MD2 board .... Please wait a few minutes DOME driver for MD2 board correctly installed. The system will now reboot # Rebooting with command : boot.. Starting Advantage Workstation install .......................... The floppy disk is ejected from the drive.
1133
INSTALLATION
Job Card IST 011
13 of 16
GE Medical Systems
REV 8

INSTALLATION
Job Card IST 011
14 of 16
Creating image filesystem ....Please wait a few minutes Image filesystem correctly created. (This procedure takes around 5 minutes to complete) Openwindows is starting (whatever the monitor/frame buffer configuration is) ... Installation Beginning software installation xSdC.csh1039.......... xSdC..................... ...................... unknow user : sdc ....................... Decompressing environment package .... ... done Installing environment SDC package installation ....................... DBMS package installation ....................... Installing informix ... done Installing images ........................... ...reinstallation complete Screen configuration 1 : One 1024 x 2 : Two 1024 x 3 : One 1200 x 4 : Two 1200 x 5 : One 1720 x 6 : Two 1720 x 7 : One 2000 x 8 : Two 2000 x
1280 1280 1600 1600 2300 2300 2600 2600
Landscape color monitor Landscape color monitor Portrait Megascan monitor Portrait Megascan monitor Portrait Megascan monitor Portrait Megascan monitor Portrait monitor (1P2.5) Portrait monitor (2P2.5)
(1L1) (2L1) (1P1) (2P1) (1P2) (2P2)
Please enter the screen configuration (1 to 8) : 1 to 8 [Return] ....Files depending on the configuration updated strip: /export/home/sdc Do you want to install the demos exams [y,n,q] : Yes [Return] Insert A.W. CDROM and type Return : [Return] (AW3.1 Cdrom should still be in the drive) Advantage Windows install log ........................ The system will now reboot again
1134
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
This procedure takes around 15 minutes to complete. The CDROM is ejected. The installation is now complete. The system shutdowns
Advantage Workstation 3.1 SunOs and basic software is now reloaded. Reinstall the basic system and options configuration as follows :
PROCEDURE PART 2
WARNING
POWER ON ALL EXTERNAL SCSI DEVICE OPTIONS BEFORE REBOOTING WORKSTATION.
CASE 1 : You DO NOT have a Configuration Diskette available. You must perform, as with a new system, all steps described in the following Job Cards : IST 002 for Site configuration IST 004 for External SCSI Devices Options logical installation IST 005 for Software Options installation IST 006 for Network Printer(s) installation IST 007 for InSite installation (optional) IST 009 for turnover to the customer IST 012 Demo exams reinstallation (optional) Refer to flowcharts Chapter 1 , Section 3. CASE 2 : You have a Configuration Diskette available. You can use the install.all script to reinstall all Site information.
D D
Reboot station (with the r option) after all SCSI devices are poweredup ok boot r [Return] Login as sdc console login : sdc [Return] password : adw3.1 [Return] Initialization of SDC will fail as the Software Protection Key has not been entered yet.
Note:
Proceed as follows to reinstall all configuration parameters: Insert the Site Configuration diskette into the drive Open a Command Window and switch user to root : su root [Return] password : operator [Return]
1135
INSTALLATION
Job Card IST 011
15 of 16
GE Medical Systems
REV 8

INSTALLATION
Job Card IST 011
16 of 16
Run the install.all script cd /export/home/sdc/install [Return] ./install.all [Return] This interactive script guides you for the reinstallation of the whole configuration of your machine. It allows you to choose to reinstall all or parts of the resident options that were previously enabled, as well as enabling new options. It runs in the following order the scripts : install.site (Site configuration) install.admin (admin files such as /etc/hosts, ~sdc/Prefs/SdCRhosts, ......... ) install.hardware (SCSI optional devices installation) install.software (Software options installation) install.printers (Color and Greyscale printers) D Then proceed with the last configuration steps IST 007 for InSite installation (optional) IST 009 for turnover to the customer IST 012 Demo exams reinstallation (optional)
1136
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
Purpose:
ADVANTAGE WORKSTATION DEMO EXAMS REINSTALLATION
Version No.: Date:
Time: 0h30
Personnel:
Note:
See Section 6 for Xray demo exams installation from 2258881 Dicom Cdrom media
SECTION 1 SUPPLIES ADVANTAGE WORKSTATION 3.1 application software CDROM media . SECTION 2 TOOLS REQUIRED None. SECTION 3 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS None. SECTION 4 PREREQUISITES 1. Advantage Workstation software release V3.1 is loaded and operational. 2. Enough free disk space is available to install the demo exams. Verify this by: Logging in as sdc : <hostname> console login: sdc [Return] Password: adw3.1 [Return] Opening a command window from the root menu, service tools submenu and typing in: df k /export/home1 [Return] which should display a line like this: Filesystem /dev/md/dsk... kbytes used avail capacity Mounted on xxxx xxx xxx xx% /export/home1
The value under the column avail must be larger than 300000. If it is not, remove some images using the Browser until it is larger than 300000. Logging out : logout
1137
INSTALLATION
Job Card IST 012
1 of 4
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
INSTALLATION
Job Card IST 012
2 of 4
SECTION 5 PROCEDURE
1. Login as root <prompt> console login: root [Return] Password: operator [Return] 2. Start the window manager /usr/openwin/bin/openwin [Return] (Sun 20 color monitor) OR /usr/openwin/bin/openwin dev /dev/fbs/md4sun0 [Return] (Megascan 2K monitor, upgrades from ARS2.0 and AW3.0, Dome md4sun FB boards) /usr/openwin/bin/openwin dev /dev/fbs/md4sbx0 [Return] (Megascan 2K monitor, AW3.1 forward production, Dome md4sbx FB boards ) /usr/openwin/bin/openwin dev /dev/fbs/md5sbx0 [Return] (Barco 2.5K monitor, AW3.1 forward production, Dome md5sbx FB boards ) /usr/openwin/bin/openwin dev /dev/fbs/mdsun0.0 [Return] (Megascan 1K monitor, upgrades from ARS2.0 and AW3.0, Dome md2sun FB board)
OR OR OR
3. Open a command tool window from the Programs submenu within the Workspace menu. Select the command tool window by moving the cursor into the window and clicking the left mouse button. 4. Become sdc user su sdc [Return]
5. Change to the install directory: cd /export/home/sdc/install [Return] 6. Run the install script ./install.demoexams [Return] If the Advantage Workstation application CDROM is not already inserted into the CDROM drive, you will be asked to insert it:
Insert the A.W. CDROM and type [Return]: [Return]
You should insert the AW V3.1 CDROM if not already done, close the CDROM drive door, and press [Return].
1138
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
Installation is complete when the following message is displayed. . . . Advantage Workstation Demo Exams installed 7. When the system tells you that the loading of demo exams has completed, the cdrom is automatically ejected. 8. Logout D D D D Place the cursor in the background click on the right mouse button In the Workspace Menu, choice exit option Confirm by clicking again on exit icon.
9. Restart Advantage Workstation by logging in as sdc: <prompt> console login: sdc [Return] Password: adw3.1 [Return]
CAUTION
DO NOT ATTEMPT TO RUN ANY INSTALLATION SCRIPT NOR LOGOUT BEFORE ALL DEMO EXAMS HAVE BEEN INSTALLED. .
SECTION 6 INSTALLATION OF DICOM XR DEMO EXAMS FROM THE 2258881 CDROM MEDIA Since the 2258881 Xray Demo exams Cdrom is a Dicom Cdrom, you can use AW Application to extract the images and install them into the database.Therefore it can be installed as any other Dicom Cdrom media. D D D Login as sdc to start AW Application. Insert the 2258881 Cdrom media into the cdrom drive Wait for a few seconds then click on the Internal CD icon, in the Hosts window of the Browser and select Query.
The Archive Browser for the Cdrom pops up displaying the list of demo exams stored on the Cdrom. D Select (highlight) the exam(s) or image(s) you wish to import to the AW database, then drag & drop with the middle button of the mouse into the purple Host icon.
Once the exam(s) is(are) installed, you can select more exams to import to your AW, or click on the Door icon to exit from the Archive Cdrom Browser. D To eject the Cdrom, click again on the Internal CD icon and select Detach.
1139
INSTALLATION
Job Card IST 012
3 of 4
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
INSTALLATION
Job Card IST 012
4 of 4
Blank page
1140
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
Purpose:
.PX PATCH CDROM (RE)INSTALLATION
Version No.: Date:
Time: 0h30 SECTION 1 SUPPLIES
Personnel:
ADVANTAGE WORKSTATION 3.1 .Px patch software CDROM release . (where "x' is the number describing the revision of patch e.g : P1 , P2, Pn) Note: Pn patch Cdrom contains all fixes from P1, P2 , ... Px ... until Pn 1, and overwrites previous patches if necessary at the time of installation. Therefore it is only necessary to load the last Px patch Cdrom to benefit of fixes brought from the P1 patch.
SECTION 2 TOOLS REQUIRED SECTION 3 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS SECTION 4 PREREQUISITES Advantage Workstation software release V3.1 is loaded and operational with the AW3.1_07 release. Otherwise, do steps as descibed in Job Cards IST010 or IST011 to load AW3.1_07 release first. SECTION 5 PROCEDURE : Installation of AW3.1_07.Px PATCH Release D Login as sdc if not already logged in as sdc and open a command Window by selecting Service Tools > Command Window within the Root Menu. :
console login : sdc [Return] Password : adw3.1 [Return]
(default sdc password is factory loaded)
1141
INSTALLATION
Job Card IST 013
1 of 2
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
.PX PATCH CDROM (RE)INSTALLATION

INSTALLATION
Job Card IST 013
2 of 2
Kill the AW3.1 browser by typing the following command: kill.sdc [Return]
D D
Insert now the CDROM labelled AW3.1_07.Px into the CDROM drive. Switch user to root (after you have inserted the appropriate CDROM Patch release as required above) su root [Return] Password : operator [Return]
Wait for a few seconds, time for AW to automount the Cdrom, and execute the following command: cd /cdrom/cdrom0 [Return] ./install.cdrompatches [Return]
From there the patch installation is started and you should see the following messages: Extracting the patches ... ........................... Note: Note: D The software Patch release installation takes about 5 min (for P1). If the patch or a posterior release is already installed, the installation will display a Warning message to request a confirmation for overwriting. Once the patch installation has completed, eject the Cdrom : cd [Return] umount /cdrom/cdrom0 [Return] eject [Return] In order to apply NOW the fix for the CT acquisition date issue, run the Recover Database utility as shown below If you do not have this issue on your site, you can run the Recover Database utility later..
CAUTION
RECOVER DATABASE CAN TAKE SEVERAL HOURS, DEPENDING ON THE AMOUNT OF IMAGES STORED ON THE HARD DISKS AND THE MULTIPACK STORAGE OPTION.
1142
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
CHAPTER 2 UPGRADES
SECTION 1 OVERVIEW This chapter describes the various upgrade procedures linked to products order. It concerns upgrades from AW1.2 or AW2.0 (hardware swap) and upgrade from ARS2.0 / AW3.0 (software upgrade + additional memory) to AW3.1 UltraSparc1. For 2nd monitor upgrade, refer to Chapter 8, Section 8. SECTION 2 TOOLS REQUIRED NONE SECTION 3 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS NONE SECTION 4 PREREQUISITES UPGRADES MUST BE DONE BY PROPERLY TRAINED SERVICE ENGINEERS OLD SYSTEMS WHICH ARE DESTINED FOR RECYCLING SHOULD NO LONGER BE USED AS ADVANTAGE WINDOWS SYSTEMS, AND SINCE PATIENTS DATA IS CONFIDENTIAL, YOU ARE REQUESTED TO ERASE THESE FILES FROM YOUR OLD SYSTEM BEFORE RETURNING IT TO THE RECYCLING CENTER. PLEASE FOLLOW CAREFULLY THE GIVEN INSTRUCTIONS.
UPGRADE
WARNING
Before you start, make sure that the following information is available, as you will need it to install your new system. Refer to your old hardware Service Manual if you do not know how to get this information. D D D D D D D Hostname of the workstation Internet Protocol address of the workstation Netmask to be given to the workstation if applicable. Consult your Network Administrator. Time Zone Hospital name Hosts file ( other hosts connected on the network) Routing tables to access other networks
Also warn the customer to store on MOD or any other archive system, the images they do not want to loose, as well as special files they could have loaded on the workstation.
21
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
SECTION 5 UPGRADE PROCEDURE 51
ARS2.0 / AW3.0 Upgrade TO ULTRASPARC 1.
CAUTION
UPGRADE
A COMPLETE load from cold needs to be done . (solaris 2.5.1 and application) IMAGES WILL BE LOST. If possible, ARCHIVE or NETWORK images before performing the load from cold.
Save Site parameters as instructed by the corresponding Service Manual. Note that all Site parameters cannot be saved and reinstalled using the Configuration diskette (i.e : Remote Hosts file , etc ...), so it is safe to make sure that you have all Site information written on the Configuration Form before you start. Install 128MB additional memory ( 2 x 64 MB modules). Perform the complete Load From Cold procedure with Jumpstart. Refer to the AW3.1 Service manual 2201394100 rev3 or up, delivered with the upgrade, Chapter1, Job Card IST010. Install site parameters and Advanced Applications software packages (if applicable). When this is done, D Check installation before turnover to customer
D D D D
52
AW1.2 /AW2.0 Upgrade TO ULTRASPARC 1.

AW1.2 upgrade consists on a complete swap of the workstation and its additional 1.05GB hard disk option. AW2.0 upgrade consists on a complete swap of the workstation and its external 2.1GB hard disk for images and additional 2.1GB hard disk option (if applicable). D D D D D D D D Save Site parameters as instructed by the AW1.2 or AW2.0 Service manual. Save images on MOD if applicable or push them to another workstation on the network. Proceed to Patients Image Data files deletion (see Section 6) Unpack the new hardware, check that you do not miss anything and read the installation instructions described in this manual , Chapter1 Job Card IST001. Shutdown the old workstation and turn it off. Turn off the hardware peripheral(s). Disconnect optional peripheral(s) (i.e. Genesis MOD, DASM, etc ...) that you will have to reinstall and set them aside. Disconnect Mouse, Keyboard, Monitor, CPU box, 1.05GB or 2.1GB external hard disks and store them with their cables in the new hardware shipping boxes Install the new hardware as defined in chapter 1 of this manual.
WARNING
IF YOU HAVE TO REINSTALL THE DASMLCAM OR DASMVDB FILMING OPTION, REFER TO CHAPTER 8, SECTION 1 OF THIS MANUAL, IN ORDER TO SET THE SCSI ADDRESS OF THE DASM FROM
0 TO 5.
22
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
D D
Install the site parameters and Advanced Applications software packages (if applicable). Refer to chapter 1 of this manual When this is done, D D Check installation before turnover to customer (chap1 IST009) Proceed with old hardware removal and shipping (see Section 7)
53
AW1.2 / AW2.0 upgrade to AW3.1.P ULTRASPARC 2

AW1.2 /AW2.0 upgrades consist on a complete swap of the workstation. You must return all hardware pieces except for the Pioneer MOD drive and the DASM that can be reinstalled on AW3.1. Follow the procedure described Section 52.
54
ARS2.0 / AW3.0 upgrade to AW3.1.P ULTRASPARC 2

ARS2.0 /AW3.0 upgrades consist on a complete swap of the workstation. Nevertheless, you must keep your Frame Buffer boards, and 128MB memory and reinstall them into the Ultra2 computer box. You will also receive with the kit, and additional 128MB (2x64MB SiMM) memory. You must also keep the monitors and external SCSI optional devices. D Make sure that Site parameters are written on the Configuration Form of your old Service Manual. Note that the Site parameters cannot be reinstalled using the Configuration diskette, as there has been many changes between ARS2.0 / AW3.0 and AW3.1 (i.e : Remote Hosts file , etc ...), so it is safe to make sure that you have all Site information written before you start. Save images by pushing to another workstation (if applicable). Proceed with Patients Image Data files deletion (Section 6) Shutdown the Ultra1 workstation. Disconnect optional peripheral(s) (i.e. MOD, CDR, DASM, etc ...) that you have to reinstall and set them aside. Disconnect Mouse, Keyboard, Monitor, and Network from the Ultra1 CPU box and set them aside for reinstalltion with the Ultra2 CPU box. Before you start installing your new system, open the Ultra1 and Ultra2 CPU boxes as defined in the Vendors Service Manuals and proceed with Memory modules and Frame Buffer(s) removal and reinstallation. See table Section 55 for reference to the appropriate section of the Ultra1 and Ultra2 Service manuals. GEMSAm and GEMSA receive Ultra2 computer box with Memory modules and Frame Buffer boards already installed, so next steps are not applicable. D D Note: D D Move the DSIMM memory modules from the Ultra1 to the Ultra2 computer box and install also the 128MB additional memory (see table Section 55). Move the Frame Buffer board(s) from the Ultra1 to the Ultra2 computer box (see table Section 55). GEMSAm and GEMSA receive Ultra2 computer box with Operating System and Application software fully loaded, so next steps are not applicable. Perform a complete Load From Cold procedure with Jumpstart. Refer to the AW3.1 Service manual 2201394100 rev3 or up (this manual), delivered with the upgrade kit, Chapter1, Job Card IST010. Install site parameters and Advanced Applications software packages (if applicable). Use the new Software Protection keys, delivered within the package, corresponding to the new HOSTID.
D D D D D
Note:
23
UPGRADE
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
D D
When this is done, you may reinstall the InSite modem (if applicable). Refer to chapter 1, job card IST008. Finally, D D Check installation before turnover to customer (chap1 IST009) Proceed to old hardware removal and shipping (see Section 7)
55
UPGRADE
AW3.1 upgrade to AW3.1.P ULTRASPARC 2

BEFORE YOU UPGRADE TO ULTRA2, MAKE SURE THAT YOUR OLD SYSTEM IS RUNNING AW3.1_03.X (OR UP) SOFTWARE RELEASE. IF THIS IS NOT THE CASE, UPGRADE IT USING FMI 80007 / 80008 / 80009 , OR YOU MAY NOT BE ABLE TO SAVE ON ULTRA1 CONFIGURATION DISKETTE AND REINSTALL PROPERLY ON ULTRA2, THE CUSTOMERS PROTOCOLS.
WARNING
AW3.1 Ultra1 upgrade to AW3.1H Ultra2 consist on swapping the computer box, followed by a complete reload of the software (Load From Cold). Nevertheless, you must keep your Frame Buffer board(s), and 256MB memory modules and reinstall them into the Ultra2 computer box. You must also keep the monitor(s) and external SCSI optional devices. Note: D Note: D D D D D D D Upgrades for Americas and Asia are factory built and configured. Therefore, only monitors and SCSI optional peripherals must be kept and reinstalled on the Ultra2 workstation. Save Site parameters on the Configuration diskette as instructed by the Service Manual, chapter 1, Job Card IST009, Section 54. It is safe to make sure that you also have all Site information written on the Configuration Form before you start. Save images by pushing to another workstation (if applicable). Proceed with Patients Image Data files deletion (Section 6) Unpack the new hardware, check that you do not miss anything and read the installation instructions described in Service Manual 2210394100 Rev2 and up Shutdown the Ultra1 workstation. Disconnect optional peripheral(s) (i.e. MOD, CDR, DASM, etc ...) that you have to reinstall and set them aside. Disconnect the Storage disks pack (if applicable) and set it aside. Disconnect Mouse, Keyboard, Monitor, and Network from the Ultra1 CPU box and set them aside for reinstalltion with the Ultra2 CPU box. Before you start installing your new system, open the Ultra1 and Ultra2 CPU boxes as defined in the Vendors Service Manuals and proceed with Memory modules and Frame Buffer(s) removal and reinstallation. See table below for reference to the appropriate section of the Ultra1 and Ultra2 Service manuals. GEMSAm and GEMSA receive Ultra2 computer box with Memory modules and Frame Buffer boards already installed, so next steps are not applicable. D D Move the DSIMM memory modules from the Ultra1 to the Ultra2 computer box (see table next page). Move the Frame Buffer board(s) from the Ultra1 to the Ultra2 computer box (see table next page).
Note:
24
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
PURPOSE
SUN MANUAL NR / SECTION NR
SPARC STATION
SUN ULTRA 2 CREATOR SERVICE MANUAL 2211583100 71 103 104 105
SUN ULTRA 1 CREATOR SERVICE MANUAL 2159461100 71 103 104 105

UPGRADE
COMPUTER BOX SBUS CARD (DOME FB) FBB CARD DSIMM MEMORY MODULES
Note: D
GEMSAm and GEMSA receive Ultra2 computer box with Operating System and Application software fully loaded, so next steps are not applicable. Perform a complete Load From Cold procedure with Jumpstart. Refer to the AW3.1 Service manual 2201394100 rev3 or up (this manual), delivered with the upgrade kit, Chapter1, Job Card IST010. (GEMSE only) Use the new Jumpstart floppy (V19) and the Solaris 2.5.1. Load Solaris 2.5.1 operating system loading Load Application Software (including Solaris patches installation). When this is done, proceed with the following steps : D D D D Shutdown the workstation and connect all SCSI peripherals as described in chapter 1, IST003. Power ON all SCSI devices. Reboot workstation (boot r) Login as SdC Initialization of sdc will fail as the Software Protection Key has not been installed yet. D D Open a Command Window Switch user to root : su root [Return] password : operator [Return] Change to the install directory cd /export/home/sdc/install [Return] At this point, you need to have both the Configuration Diskette, you have made with your old Ultra1 system, and the Configuration sheet delivered with your new Ultra2 station. As there is a swap of workstations, there will be a change in the HOSTID. This means that you will not be able to reinstall the options on your Ultra2 workstation, using the Software Protection Keys of the old Ultra1 station. Do not use the Configuration Diskette delivered with your new Ultra2 station.
Note:
Note:
25
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
D D Note:
Insert the Configuration Diskette you have made from your Ultra1 workstation Run the install.all script ./install.all [Return] At this point, you will get an error message, mentioning that the Configuration Diskette doesnt match with the workstation. This is normal as you are using the information collected on the old Ultra1 station, and reinstalling them on the new Ultra2 station (which has a different NVRAM chip, and therfore, a different HOSTID. !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!WARNING!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! The information registered in this floppy does not match with the hostid of the station. !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!WARNING!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! Are you sure you want to continue [y,n,?] y [Return] Accept all settings that your Ultra1 Configuration diskette proposes to you except for the Software Protection Keys, that you you will enter manually, according to the numbers given on the new Configuration Sheet of your Ultra2 station. This script automatically reinstalls the whole configuration of your machine. It runs in order the following scripts: install.site (Site configuration) (use the new Software Protection Key of the Ultra2 station, and accept other settings) install.admin (admin files such as /etc/hosts, ~sdc/Prefs/SdCRhosts, ......... ) (accept all settings) install.hardware (SCSI optional devices installation) (use the new Protection keys of Ultra2 for CDR and Dicom MOD options, if applicable) install.software (Software options installation) (use the new Protection keys of Ultra2 for all options) install.printers (Color and Greyscale printers) (accept all settings)
UPGRADE
D D
When this is done, you may reinstall the InSite modem (if applicable). Refer to chapter 1, job card IST008. Finally, D D Check installation before turnover to customer (chap1 IST009) Proceed to old hardware removal and shipping (see Section 7)
SECTION 6 OLD SYSTEM, IMAGE FILES DELETION Before proceeding with file deletion of your old hardware, make sure that you have saved all necessary files to install the new hardware. Also make sure that the customers have saved their own files.
CAUTION
26
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
This should be done only for swapped workstations, as you must return them to the Recycling Center of your area. 1. Login as root <machine_name console login : root [Return] password : operator [Return] 2. Delete AW and Image data files /bin/rm r /export/home1/* [Return] /bin/rm r /export/home2/* [Return] This will erase both image files /export/home1 , /export/home2 (if applicable) image files.
UPGRADE
The procedure can take up to 30 minutes depending on the number of images stored on the disks and the optionnal external image disk(s). 3. When this is done, return to Section 5 to continue the upgrade procedure. SECTION 7 OLD HARDWARE RETURN PROCESS Use the shipping boxes of your new hardware to pack the parts you are returning. Hardware parts to return are : D D D D D D Sparc Station CPU box + power cord (AW1.2 / AW2.0 and upgrades to Ultra2) Color monitor + video cable + power cord (AW1.2 / AW2.0 and upgrades to Ultra2) Keyboard + cable (AW1.2 / AW2.0 and upgrades to Ultra2) Mouse + pad (AW1.2 / AW2.0 and upgrades to Ultra2) OR AW1.2 External 1.05GB Hard disk option (if applicable)
AW2.0 external 2.1GB standard Hard disk (and external 2.1GB HD option if applicable)
WARNING
71 Return procedure for Americas
THE RETURNED EQUIPMENT IS DESTINED FOR RECYCLING ! DO NOT RETAIN ANY PART OF IT ! ALL MISSING PARTS WILL BE CHARGED !
Use the shipping boxes of new equipment to return old material. Note: Prior to returning the equipment, contact the GEMS Recycling Center to notify them of your equipment shipment. Tel (414) 747 6997 Be sure to write the FDO number on the outside of the equipment box so that the Recycling Center can track the returns. Return old material and Old System Configuration Form located at the beginning of this manual to : GEMS Recycling Center 2200 E College Avenue CUDAHY , WI 53110 USA Tel. (414) 747 6997
Note:
27
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
72
Return procedure for ASIA Use the shipping boxes of new equipment to return old material. Return old material and Old System Configuration Form located at the beginning of this manual to : 1. Return procedure for Korea Samsung GE Medical Ssystems Mr Jae Young Cho (K0125) 651 Sangdaewongdong, Chungwongku Sungnamsi, Kyunggido KOREA 462120 2. Return procedure for Australia / New Zealand GE Medical Systems, Attn : Max Cardew Unit 6, 13 Lord Street, Bontany, NSW 2019 Sydney, AUSTRALIA 3. Return procedure for GEYMS GE Yokogawa Medical Systems, Ltd. Shigeto Iwauchi, I/M Process Gr Quality Process Information Management 47127, Asahigaoka, Hinoshi, Tokyo, JAPAN 4. Return procedure for East Asia countries GE Pacific PTE Ltd Attn : Bryan Heaney 298 Tiong Bahru Road , 1501/06 Tiong Bahru Plaza, SINGAPORE 168730 5. Return procedure for other GEMSA countries Please contact your Regional Service Head Quarters, to get instructions for returning Old Systems
UPGRADE
28
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
73
Return procedure for Europe Use the shipping boxes of new equipment to return old material. Return old material and Old System Configuration Form located at the beginning of this manual to : LOGIC LINE OPERATIONS CENTRE DE RECYCLAGE Francis PAGE ZA La Remise Route de Corbeil, BP 111 91004 EvryLisses, FRANCE
If you are sending from the Region France, ship by the usual Spare Parts return process (Sernam Megastore Evry If you are sending from other Regions, use the shuttles to return the Spare Parts. Regional Distribution point : Antwerpen Frankfurt London Madrid Milano Local Depots : Athina Kobenhavn Istanbul Kriens Lisboa Mockba Napoli Stockholm Wien Transport costs will be charged by the Recycling Center. Send the invoice to : BUC , Compta fournisseur, Ref : Recyclage F. Page For any problem, contact Francis Page, tel 33 1 6497 5541, Email userid PAGEFRA
29
UPGRADE
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
Blank page
UPGRADE
210
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
CHAPTER 3 COMMON PROCEDURES

SECTION 1 OVERVIEW In this chapter, procedures are described that are commonly used with Advantage Workstation. In the text, characters to be entered on the keyboard are shown, following the appropriate system prompt, in bold type : e.g: logout. Enter the characters exactly as shown; [Return] indicates confirmation by pressing the ENTER or RETURN key. Expressions (such as prompts, passwords and names) between < and > characters are those associated with each specific configuration.
COMMON PROCEDURES
As used in the following sections, local means physically in front of the AW workstation console, while remote means electronically connected through the network to the workstation. SECTION 2 COMMON PROCEDURES 21 Basic UNIX procedures
211 Boot AdvantageWorkstation from <ok> prompt Note: D D Make sure all peripheral devices are powered on! Boot station from the eeprom prompt: ok boot [Return] OR
Boot station from the eeprom prompt to check presence of all poweredon peripherals: ok boot r [Return]
212 Login as sdc on AdvantageWorkstation (windowing system not running) D D If <hostname> console login: Login as sdc: D <hostname> console login: sdc [Return] Password: <sdc password>[Return] (default is adw3.1) is not displayed, log out (see 217).
Advantage Workstation will start up. To shutdown, see 232.
213 Find out what true user you currently are echo $USER [Return] The machine will return the user name it is operating under (e.g. root, sdc, insite). Note: The user insite has root privilege. Users may not directly login as either root or insite when remote. A remote user must first login remotely as sdc, then change it, if necessary.
31
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
214 Become sdc user after successful login as another user D D Make sure you are logged in on ADVANTAGE WORKSTATION. Become sdc: su sdc [Return] su [space] dash [space] sdc Password: <sdc password> [Return] (default is adw3.1)
215 Become root user after successful login as another user (locally or remote) D D Make sure you are logged in on ADVANTAGE WORKSTATION. Become root: su root [Return] su [space] dash [space] root Password: <root password>[Return] (default is operator)
COMMON PROCEDURES
216 Shutdown system from login prompt D D D 217 Logout Procedure D logout [Return] or <CTRL> D Login as shutdown <hostname> console login: shutdown [Return]
Wait for shutdown completion (ok prompt). Optional turn power OFF to the workstation, monitor, and peripherals.
218 Login as root on AdvantageWorkstation (windowing system not running) D D If <hostname> console login: Login as root: <hostname> console login: root [Return] Password: <root password> [Return] (default is operator) is not displayed, log out (see 217).
219 Login locally on AdvantageWorkstation. D D D Move the mouse onto the background of the Advantage Workstation screen. select Command Window from the Service Tools submenu within the Root Menu. Login from this window. (place mouse cursor inside the window that popped up):
A Command window should be used with special care. For instance, some parts of software installation must not be performed from a command window. 2110 Remote Login to AdvantageWorkstation from a remote station (general case) D You must know the ADVANTAGE WORKSTATIONs Internet address. If you dont, get it from the AW itself (see 2113).
32
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
D D
Telnet to the ADVANTAGE WORKSTATION from a remote station: <remoteprompt> telnet <AW Internet address> [Return]
If telnet succeeds, the following lines display, and you get the telnet login prompt: Trying <AW Internet address> ... Connected to <AW Internet address>. Escape character is ^]. <...other system messages...> login: <username> [Return] Password: <password> [Return]
2111 Remote Login as root on AdvantageWorkstation (from a remote station) D Note: Telnet to ADVANTAGE WORKSTATION from a remote station (see 2110). With Solaris 2.X Operating System, it is no longer possible to directly remote login or telnet as root from another workstation. Connect to AW from the remote system as another user as shown, then, su to become the user you need to be to do your job. D At telnet login prompt, login as sdc: login: sdc [Return] Password: adw3.1 [Return] D Become super user (see 215)
(sdc default password)
2112 Remote Login as sdc on AdvantageWorkstation (from a remote station) D D Telnet to ADVANTAGE WORKSTATION from a remote station (see 2110). At telnet login prompt, login as sdc: login: sdc [Return] Password: adw3.1 [Return] (sdc default password) 2113 Find the Internet, ethernet, and broadcast address, netmask value and hostname D D D Login as root (see 218, or see 219 plus 215) To get the hostname, at the prompt type in : hostname [Return]
To get more informations, at the prompt type in : /usr/sbin/ifconfig hme0 [Return]
hme0: flags=863<UP,BROADCAST,NOTRAILERS,RUNNING,MULTICAST> mtu 1500 inet xxx.yyy.zzz.ttt netmask fffffc00 broadcast xxx.yyy.rrr.sss inet is the internet Protocol Address netmask is the hosts netmask value (in hex) ether is the Ethernet Address broadcast is the Broadcast Address
33
COMMON PROCEDURES
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
2114 Shutdown and Reboot AdvantageWorkstation locally or remotely from the command line D D Make sure you are logged in as root on ADVANTAGE WORKSTATION. Shutdown and Reboot: Note: init 6 [Return]
If remote login as root on ADVANTAGE WORKSTATION failed, remote reset is impossible. Reset is then only possible locally.
2115 Shutdown and Reboot AdvantageWorkstation locally. (i.e. no input from keyboard) Boot ADVANTAGE WORKSTATION. D Shutdown workstation
COMMON PROCEDURES
<Stop><A> USE ONLY IN CASE OF SYSTEM HANG. CAN CAUSE LOSS OF DATA. Reset workstation ok reset [Return]
2116 Shutdown and Reboot AdvantageWorkstation locally workstation hard blocked D D D D 2117 Changing the user password DO NOT CHANGE THE insite, sdc, OR root PASSWORD WITHOUT NOTIFYING YOUR SUPPORT CENTER (OLC [ONLINE CENTER], OLCE [EUROPEAN SUPPORT CENTER], OLCA [ASIAN SUPPORT CENTER]). D Properly login as root, sdc, or insite passwd [Return] passwd : Changing password for user New password : xxxxxxxx [Return] Reenter new password : xxxxxxxx [Return] Turn monitor and computer off. Wait about 30 seconds. Make sure other peripherals are powered on. Turn monitor and computer on. The system will bootup.
CAUTION
Write the new password on the AW3.0 CONFIGURATION FORM (front of this manual).
2118 Boot AdvantageWorkstation in singleuser mode D ok boot s [Return]
2119 Line commands for controlling printer (filming) queues. D See Filming Chapter, section 62.
34
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
2120 Changing the Host Name D 2121 Host identification ( hostid ) Host ID number is a unique number that is hard coded in your workstations NVRAM chip. The A.W 3.0 software protection key is factory determined from this number. To know the Host ID of your workstation, type in: 2122 Using the man Command Online information about Unix commands and their usage may be obtained by using the man command. For example, to find out more about using vi, type man vi [Return]
COMMON PROCEDURES
Unconfigure the Advantage workstation (See 2125)
/usr/sbin/sysdef h [Return]
in a command window. To find out more about using the man pages, type in 2123 Routing Tables D D To view the routing tables and usage netstat r [Return] Editing the Routing table (see Chapter 9 for more information) Login as root Change to the /etc/rc2.d directory, create a S93route script with the vi editor, (see Networking chapter for examples) and add the following line: route add net A.B.C Destination network D D.E.F.G 1st gateway to pass through H Number of gateways also called metric hop man man [Return]
Reboot the workstation (see 211). XXgate
to delete a route e.g. : route delete 192.9.10
Network to delete gateway name Reboot the workstation (see 211).
35
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
2124 Netmasking Note: Preferably use the sysunconfig utility to change hostname, IP address and netmask, or edit manually (obtain write access to edit the /etc/inet/hosts file. Refer to the Networking chapter for specific examples. D As root, edit the /etc/inet/netmasks file using the vi editor vi /etc/inet/netmasks [Return] Update the file, and quit the vi editor by pushing the <ESC> key and typing :wq! [Return] Reboot the workstation (see 211).
2125 Unconfiguring the Advantage Workstation (removing all current hostname, timezone, network, and addressing information).
COMMON PROCEDURES
D D D D D Note:
Login as root. Run the unconfig script: /usr/sbin/sysunconfig [Return]
The system automatically performs a shutdown. Reboot it (see 211). Go to Job Card IST 001, Base System Hardware Installation and Configuration. Shutdown and reboot the system (see 216). Remote hosts information is still available in /etc/inet/hosts.saved after running sysunconfig.
2126 Changing the Internet Address Note: D D D Unconfigure the AW3.1, especially if not familiar with the vi editor! Login as root. Obtain write access before editing the /etc/inet/hosts file. Using the vi editor, change the internet address in the /etc/inet/hosts file. Do not change the host name !!!! Shutdown and reboot the workstation (see 216).
2127 File Systems checks windowing system not running D D Login as root Run the fsck command manually fsck y [Return] to check all filesystems or fsck y /dev/dsk/c0t0d0s0 [Return] to check Slice 0 (s0) corresponding to / file system for example.
fsck may also be run after singleuser boot (see 2118).
36
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
2128 Check that the SCSI devices connected were recognized by the workstation during the boot sequence: D D Login as root Display the SCSI perpherials recognized by the workstation: <prompt> /usr/bin/dmesg | grep target [Return] sd0 sd1 sd2 sd3 sd4 sd5 sd6 sd9 Note: 22 at at at at at at at at esp0: target 0 lun 0 2.1 or 4.2GB Internal hard disk0 esp0: target 1 lun 0 2.1 or 4.2GB Internal hard disk1 esp0: target 2 lun 0 esp0: target 3 lun 0 esp0: target 4 lun 0 esp0: target 5 Lun 0 DASM filming interface esp0: target 6 Lun 0 Internal CDROM drive ...................................
Restart Advantage Workstation Application from the Console
221 AdvantageWorkstation OK, no one logged in D D Login as sdc (see 213). If Application is not up within 1 minute, see Troubleshooting chapter.
222 AdvantageWorkstation OK, sdc logged in BUT application is not running D D Select Restart Browser from the Root Menu. If Application is not up within 5 minutes, see Troubleshooting chapter.
223 AdvantageWorkstation OK, someone else logged in D D D 23 Logout (see 217). Login as sdc (see 213). If Application is not up within 1 minute, see Troubleshooting chapter.
Shutdown ADVANTAGE WORKSTATION
231 Windowing system not running login prompt displayed D See 216.
232 Advantage Workstation running Normal Shutdown (including computer shutdown) D D D D D Place cursor over TOOLS icon on the Browser, and click left mouse button. Select Shutdown push button on the Browser, and click left mouse button. Place cursor over Yes push button in popup messsage, and click left mouse button. Wait until the eeprom prompt ( ok ) is displayed. Optional turn monitor, computer, and external SCSI devices off .
37
COMMON PROCEDURES
If the peripherals are present (connected and powered ON), and you do not see these messages, check connections, power, and reboot with boot r (see 211)
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
233 Advantage Workstation running Stop application only D Exit Application by selecting the Logout option from the Service Tools submenu within the Root Menu:
Root Menu Refresh Screen Calculator Clock Service Tools AW Administration Command Window Configuration ScrapBook mode Autodelete activity Recover Database Start calibration Install License Install package Install SMPTE Service Tools Logout
COMMON PROCEDURES
Restart Browser
Release the mouse button. Advantage Workstation will stop, a login prompt will display.
234 Advantage Workstation not running and Windowing system running D D D D D Exit the program you are using, shutdown from login prompt (see 216). OR If that fails, or unknown, kill windowing system (see 236). Move the mouse outside of all the windows (into the background). Press a mouse button to get the Root menu, scroll to Service Tools, then to Logout. Release the mouse button. The windowing system stops, a login prompt will display. OR
235 AW not running and windowing system running Kill Application locally D D D Open Console window (double click on CONSOLE icon), place the cursor inside the new window. Run kill.sdc script: /export/home/sdc/scripts/kill.sdc [Return]
If this failed (Advantage Workstation still running), kill windowing system (see 236).
236 AW application up, down or blocked and Windowing system blocked Kill Windowing System remotely D D D From a remote station, login as sdc on ADVANTAGE WORKSTATION. If this is impossible, reboot ADVANTAGE WORKSTATION locally. If AW applications are up, run kill.sdc script (see 235). Become user root.
38
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
Execute the following commands to kill openwin remotely. ps ef | grep openwin [Return] Some output will appear. The first number is the PID number. PID## console 0:00 openwin kill 9 <PID##> NOTE: the PID## is the first numeric value from the previous commands output.
D D 24
Openwin will stop, and a login prompt will be displayed on the console. If remote reboot impossible, reset ADVANTAGE WORKSTATION locally (see 2114).
ADVANTAGE WORKSTATION and Site Configuration
241 Creating a JUMPSTART diskette From an AW3.1 workstation (in good working condition), you can create a Jumpstart diskette usable on any other AW3.1. In order to do that: D Login as root : console login : root [Return] password : operator [Return] Change to /export/home directory : <prompt> cd /export/home [Return] Insert a blank floppy in write enable mode into the drive and type in : <prompt> ./prepare.jumpstart [Return]
COMMON PROCEDURES
D D
242 Displaying or saving Advantage Workstation Site Configuration Information The site configuration information can be displayed by selecting the Configuration option from the Service Tools submenu within the Root Menu.
Root Menu Refresh Screen Command Window Calculator Clock Service Tools AW administration Restart Browser Configuration ScrapBook mode Autodelete activity Recover Database Start calibration Install License Install package Install SMPTE Service Tools Logout
Screen Floppy
A pop up window displays information such as O.S. version, processor type, internet address, relative to your configuration. You can choose either to display on the screen or to save on a floppy diskette. It allows you also to store this information, to be used for future software reinstallation. The Configuration diskette is automatically formatted by the process. You can close the window by clicking on the left upper corner.
39
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
243 Changing Advantage Workstation Site Configuration Settings Refer to Job Card IST 002, Site Configuration. 25 ADOBE ACROBAT reader tool To start the Acrobat Reader tool, open a Command Window from the ROOT Menu and type in geacroread [Return] 26 ADVANTAGE WOKSTATION Database Recovery Recover the database if the application crashes when opening a series, or when the browser lists do not match the actual set of images on the disk. This operation resets the relational database, reads the images from the hard disks, and recreates the database from scratch. THE DATABASE RECOVERY PROCESS CAN TAKE UP TO 60 MINUTES, DEPENDING ON THE NUMBER OF IMAGES ON THE DISK(S) OR LONGER IF EXTERNAL STORAGE DISKS PACK OPTION INSTALLED. MAKE SURE THAT NOBODY IS USING THE WORKSTATION BEFORE STARTING RECOVER DATABASE REMOTELY.
CAUTION
COMMON PROCEDURES
261 Recover Database from the Root Menu Advantage Workstation must be up and running. If exams have no series, series have no images, or images cannot be displayed or removed, there probably is some database corruption which has occurred. This problem can occur if the system was powered off during images receive and database update. The database can be recovered by selecting the Recover database option from the Service Tools submenu within the Root Menu.
310
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
CAUTION
THE DATABASE RECOVERY PROCESS CAN TAKE UP TO 60 MINUTES, DEPENDING ON THE NUMBER OF IMAGES ON THE DISK(S). MAKE SURE THAT NOBODY IS USING THE WORKSTATION BEFORE STARTING RECOVER DATABASE REMOTELY. A window pops up and displays the following: Recover Database Reset : stops the current application aborts the transfert of images Operation takes about thirty minutes to complete Do not run application during this time Please confirm reset of database (y/n) : y [Return] Please enter Root Password : operator [Return]
COMMON PROCEDURES
A screen saver displays the GE logo. There is no possibility to use the system during this time. If you click on right mouse button , The following message appears :
PLEASE WAIT ....... DATA BASE IS BEING RECONSTRUCTED

When this is done, restart Browser from the Root Menu. 262 Recover Database from the command line interface Login into the workstation as in section 21 of this chapter cd /export/home/sdc/scripts [Return] ./start.reinstall.images [Return] A window pops up and displays the following: Recover Database Reset : stops the current application aborts the transfert of images Operation takes about thirty minutes to complete Do not run application during this time Please confirm reset of database (y/n) : y [Return] Please enter Root Password : operator [Return]
A screen saver displays the GE logo. There is no possibility to use the system during this time. If you click on right mouse button , The following message appears :
PLEASE WAIT ....... DATA BASE IS BEING RECONSTRUCTED

When this is done, restart Browser from the Root Menu.
311
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
27
Using the SMPTE Pattern This section describes how to display the SMPTE pattern to properly calibrate the monitor.
271 Displaying the SMPTE pattern. D D D D D

ILLUSTRATION 31 SMPTE TEST PATTERN
Start AW3.1 application if it is not currently running. Move the pointer outside of a window. Press a mouse button to display the root menu. Hold the mouse button while moving the pointer to the Service Tools menu, then to the install SMPTE menu item. Release the button. The SMPTE pattern is loaded into the browser as an exam with the name of SMPTE. Open the browser, then select SMPTE pattern to display.
COMMON PROCEDURES
312
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
272 Console Monitor Adjustment Procedure The console monitor must be properly adjusted for the filmed image to accurately represent the console monitor displayed image. The following procedure is the recommended setup of the Console Monitors to achieve a filmed image which accurately represents the monitor displayed images. The SMPTE (Society of Motion Picture and Television Engineers) test pattern is used to provide a standard image. There are factors pertaining to console monitor adjustments which will affect the ability of the film to accurately represent the console monitor displayed images. These factors, the console monitor contrast and brightness, are adjusted so all the shades of grey are discernible without excessive brightness under normal viewing ambient lighting. The SMPTE test pattern also enables an easy check of focus and linearity / geometry of the display. The final result should make the film image and the console monitor displayed image similar in appearance. The console monitor window and level may be adjusted for viewing preference, however the console monitor brightness and contrast should not be changed since the display is optimized for the video signal input. D D D Note: D D D D Display SMPTE test pattern on monitor. See illustration 31 for sample test pattern. Set window control value to 100. Set level control value to 1024. To achieve the best results, it is important that this setup procedure be done under the normal ambient lighting conditions for the console area. Locate the contrast and brightness control knobs on the bottom front of the monitor (or remote control for 20 inch monitor). Adjust contrast control of display monitor to extreme minimum contrast (furthermost counter clockwise position on). No contrast results in a flat density image. Adjust brightness control until scanning raster is just perceptible. Adjust contrast control such that the brightest part of the image is at a comfortable viewing level. All shades or grey should be discernible. The two additional areas of the grey scale, which contain subpatches with 5% density differences, should also be visible. See illustration 32, circled number 6. (i.e. Adjust until viewing of brightest area is comfortable, then adjust to ensure all shades of grey can be seen). For MEGASCAN screen , you need to complete the procedure by using the one described in job card IST 009 section 55.
Note:
313
COMMON PROCEDURES
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
ILLUSTRATION 32 SCHEMATIC DRAWING OF SMPTE TEST PATTERN
COMMON PROCEDURES
Other aspects of display to check (See circled numbers in image on illustration 32): High and low contrast resolution patterns, in both horizontal and vertical directions, must be discernible. (Numbers 3 and 4). In the regions of white and black windows, there should be no smearing or streaking of the interior rectangle into the surrounding, contrasting region. Windows must appear sharply defined. (Numbers 1, 2, 58) Focus may be checked by observing the characters embedded in the image and readjusted if necessary using the control knob (19 monitor) or remote control (20 monitor). The size of the 512 pixels square image on the display should measure 7.25 x 7.25 (18.45 cm x 18.45 cm). The entire display image, including grey scale and patient data, should be centered in the window frame. (Number 9).
314
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOOTING
SECTION 1 FOREWORD The troubleshooting procedures are described in a series of job cards about the different steps, problems encountered with their corrective actions and useful procedures, when installing and using ADVANTAGE WORKSTATION. Corrective action should be made by authorized and qualified personnel only.
CAUTION
SECTION 2 TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE ULTRA 1 STATION
PURPOSE
SUN ULTRA 2 CREATOR SERVICE MANUAL 2211583100 SECTION NR 3-1 3-7 3-8 4-1 / 4-2 4-5 4-9 4-3 4-6 4-6 4-6
SUN ULTRA 1 CREATOR SERVICE MANUAL 2159461100 SECTION NR 3-1 3-4 3-5 4-1 4-2 4-3 4-4 4-5 4-6 4-7
POWER-ON SELF-TEST (POST) ADDITIONAL KEYBOARD CONTROL COMMANDS SYSTEM AND KEYBOARD LEDS DIAGNOSTICS POWER-ON FAILS OR NO VIDEO POWER SUPPLY TEST DSIMM FAILURES HARD DISK OR CDROM DRIVE OPENBOOT ON-BOARD DIAGS (OK) SELECTED ON-BOARD DIAGS TESTS (OK) THE PROBE-SCSI / PROBESCSI-ALL TESTS (OK)
41
TROUBLESHOOTING
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
PURPOSE
SUN ULTRA 2 CREATOR SERVICE MANUAL 2211583100 SECTION NR 3-9 4-6
SUN ULTRA 1 CREATOR SERVICE MANUAL 2159461100 SECTION NR 4-8 4-9
SYSTEM BOARD TEST RUNNING THE FFB ONBOARD DIAGNOSTIC
SECTION 3 TROUBLESHOOTING JOB CARDS
JOB CARD NO
PURPOSE
NR. OF PAGES
TSG001 TSG002
TROUBLESHOOTING
INITIALIZATION PHASE APPLICATION IS RUNNING FILES-SYSTEM CHECKS REFORMATTING AND / OR PARTITIONING DISKS USING SUNVTS DIAGNOSTICS TOOL TROUBLESHOOTING PHYSICAL NETWORK PROBLEMS HOOKING UP LAPTOP AS A TERMINAL FOR DIAGNOSTICS CREATE A JUMPSTART DISKETTE LOGFILES INFORMATION DOME BOARDS INFORMATION & ULTRA2 MOTHER BOARD JUMPERS CHECK PROCESSES RUNNING INFORMATION SERVICE MENU
6 8 8 4 2 2 4 4 32 2 4 10
TSG003 TSG004 TSG005 TSG006 TSG007 TSG008 TSG009 TSG010 TSG011 TSG012
42
GE Medical Systems
REV 8

Purpose: INITIALIZATION PHASE
Job Card TSG 001

Version No.: Date:
1 of 6
Time:
Personnel:
SECTION 1 FOREWORD The troubleshooting procedures describe the various steps the ADVANTAGE WORKSTATION goes through, before using the application . SECTION 2 PROBLEMS AT POWER ON
SYMPTOMS
ACTIONS
SUSPECT MODULE Power Supply unit CPU Power cord keyboard cable CPU CPU memory NVRAM Monitor Video card CPU
TROUBLESHOOTING
Front panel LED not lit on CPU right corner
Check the power supply (the +5 and +12 voltages are supplied only when the connector is connected to the CPU). If power supply OK, replace System board.
No beep at initialization No keyboard response
Push in the keyboard cable at CPU and keyboard ends. Make sure that the connector pins are not bent. Replace the keyboard and/or the cable with another.
1 or more LEDs remains on To analyze the error, refer to SUN UltraX Service Manual: at power up Type 5 keyboard LED diagnostics.
Screen remains blank
Check electrical and video monitor connections. Exchange with another monitor. Check that all LEDs on keyboard are OFF. Otherwise, refer to Sun UltraX Service Manual
Screen snow
Replace the monitor.
Monitor
Blurred video Poor color
Adjust the monitor. Disconnect for test, the video converter (if applicable) Exchange with another monitor. Replace the video cable. (Megascan screen only)
Monitor Video converter Frame Buffer Board Cable
43
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
INITIALIZATION PHASE
Job Card TSG 001

ACTIONS
2 of 6
SYMPTOMS
SUSPECT MODULE
Brown tint to everything on monitor screen
Normal monitor burnin behavior. Allow to burnin 1 to Sun color monitor 2 hours.
Screen display is twisted
Reorient the monitor. Place the monitor farther away from the MR scanner.
Adjust the rotation via monitor controls NVRAM Mother Bd
Wrong Ethernet number The NVRAM has been erased. This happens if the and host id (fffffff) appear NVRAM was inverted when reinserted, after System board when banner displays exchange SCSI bus is hung Check that any external peripherals are switched on. Check that there is a SCSI terminator on the free connector of the last peripheral. Check SCSI cables. Check that you can hear disk drives starting. Check the power supply. Check devices addressing.
disk(s) CPU Power Supply unit
TROUBLESHOOTING
Memory test very long
Correct environment in using these commands: ok printenv ok setenv selftest#megs 1 ok setenv diagswitch? false The module concerned must be replaced. Run the memory test (POST) at powerup.
Bad module at @xxx (when testing memory) Memory error message
memory memory CPU
Message:SCSI device x,x NVRAM improperly programmed. Refer to NVRAM is not responding. programming Sun UltraX Service manual. Cant open boot device> Check addressing of peripherals. Error at xxxx Trying to boot anyway No label found The disk has lost its bootblock. Relabel the disk. Refer to job card TSG004
DISK(s) O.S
44
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
Job Card TSG 001
3 of 6
SECTION 3 PROBLEM ENCOUNTERED WHEN BOOTING
SYMPTOMS
ACTIONS
SUSPECT MODULE
Does not start booting. Check environment ( ok printenv) for boot device = boot NVRAM programming Displays message : Boot net. If not : device not found setenv bootdevice disk net
Hangs displaying : ......... : Turn back diagswitch? to false then reboot. Using TP or AUI Ethernet See Sun UltraX Service Manual interface. Timeout waiting for ARP/RARP packet
The diagswitch has not been returned to false after NVRAM test under open boot prom. Transceiver, MII/AUI adapter, thinnet cable, 50 ohm terminator or RJ45 (TP) cable
During boot operation, message: hme0 no carrier
NIS server not responding NIS should not be installed. still trying. Boot single user mode Run sysunconfig to reconfigure without NIS (see Ch 3)
O.S
Problems during the fsck See TSG003. Check that external disk option is properly (files system check) connected and powered up.
disk O.S External disk option
Boot problem after the fsck. Software problems can be dealt with after booting either as Core config problem. single user (boot s) or by reloading UNIX refer to job card TSG003.
45
TROUBLESHOOTING
Check the Ethernet connection. Swap the transceiver and/or the Ethernet MII/AUI adapter with another. Run testnet under prompt ok. Check that diagswitch? is false then reboot.
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
Job Card TSG 001
4 of 6
SECTION 4 PROBLEMS ENCOUNTERED DURING THE SESSION (BEFORE LOGIN AS SDC) 4.1 Run Sunvts utility for reliability diagnosis User_Diag is already installed (factory loaded). Refer to job card TSG005. 4.2 For disk problems Use the analysis menu under format (see job card TSG004). 4.3 For problems encountered before booting Use the NVRAM tests (refer to Sun UltraX Service Manual. 4.4 Miscellaneous problems SYMPTOMS Loss of root password: Note : the described procedure is only usable on station with SUN screens ACTIONS Shutdown workstation. Insert Solaris 2.5.1 CDROM into drive. Reboot on CDROM as shown IST011 When getting the hostname window, open a command window as shown chapter 4, TSG004 and type: mount /dev/dsk/c0t0d0s0 /a [Return] vi /a/etc/shadow [Return] Remove the encrypted password as shown above. Update and quit, then umount CDROM. umount /a [Return] Shutdown workstation, remove CDROM, and reboot AW ok boot r [Return] At monitor prompt, refer to Sun Ultra1 Service Manual. ok setenv keyclick? false [Return] ok boot [Return] Reinstall OS from the CDROM Solaris 2.5.1 Refer to Job card IST011
TROUBLESHOOTING
Keyboard: the keyboard clicks when using it. Loss of system files
Recreating the Network missing files. Login as root. Change to /etc directory: cd /etc {Return] (Network has not been set during installa- Create the missing files : tion or after a Load From Cold) echo <station_hostname> > hostname.hme0 [Return] e.g : echo CT01PC0 > hostname.le0 [Return] echo <station_IP_address> <station_hostname> > hosts [Return] e.g: echo 192.9.100.3 CT01PC0 > hosts [Return]
46
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
Job Card TSG 001
5 of 6
SECTION 5 STEPS AND PROBLEM ENCOUNTERED AFTER LOGIN AS SDC SYMPTOMS password refused: < > login: sdc Password: <Ret> Sorry ! ACTIONS Login as root <prompt> passwd sdc [return] <prompt> new passwd ? XXXXX [return] where XXXXX is the right password SUSPECT MODULE /etc/passwd or /etc/shadow file was changed.
No Starting Advantage Shutdown workstation.Cycle power to workstation. Windows... message Reload AW software. displayed, system hangs up. See Job Card IST010 or preferrably reload OS. See Job Card IST011
sdc environment is corrupted.
Screen returns to white, Shutdown workstation.Cycle power to workstation. when the system should start Reload AW software. Motif. See Job Card IST010 or preferrably reload OS. See Job Card IST011
Motif window manager is corrupted
No such window opens.
Shutdown workstation.Cycle power to workstation. Reload AW software. See Job Card IST010 or preferrably reload OS. See Job Card IST011
X terminal not found.
The message: Login as root, Application already in run ~sdc/scripts/kill.sdc., use. then logout from root window menu and log in as sdc. instead of : Network initialising...in progress
A zombie process remains of Advantage Review.
Network initialization win- Login as root, dow remains 2 to 3 minutes run ~sdc/scripts/kill.sdc., until this message appears then logout from root window menu and log in as sdc. Initialization of sdc failed. Please retry.
NETserver process remains if tail 30 ~sdc/logfiles/ netlog displays a line like bind: address already in use.
47
TROUBLESHOOTING
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
Job Card TSG 001

ACTIONS Login as root, run ~sdc/scripts/kill.sdc., then logout from root window menu and log in as sdc.
6 of 6
SYMPTOMS Same than above
SUSPECT MODULE DBSserver process remains if tail 30 ~sdc/logfiles/ db*log displays a line like bind: address already in use.
Invalid Software Key for Advantage Workstation.
Check the software protection key for your workstation. Incorrect or missing software Reenter key as shown in job card IST002. protection key.
Initialization of sdc failed. Check the software protection key for your workstation. Incorrect or missing software Please retry. Reenter key as shown in job card IST002. protection key if the command: tail 30 ~sdc/logfiles/ netlog displays a line like Soft. Protection Violation. Disk space initialization Login as root, window remains 2 to 3 min- run ~sdc/scripts/kill.sdc., utes until this message is dis- then logout from root window menu and log in as sdc. played Initialization of sdc failed Please retry. A zombie process remains of IMSserver process, if command: tail 30 ~sdc/logfiles/imslog displays a line like bind: address already in use.
TROUBLESHOOTING
48
GE Medical Systems
REV 8

Purpose: APPLICATION IS RUNNING
Job Card TSG 002

Version No.: Date:
1 of 8
Time:
Personnel:
SECTION 1 FOREWORD The following procedures describe the problems that may occur while ADVANTAGE WORKSTATION is running. SECTION 2 PROBLEM DESCRIPTIONS AND SUSPECT MODULE
SYMPTOMS
ACTIONS
SUSPECT MODULE
SunOS Xserver. All Clients and all Servers processes within Advantage Workstation .
Cursor is late with respect Reboot workstation then restart Application to actual mouse movements. Slow response to clicks on mouse buttons.
Check if images are being sent to the workstation. Wait until all images have arrived. Spread images transfer in time.
Network overloaded
Login as root : Run the sunvts diagnostics Replace System Board
SunOS System Board
Cursor does not follow Clean the mouse. Change mouse pad smoothly mouse move- Replace the Mouse ments.
Mouse and mouse pad
49
TROUBLESHOOTING
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
APPLICATION IS RUNNING
Job Card TSG 002

ACTIONS
2 of 8
SYMPTOMS
SUSPECT MODULE
SunOS Xserver All Clients and all Servers processes within Advantage Workstation.
Cursor stuck, does not move Reboot workstation any more. Check mouse connection to keyboard. if, OK > change mouse Check keyboard connection to computer. if OK > change keyboard
If keyboard has been disconnected, it is necessary to reboot Mouse, keyboard workstation.
No response from system See Cursor stuck above. when clicking on one (any one, or two, or all) mouse Reboot workstation. buttons(s). Change mouse.
TROUBLESHOOTING
Mouse, keyboard
Screen is black.
Strike any key on keyboard. Check for power connection to the monitor. Check that Monitor is turned on. Check that video cable is connected. Check that no pin is bent on the video cable
Screensave Monitor. Monitor cable
Disconnect the Video Converter option (if applicable) for Video Converter option test. Reboot workstation. Replace Monitor or Frame Buffer Board. (see Chapter 5) SunOS Monitor, Board Frame buffer
Image extends beyond the Screen environment is not properly declared. limits of the screen (2nd Sun Should be : outputdevice screen:r1280x1024x67 20 color monitor, 2screens Run setenv command at OK prompt. configurations)
NVRAM settings
410
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
Job Card TSG 002

ACTIONS
3 of 8
SYMPTOMS
SUSPECT MODULE
TGX+ Board and driver
Image extends beyond the Refer to Chapter 8 to properly declare the second monitor. limits of the 2nd screen (color monitors config only).
Viewer starts loading of Check if / or /export/home filesystems are not full. File system images (displaying XX% Type : df k [Return]. then stops. If any of these 2 filesystems displays 100% or more, proceed to core file and/or log files cleanning.
Some (all) images are cor- Resend corrupted images. rupted. Spread images transfer over time. Is image from Image source OK ? Does image source send Dicom3 compatible images ? Submit a Problem Report.
Network
Image source
AQServer (adv) DCServer (dicom)
Some (all) images cannot be Select Refresh Lists in Application menu. displayed. Reboot workstation and restart apllication.
IMServer, DBServer
Run Recover database from the Service Tools submenu IMServer, DBServer within the Root menu when logged in as sdc AQServer DCServer Check disks. Run fsck (see TSG 003) Repair or replace disk(s). See Job Card TSG004. disk(s)
Submit a Problem Report.
411
TROUBLESHOOTING
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
Job Card TSG 002

ACTIONS
4 of 8
SYMPTOMS
SUSPECT MODULE
Some (all) images cannot be Check for the followingmessage in ~sdc/logfiles/db*log: Informix DBMS displayed. stored procedure fails 246 execute failed for procedure verify image If this message appears, it means that the database structure has been damaged. The database must be rebuilt, and all images will be lost. Use the Recover Database button or open a console window: type kill.sdc [Return] wait for all processes to die cd /export/home/sdc/scripts [Return] ./start.reinstall.images [Return] Confirm and enter root password when requested. This can take up to 60 minutes depending on the disks size. Quit the AW. application from the Root Menu, then login again as sdc.
TROUBLESHOOTING
Images were sent fine but Check for available image disk space. never seemed to have Remove some images from AW arrived. Click on Messages button. This will open the Message Window Have images arrived ? > Browser had not been updated. Restart Browser and check again Resend image and check again Reboot workstation and restart application. Are you sending Dicom 3 compatible images ? Run RECOVER DATABASE. Any change after recover database and resending images? yes: everything OK > DB was corrupted no: Submit a Problem Report
File system
Browser refresh list
Network Informix DBMS Image source
InformixDBMS AQServer, IMServer, DBServer
412
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
Job Card TSG 002

ACTIONS
5 of 8
SYMPTOMS
SUSPECT MODULE
Impossible to send images to Advantage Workstation from Image source. Images do no seem to arrive and/or are not declared into the database.
Check that the workstation is up, and that Application is run- Workstation ning correctly and ready to receive images. Run /usr/sbin/ping Advantage workstation from source, Network then ping source from Advantage Workstation. /etc/hosts file SdCRHosts file Check Ethernet cables on both sides (image source and Connectivity AW), check network modules on Image source. Check that Advantage workstation is properly declared on Network, image source; check network status (not suspended) after Image source, you have pushed the images. A.W. workstation Check internet addresses on both sources and destination. Check that Protocol is set to Dicom3 and that Port numbers SdCRHosts file are set to the right value (e.g : AW=4006 ; CR QA=3002 ; ARR=104 etc ...) Open Messages Window and check for error messages Check from Image source that images were sent fine. Workstation Image source
Check that images arrive in : Workstation /export/home1/sdc_image_pool/import and are in the form : XX.sdcopen then that they change to : XX.open before being erase from import directory and appearing into the patient list. If then images do not appear into the patient list, they are Image source probably not Dicom3 compatible images.
413
TROUBLESHOOTING
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
Job Card TSG 002

ACTIONS
6 of 8
SYMPTOMS
SUSPECT MODULE
Advanced Application (3D, Check if application is properly declared. Open the Configu- Advanced application Dentascan, Tissue Volume, ration window from the Root Menu and check if application etc...) do not start. is mentionned. Run the uninstall.<appli_name> script, then redeclare option. Logout and login again and check. Call OLC with Hostid number to check for validity of key. Software protection key Reinstall AW application (Load From Warm), then reinstall AW software Advanced application. Impossible to send images Check that Laser Camera is ready. to laser camera See Laser Camera Service Manual. Laser Camera
Check that DASM device is up, and ready to transfer images DASM interface box to laser camera. Check power LED ON and CPU LED blinking Run the showdasm utility Run the clrsp rsp rqs utility DASM / Workstation SunOs Application Application Connectivity DASM
TROUBLESHOOTING
Reinstall DASM (install.dasm) Check cables to and from the Laser camera. Halt Advantage workstation, Turn off DASM. Turn on DASM, reboot Advantage Workstation. Same problem? Change DASM and/or cables. Reload Application software. (Load From Warm : see job card IST010) Reload SunOs and Application (Load From Cold : see job card IST011) (see Chapter 7 for more information on Filming option)
Application
SunOS Application
414
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
Job Card TSG 002

ACTIONS
7 of 8
SYMPTOMS
SUSPECT MODULE
Browser is restarted after Users passwords as well as SdC password for user Automatic reinstallation typing of the SdC password unnamed have not been saved on the Configuration dis- procedure limitations. to unlock the screen. kette, and therefore, they were not reinstalled after a Load From Cold or Load From Warm procedure.
The system to be connected Switch user to Root (or login as root) from a 10Mbps to a su root [Return] ) 100Mbps network (or invert) and displays conneccd /etc/rc2.d [Return] tion error, or link disabled vi S99hme [Return] (capital S) at boot up. uncomment the necessary lines, relative to the desired speed and Mode and reboot ok boot r [Return] At the end of the boot up sequence, the configuration is displayed (see example below) : ............................ Volume management starting Network configuration : Status (1=OK; 0=KO) =1 Mode (0=halfduplex; 1=fullduplex) =0 Speed (0=10Mbps; 1=100Mbps) =0 ................................. The system is ready After the system has rebooted, login as root and check the result by typing in : ndd /dev/hme link_speed [Return] result = 0 for 10Mbps result = 1 for 100Mbps ndd /dev/hme link_mode [Return] result = 0 for Halfduplex mode result = 1 for Full_duplex mode
The AW3.1 workstation is configured to use the autonegociation in order to automatically adapt to the Network speed and mode. To bypass the default auto configuration mode, and force the desired mode (e.g : 10Mbps, Full duplex), type in the commands as shown, in order to edit the S99hme file and select both speed and duplex mode :
A part of the viewer and/or The workaround is to run the following scripts : the Browser is out of the Switch user to Root screen limits (1L1 or 2L1 su root [Return] ) configurations). For the left screen (1L1 / 2L1) : 1 of 2 /export/home/sdc/scripts/config_screen_L1 [Return] For the right screen (2L1) : /export/home/sdc/scripts/install.cgsix [Return]
415
TROUBLESHOOTING
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
Job Card TSG 002

ACTIONS
8 of 8
SYMPTOMS
SUSPECT MODULE
Software settings Frame buffer boards
A part of the viewer and/or the Browser is out of the screen limits (1L1 or 2L1 configurations). 2 of 2
Check the current settings : cd /usr/sbin [Return] ls la ff* [Return] ff* ffbconfig* ffbconfig prconf [Return]
Hardware configuration for /dev/fbs/ffb0 ......................... Current resolution setting : 1280x1024x76
If the configuration is different, to change the settings : ffbconfig res 1280x1024x76 [Return] The system must be rebooted for the settings to take effect Also, when the system is at the OK promps, the printenv line is set to : ok printenv [Return]
outputdevice
TROUBLESHOOTING
screen:r1280x1024x76
To change if not correct : ok setenv outputdevice screen:r1280x1024x76 [Return] Unexpected system shut- Open the computer box and check if the fan is operational on System Board Fan downs and automatic turn the system board (Ultra1) or in the Shroud assembly (UlOFF of the workstation. tra2). Shroud Assy Fan Slightly unscrew the screws maintaining the fan on the Ultra1 System board. If the fan does not start, replace it.
416
GE Medical Systems
REV 8

Purpose: FILES SYSTEM CHECKS
Job Card TSG 003

Version No.: 0 Date: 09/94
1 of 8
Time:
Personnel:
SECTION 1 RUNNING FSCK UTILITY The fsck utility allows you to check and repair a FileSystem after an error has occured, often due to an improper Shutdown of the workstation. D Check the entire Filesystem /usr/sbin/fsck [Return] or D Note: Check the entire Filesystem and do automatic repair if errors occur /usr/sbin/fsck y [Return] The numbers hereafter are certainly different from what you may read on your workstation and are only given as example. e.g : ** /dev/rdsk/c0t0d0s0 (first checking / ) ** Currently Mounted on / ** Phase 1 Check Blocks and Sizes ** Phase 2 Check Pathnames ** Phase 3 Check Connectivity ** Phase 4 Check Reference Counts ** Phase 5 Check Cyl groups FILE SYSTEM STATE IN SUPERBLOCK IS WRONG; FIX? yes
TROUBLESHOOTING
9523 files, 167076 used, 25731 free (579 frags, 3144 blocks, 0.3% fragmentation) ** /dev/rdsk/c0t0d0s1 (then checking /export/home) ** Currently Mounted on /export/home ** Phase 1 Check Blocks and Sizes ** Phase 2 Check Pathnames ** Phase 3 Check Connectivity ** Phase 4 Check Reference Counts ** Phase 5 Check Cyl groups 1047 files, 79992 used, 205211 free (851 frags, 25545 blocks, 0.3% fragmentation)
417
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
FILES SYSTEM CHECKS
Job Card TSG 003
2 of 8
** /dev/md/rdsk/d0 (finally checking /export/home1) ** Currently Mounted on /export/home1 ** Phase 1 Check Blocks and Sizes ** Phase 2 Check Pathnames ** Phase 3 Check Connectivity ** Phase 4 Check Reference Counts ** Phase 5 Check Cyl groups 295 files, 79992 used, 2860323 free (220 frags, 357513 blocks, 0.0% fragmentation It is also possible to check, on a partition by partition basis, the / or the /export/home or the /export/home1 filesystems. D Check the / Filesystem ( Slice 0 of the 1st 2.1 / 4.2 / 9.1GB internal hard disk) /usr/sbin/fsck /dev/rdsk/c0t0d0s0 [Return] D
TROUBLESHOOTING
Check the /export/home Filesystem ( Slice 1 of the 1st 2.1 / 4.2 / 9.1GB internal hard disk ) /usr/sbin/fsck /dev/rdsk/c0t0d0s1 [Return]
Check the /export/home1 Filesystem ( disk striping between the 2 internal 2.1GB hard disks ) /usr/sbin/fsck /dev/md/rdsk/d0 [Return]
If the 4GB , 8GB or 12GB option is installed, you can check respectively the /export/home2 , /export/home3 and /export/home4 : D Check the /export/home2 Filesystem ( first 2 2.1 / 4.2GB hard disks of the storage pack ) /usr/sbin/fsck /dev/md/rdsk/d1 [Return] D Check the /export/home3 Filesystem ( next 2 2.1 / 4.2GB hard disks of the storage pack ) /usr/sbin/fsck /dev/md/rdsk/d2 [Return] D Check the /export/home4 Filesystem ( last 2 2.1 / 4.2GB hard disks of the storage pack ) /usr/sbin/fsck /dev/md/rdsk/d3 [Return] Note: Note /dev/md/dsk/d0 corresponds to /export/home1 , /dev/md/dsk/d1 corresponds to /export/home2, etc ...
418
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
FILES SYSTEM CHECKS
Job Card TSG 003
3 of 8
SECTION 2 FILESYSTEM FULL ERROR The sizes given below are those of a standard AW3.1 workstation hard disks. The used sizes of your machine may differ from those shown below as they are subject to grow depending on : /export/home1 ... /export/home4 : number of images stored on the disks /tmp : usage of the swap partition /export/home : Images waiting in the printer queue and option softwares installed The /proc Filesystem, not accessible to the user, reflects the table of processes managed by the system.
Procedure
D Login as root <station_name> console login : root [Return] password : operator [Return] Start the window manager /usr/openwin/bin/openwin [Return] (Sun 20 color monitor) OR /usr/openwin/bin/openwin dev /dev/fbs/md4sun0 [Return] (Megascan 2K monitor, upgrades from ARS2.0 and AW3.0, Dome md4sun FB boards) /usr/openwin/bin/openwin dev /dev/fbs/md4sbx0 [Return] (Megascan 2K monitor, AW3.1 forward production, Dome md4sbx FB boards ) /usr/openwin/bin/openwin dev /dev/fbs/md5sbx0 [Return] (Barco 2.5K monitor, AW3.1 U2 forward production, Dome md5sbx FB boards ) /usr/openwin/bin/openwin dev /dev/fbs/mdsun0.0 [Return] (Megascan 1K monitor, upgrades from ARS2.0 and AW3.0, Dome md2sun FB board) Close unnecessary windows such as Tutorial . Open a Command tool from the Openwin Root menu, Programs manager and click into it and type in : df k [Return] The example below is for the Ultra 1 workstation with 2 x 2.1GB hard disks and the 12slot Multipack Storage disks fully installed with 12GBytes ( 6 x 2.1GB disks). Filesystem /dev/dsk/c0t0d0s0 /proc fd /dev/dsk/c0t0d0s1 swap /dev/md/dsk/d0 kbytes 230935 0 0 288855 606208 2863332 used avail capacity 167106 40739 81% 0 0 0% 0 0 0% 162542 97433 63% 1248 604960 1% 13783 2792283 1% Mounted on / /proc /dev/fd /export/home /tmp /export/home1
OR OR OR
TROUBLESHOOTING
D D
Note:
(with 12GB external hard disk option installed)

/dev/md/dsk/d1 /dev/md/dsk/d2 /dev/md/dsk/d3 3901362 3660451 162885 3901362 230404 3592932 3901362 117124 3706212 96% 7% 4% /export/home2 /export/home3 /export/home4
419
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
FILES SYSTEM CHECKS
Job Card TSG 003
4 of 8
Search File or Directory size : Indicates size in kiloBytes du ks [Return] du ks <file_name> [Return] eg1 : cd /etc [Return] du ks [Return] eg2 : du ks /etc [Return] eg3 : du ks /etc/hosts [Return]
Other useful commands

D Search file(s) by name find /<dir_name> name <file_name> print [Return] eg1 : find /export/home/sdc name *cof* print [Return] (find files which contain the syntax cof, as dlcof952) eg2 : find / name core print [Return] (find core file(s) Note: D
TROUBLESHOOTING
Do not remove core directory located under /export/home/sdc directory. Search file(s) by size find /<dir_name> size +<value> print [Return] eg : find /export/home/sdc size +1500 print [Return] (find files bigger than 1500KB)
Log files
The different logfiles used by the AW software are located under the /export/home/sdc/logfiles directory. The most useful for a service Engineer are : browserlog (AW application) importimagelog (incoming images) lcamlog (Filming) imslog (Image server) reinstall_database.log (database recover) netlog (Network) dcslog (DICOM server log) Refer to Appendix B for more details about logfiles. You can read them : more XXlog [Return] OR tail XXlog [Return] to read the 10 last lines of the file tail NN XXlog | more [Return] to read the NN last lines of the file
420
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
FILES SYSTEM CHECKS
Job Card TSG 003
5 of 8
SECTION 3 MAIN DIRECTORIES AND FILES (65% used) : depends on (300 MB) images queued for U1 printing) (390 MB) U2 sdc AW files
c0t0d0s1 export hsfsboot 170KB kadb 350KB ufsboot bin cdrom core dev devices etc home kernel lib lost+found mnt net sbin var usr opt 170KB 1KB home1 2KB 1KB 500KB 15KB 1500KB home
(XX% used) : depends on number of images. sdc_image_pool archive buf_image images import models
c0t0d0s3 &
TROUBLESHOOTING
c0t1d0s3
(2.92 GB, Ultra1) (7.14 GB, Ultra2) (17 GB, Ultra2)
c0t0d0s0
1KB 3650KB 1KB (59% used) (200 MB)
network 8KB 1KB 1KB 3500KB 3000KB 99KB 22KB swap c0t1d0s0 tmp
c0t1d0s1
stdef (10 MB) Managed by UNIX. Disk striping between disk0 and disk1. (not a usable Filesystem) (530 MB) U1 (620 MB) U2 proc (process table, managed by UNIX). Size is not significant.
421
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
FILES SYSTEM CHECKS
Job Card TSG 003
6 of 8
SECTION 4 INTERNAL SYSTEM/IMAGE DISKS ORGANIZATION 2.1 GB DISKS (ULTRA 1) Slice Size (MB) Mount point / /export/home /export/st0 /tmp /export/stdef /export/st1
/dev/dsk/c0t0d0s0 240 /dev/dsk/c0t0d0s1 300 /dev/dsk/c0t0d0s3 1460 /dev/dsk/c0t1d0s0 530 /dev/dsk/c0t1d0s1 10 /dev/dsk/c0t1d0s3 1460 4.2 GB DISKS (ULTRA 2) Slice Size (MB)
(striped images 1/2) (swap) (striping definition) (striped images 2/2) /export/home1
Mount point / /export/home /export/st0 /tmp /export/stdef /export/st1
/dev/dsk/c0t0d0s0 240 /dev/dsk/c0t0d0s1 390 /dev/dsk/c0t0d0s3 3570

TROUBLESHOOTING
/dev/dsk/c0t1d0s0 620 /dev/dsk/c0t1d0s1 10 /dev/dsk/c0t1d0s3 3570 9.1 GB DISKS (ULTRA 2) Slice Size (MB)
Mount point / /export/home /export/st0 /tmp /export/stdef /export/st1
/dev/dsk/c0t0d0s0 240 /dev/dsk/c0t0d0s1 390 /dev/dsk/c0t0d0s3 8370 /dev/dsk/c0t1d0s0 620 /dev/dsk/c0t1d0s1 10 /dev/dsk/c0t1d0s3 8370 Note:
/export/stdef, is the striping definition directory. /export/st0 and /export/st1, are the physical disk spaces for images. Both stdef, st0 and st1 (not visible in dfk) define the /export/home1 directory, which is the actual mounted filesystem for images. /export/home1/sdc_image_pool : ./buf_image : Contains image files once they have been integrated to the system.
422
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
FILES SYSTEM CHECKS
Job Card TSG 003
7 of 8
./images : Logical paths to the images in the form of patient, exam, series, image ( ie : /p1/e2/s3/i5.1 ) ./models : directory where 3D models are stored ./archive, ./network : not used /export/home/sdc directory main subdirectories and files: ./Prefs : Contains basic (SdC) Users preferences files or directories, such as SdCRHosts file where information about Hosts accessible from AW is stored. ./Users : Contains other Users directories and their preferences settings. ./bin : directory which contains the binaries used by Application. ./core : Is a directory where all Application core files are dumped to in case of crash. ./denta, vxtl, nav, fctl etc .. : These directories are created when installing Dentascan. 3D, Navigator, FuncTool etc ... Advanced Applications ./film : This directory is used by the Filming option. ./import : directory where any image is sent before integration in the image directory. ./install : This directory contains all installation and deinstallation scripts. ./lib : directory which contains the libraries used by Application. ./logfiles : directory which contains the logfiles generated by Application. ./scripts : This directory contains all NONinstallation scripts. Among them, you can find the sdc_conf and sdc_crash scripts, the showdasm, showmod etc.. test scripts, the start.sdc and kill.sdc scripts.
TROUBLESHOOTING
423
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
FILES SYSTEM CHECKS
Job Card TSG 003
8 of 8
Blank page
TROUBLESHOOTING
424
GE Medical Systems
REV 8

Purpose: REFORMATTING AND/OR REPARTITIONING DISKS
Job Card TSG 004

Version No.: Date:
1 of 4
Time:
Personnel:
SECTION 1 FOREWORD Notice: New disks from the manufacturer are formatted and contain a list of the media defects. The following SHOULD ONLY BE DONE in case of doubt on an already installed disk.
SECTION 2 REFORMATTING THE SYSTEM DISK AS REFORMATTING AND/OR REPARTITIONING THE SYSTEM DISK ERASES ALL DATA CONTAINED ON THE DISK, BOTH OPERATING SYSTEM AND A..W. APPLICATION SOFTWARE WILL HAVE TO BE RELOADED. THIS CAN BE DONE USING THE REGULAR JUMPSTART LOAD FROM COLD PROCEDURE AS DESCRIBED IN CHAPTER 1, JOB CARD IST011.
TROUBLESHOOTING
WARNING
Start the procedure described in Chapter 1, Job Card IST011, and when requested to enter the hostname of the workstation as shown below ...... Hostname:
.......... move the mouse pointer out from the hostname field to the blue background. Keep your finger pressed on the mouse right button, move the pointer to highlight the Utilities menu, then the Command Tool submenu. Release the mouse right button and wait for the window to popup. This may take several seconds.
Install workspace Restart install Utilities Properties.... Command Tool... System Control Console...
Refresh
425
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
REFORMATTING AND/OR REPARTITIONING DISKS
Job Card TSG 004
2 of 4
In this new window, run the format utility by typing: # /usr/sbin/format [Return] Searching for disks ....done AVAILABLE DISK SELECTIONS: 0. c0t0d0 <SUN2.1G cyl 2733 alt 2 hd 19 sec 80> (Ultra1) c0t0d0 <SUN4.2G cyl 3880 alt 2 hd 16 sec 135> (Ultra2) c0t0d0 <SUN9.1G (Ultra2) /iommu@f,e0000000/sbus@f,e0001000/.../sd@0,0 1. c0t1d0 <SUN2.1G cyl 2733 alt 2 hd 19 sec 80> (Ultra1) c0t1d0 <SUN4.2G cyl 3880 alt 2 hd 16 sec 135> (Ultra2) c0t0d0 <SUN9.1G (Ultra2) /iommu@f,e0000000/sbus@f,e0001000/.../sd@1,0 Note: If you have the Storage Disks pack option connected (4, 8 or 12GB), you will also see references to the disks it contains ( 12slot multipack : c0t10d0 / c0t11d0 ; c0t12d0 / c0t13d0 ; c0t14d0 / c0t15d0) or ( 6slot multipack : c0t9d0 / c0t10d0 ; c0t11d0 / c0t12d0 ; c0t13d0 / c0t14d0) Enter the number associated with the disk you want to reformat. Specify disk (enter ist number) : e.g : 0 [Return]
TROUBLESHOOTING
selecting c0t0d0 [disk formatted] FORMAT MENU : disk type partition ........... ........... volname quit format > format > defect [Return] defect > defect > both [Return] Extracting both primary and grown defects list .....Extraction complete Current Defect List updated, total of XX defects. defect >
select a disk select (define) a disk type select (define) a partition table ................................. ................................. set 8character volume name
426
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
Job Card TSG 004
3 of 4
defect > print [Return] num cyl hd bfi len sec 1 50 11 19262 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Total of XX defects. defect > quit [Return] format > Run the format command : format > format [Return] Ready to format : Formatting cannot be interrupted and takes XX minutes (estimated) . Continue ? Type : y [Return]
Note:
The whole format process takes around 50 minutes to complete (format + pattern verification) for a 4.2 GB disk. Note that you can format several disks, in parallel , by opening other Command Tool(s), and running format on the other disk(s).
TROUBLESHOOTING
Beginning format. formatting .....
The current time is .... done.
Verifying media Pass 0 pattern = 0xc6dec6de XXXX/X/XX Pass 1 pattern = 0x6db6db6d XXXX/X/XX Total for X defective blocks repaired When format has been completed, DO NOT FORGET to label the disk(s), before exiting the format utility. format > label [Return] ready to label (y/n) y [Return] To exit the format utility, type in quit : format > quit [Return] # Close the window by pressing the <CTRL><D> keys simultaneously. Reactivate the regular jumpstart procedure by moving back the pointer to the hostname field and clicking on it with the left mouse button. Now you can go on with the Jumpstart load from cold procedure described in Chapter 1, Job Card IST011 by entering the hostname as required.
427
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
Job Card TSG 004
4 of 4
Note:
Disregard strange characters that could be displayed at this time. The screen will be refreshed for the next question. Anyway, you will get the confirmation screen to correct any error that is in the hostname field.
SECTION 3 REPARTITIONING THE DISKS There is no need to repartition the disks. Repartitioning the 2.1GB disks would corrupt all data present on the disks. In this case, you would have to proceed with the steps described in Chapter 1, Job Card IST011 : Complete Load From Cold : JUMPSTART which automatically partitions the 2.1GB or 4.2GB hard disks before loading the Solaris 2.5.1 Operating System, and the Application software.:
TROUBLESHOOTING
428
GE Medical Systems
REV 8

Purpose: USING SUNVTS DIAGNOSTICS TOOL
Job Card TSG 005

Version No.: Date:
1 of 2
Time: SECTION 1 DESCRIPTIONSee Illustration 1. WINDOW (1): WINDOW (2): WINDOW (3): WINDOW (4): SECTION 2 RUNNING SUNVTS D D Login as root. Tests status. Activity monitoring (performances). Message and command window. Test selection and options.
Personnel:
OR OR
Open a Command window, click into it and type : <prompt> /opt/SUNWvts/bin/sunvts [Return]
SECTION 3 RUNNING THE TESTS D D D D D D Click to select the test(s) you want to run from window (3). You can choose either to select Default, None ,or All ,or directly suppress or select a single test. Choose or not to enable the intervention switch which allows to interrupt the tests before completion. You can select the option switch for single pass, quick test, verbose mode, etc... You can select schedule if you want to run the tests at certain times. You can select log files to view the errors. You can suspend a test or stop it.
To exit sundiag check on the quit key and confirm. Then after getting the grey screen press on the right button of the mouse to move the pointer forwards exit sunview and confirm. Running sundiag in its default mode may cause the floppy diskette test and the fstest test(s) to fail. These failures may indicate a setup error with sundiag (rather than a hardware problem).
429
TROUBLESHOOTING
Start the window manager /usr/openwin/bin/openwin [Return] (Sun 20 color monitor) OR /usr/openwin/bin/openwin dev /dev/fbs/md4sun0 [Return] (Megascan 2K monitor, upgrades from ARS2.0 and AW3.0, Dome md4sun FB boards) /usr/openwin/bin/openwin dev /dev/fbs/md4sbx0 [Return] (Megascan 2K monitor, AW3.1 forward production, Dome md4sbx FB boards ) /usr/openwin/bin/openwin dev /dev/fbs/md5sbx0 [Return] (Barco 2.5K monitor, AW3.1 forward production, Dome md5sbx FB boards ) /usr/openwin/bin/openwin dev /dev/fbs/mdsun0.0 [Return] (Megascan 1K monitor, upgrades from ARS2.0 and AW3.0, Dome md2sun FB board)
OR
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
USING SUNVTS DIAGNOSTICS TOOL
Job Card TSG 005
2 of 2
For the floppy diskette test either insert a writeenabled floppy diskette into the floppy drive or disable the running of this test. For the fstest test(s) change the disk partition used by the test. To change this you select the Options... button to the right of the test to be modified and then set the Fstest Partition field to a specific partition. The partition used depends on the disk to be tested. For the test/disk (c0t0d0) fstest set the Fstest Partition field to a(0), Note: Current SUNVTS version may slightly differ from the illustration, but the principle is the same. Option switches of the disk test allow to select read/write or read only test. Running a read/write test may cause loss of data.
CAUTION
ILLUSTRATION 41 SUNVTS SCREEN.
TROUBLESHOOTING
430
GE Medical Systems
REV 8

Purpose: TROUBLE SHOOTING PHYSICAL NETWORK PROBLEMS
Job Card TSG 006

Version No.: Date:
1 of 2
Time:
Personnel:
SECTION 1 MONITORING COMMAND Note: Note: D Login as root or switch user to root (su - root) to use the following commands. Internet numbers in text are used for example ONLY. Use internet numbers for your specific network. Ping: connection test ping 192.9.200.1 [Return] 192.9.200.1 is alive ping 192.9.200.3 [Return] 192.9.200.3 is alive (internet address) (ones own address) (Ethernet port test including transceiver.)
Spray: monitor network efficiency spray 192.9.200.1 [Return] sending 1162 packet of Inth 86 to mr01_oc0 in X.X seconds elapsed time XXX packets (XX%) dropped Sent: XXX packets/sec, XX.X Kbytes/sec Revd: XXX packets/sec, XX.X Kbytes/sec.
Note:
A large percentage of dropped packages is not significant of network problems. It can be due to a heavy activity of the network or the workstation that you spray. Hosts are not updated in the /etc/inet/hosts file but can be found in the /export/home/sdc/Prefs/SdCRHosts file. For this reason, it is not possible to use ping, telnet, spray and similar commands using the hostname. The internet address must be used instead. For example, to ping the MR operators console from the Advantage workstation, do not use ping MR01_OC0. Instead, use: /usr/sbin/ping 192.9.200.1 [Return].
Note:
431
TROUBLESHOOTING
Telnet: open a session on remote machine (e.g) (get the date from OC console through the network Job id = 13) telnet 192.9.200.1 13[Return] Trying 192.9.200.1 Connected to mr01oc0 Escape character is ^]. Date Connection closed by foreign host.
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
TROUBLE SHOOTING PHYSICAL NETWORK PROBLEMS
Job Card TSG 006
2 of 2
Note:
In case of images transfert problem during query / retreive from AW3.1 to a remote host when selecting patient transfer, (the transfert failed with error message related to the host declaration) and successfull transfer when selecting series transfer, check the provider type screen, in network management. (refer to IST 002 section 4.3). D Rup: connected machines up time and load average rup [Return] 192.9.100.4 up 1 day, 21:00 load average 0.00 0.00 0.02 192.9.100.2 up 1 day, 2:50 load average 0.21 0.00 0.03 ........... <CTRLC> to exit Rusers: name of users logged in on remote machines rusers [Return] Sending broadcast for rusersd protocol version X... 3.7.24.115.128.6 root root 3.7.24.114.128.1 sdc sdc sdc ........... <CTRLC> to exit. Arp: current internettoethernet address translation of connected machines arp a [Return] Net to Media Table Device IP Address Mask Flags Phys Addr hme0 3.7.24.7 255.255.255.255 08:00:20:00:37:24 le0 3.7.24.61 255.255.255.255 08:00:20:1d:a4:27 ........... Ifconfig: get internet (inet) address, netmask value, broadcast ifconfig hme0 [Return] le0 flags=863<UP,BROADCAST,NOTRAILER,RUNNING,MULTICAST> mtu 1500 inet 192.9.100.4 netmask ffffff00 broadcast 192.9.100.255 ether 8:0:20:10:38:9d
TROUBLESHOOTING
SECTION 2 USING SUNVTS DIAGNOSTICS (see Job Card TSG005) D D D Select (le0) on window 4. Monitor activity on window 2. Read errors on window 1 + window 3 if verbose mode (option key) selected.
432
GE Medical Systems
REV 8

Purpose: HOOKING UP LAPTOP AS A TERMINAL FOR DIAGNOSTICS
Job Card TSG 007

Version No.: Date:
1 of 4
Time:
Personnel: 1
SECTION 1 EQUIPMENT NEEDED D D D AT to Modem cable : DB9 female / DB25 male Null modem adapter : DB25 male / DB25 female GE Field Laptop
SECTION 2 EQUIPMENT CONNECTION SparcStation A Serial Ports 25p 9p Laptop Mouse Port
TROUBLESHOOTING
Null Modem adapter
AT to Modem cable 25p
D D D D Note:
Shutdown and turn OFF workstation Disconnect Modem (if applicable). Connect cable(s) from AR CPU box ttya/ttyb (labelled A or B) to Laptop Mouse port as shown above. Disconnect the SparcStation Keyboard cable. Workstations Serial Port may be set up for RS423 (US) instead of RS232. Refer to Ultra1 Service manual 2159461100 , Section 1012, or Ultra2 Service manual 2211583100 , Section C.5.1 to move J2104 and J2105 jumpers to RS232 position .
SECTION 3 LAPTOP SET UP 1. Turn ON Laptop 2. Open Windows on Laptop 3. Select Accessories group 4. Select Terminal then Setting on the Menu Bar 5. Move down to Terminal emulation and select DEC VT100 mode (Click on OK)
433
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
HOOKING UP LAPTOP AS A TERMINAL FOR DIAGNOSTICS
Job Card TSG 007
2 of 4
6. Select Setting on the Menu Bar 7. Move down to Communications and Select the following parameters (Click on OK): Connectors : COM1 Baud Rate : 9600 Data Bits : 8 Parity : None Flow Control : XON / XOFF Stop Bits : 1 8. Select Setting on the Menu Bar 9. Select Terminal Preferences 10. Deselect the checkbox at the very bottom of the window labeled : Use function, Arrow, and Crtl Keys for Windows (Click on OK) SECTION 4 TEST PROCEDURE
TROUBLESHOOTING
1. Cycle power on AW CPU box and monitor. If monitor is working, you will see the message no keyboard present, switching to tty for input and output flashing on and off for a few seconds. Boot messages will appear on Laptop terminal. Frame buffer will not be seen in boot up script as IO is through ttya/ttyb. 2. You cannot run openwin with this arrangement but you can run sunvts diagnostics. The screen gets a bit garbled with the terminal. To run diags : Login as root : root [Return] setenv TERM vt100 [Return] clear [Return] cd /opt/SUNWvts/bin [Return] sunvts [Return] Hold down <Control> and <L> keys to redraw menu Disable diskette test by typing : diskette [Return] Type o to get into options menu and q to enable quick test then d when done. Type s to start testing, type a to see status menu.
434
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
Job Card TSG 007
3 of 4
Note:
If you want to avoid running sunvts, frame buffer test can be run as command line argument. You must still be root and under /opt/SUNWvts/bin to run this test which lasts around 2 minutes. ./cg14test D=/dev/fbs/cgfourteen0 [Return] To look at error logs : cd /var/adm/sunvtslog [Return] more sunvts.err [Return] OR more sunvts.info [Return]
435
TROUBLESHOOTING
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
Job Card TSG 007
4 of 4
Blank page
TROUBLESHOOTING
436
GE Medical Systems
REV 8

Purpose: CREATE A JUMPSTART DISKETTE
Job Card TSG 008

Version No.: Date:
1 of 4
Time:
Personnel: 1
SECTION 1 FOREWORD It may happen, when attempting to do a Load From Cold (O.S + Application SW load), to find out that the Jumpstart diskette has been lost or corrupted. If you are close to another site with a similar equipment, you can make a Jumpstart floppy from the workstation over there, by simply login as root and running the ./prepare.jumpstart utility under /export/home directory. If you do not easily have access to another workstation, follow the procedure below in order to build one from a blank floppy. Note: Jumpstart floppy diskettes are not compatible from one system to another. This means that if you can use a Jumpstart diskette made at another workstation, you cannot use one made from a different system. e.g : Do not use an AW3.0 Jumpstart with an AW3.1 system, etc ...
Note: D D
Make sure the software release is the same as the one needed to reload your workstation. Insert blank floppy into drive Switch user to root su root [Return] password : operator [Return] change to /export/home directory : cd /export/home [Return] Run the prepare.jumpstart script: # ./prepare.jumpstart [Return] Enter a floppy disk and type Enter : [Return] Do you want to format the floppy (y/n)? y [Return] Press Return to start formatting the floppy [Return] ...................................... ......................................
D D
Your Jumpstart floppy is ready. It is ejected from the drive. SECTION 3 PREPARE JUMPSTART FROM ANY OPERATIONAL AW WORKSTATION This procedure helps you create a jumpstart diskette from any other workstation (AW1.2 , AW2.0 etc ...) if you just have the AW 3.1 application Cdrom available.
437
TROUBLESHOOTING
SECTION 2 PREPARE JUMPSTART FROM AN OPERATIONAL AW3.1 WORKSTATION
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
CREATE A JUMPSTART DISKETTE
Job Card TSG 008
2 of 4
D D
Insert blank floppy into drive Switch user to root su root [Return] password : operator [Return] insert the AW3.1 application Cdrom into the drive and mount it mount rF hsfs /dev/dsk/c0t6d0s0 /mnt [Return] Check that the cdrom is correctly mounted and that awsoft.tar is available ls al /mnt [Return] ............................... rwrr 1 sdc informix XXXXXXXX Date ............................... Untar the /mnt/awsoft.tar file into the /tmp directory cd /tmp [Return] tar xvf /mnt/awsoft.tar [Return] ............................... tar: jumpstart.tar : owner not changed x prepare.jumpstart, XXXX bytes, XX tape blocs tar : problem reading passwd entry tar : prepare.jumpstart : owner not changed ............................... Run the prepare.jumpstart script: # ./prepare.jumpstart [Return] Enter a floppy disk and type Enter : [Return] Do you want to format the floppy (y/n)? y [Return] Press Return to start formatting the floppy [Return] ...................................... ......................................
D D
awsoft.tar
TROUBLESHOOTING
Your Jumpstart floppy is ready. It is ejected from the drive. D Umount and eject the Cdrom cd [Return] eject cdrom [Return] The /tmp directory will be cleaned up at the next reboot.
Note:
SECTION 4 PREPARE JUMPSTART FROM A DOWN AW3.1 WORKSTATION In order to build a Jumpstart diskette from a down system (for example if the System disk has been replaced or reformatted), you have to start the Load From Cold procedure as usual, and as instructed by Chapter 1, IST011 Job Card, give some of the missing information usually extracted from the Jumpstart diskette, and load from the Solaris Cdrom, the basic UNIX needed to be able to mount the AW application Cdrom, which contains the prepare.jumpstart script. Then with your new Jumpstart diskette ready, you will have to resart a complete Load From Cold sequence.
438
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
Job Card TSG 008
3 of 4
Refer to Chapter 1, Job Card IST011 to start the Load From Cold procedure. Note: If you have already started the Load From Cold procedure and found out that the Jumpstart floppy is defective: message: Searching for Jumstart directory ...not found instead of the normal message displayed when the installation program starts to read from the floppy: message: Searching for Jumstart directory ...pcfs : disk not in DOS format ! using floppy you will get to some unusual menus from the Suninstall program requesting that you enter additional information. If you simply dont have a Jumpstart floppy available, insert a blank floppy into the drive and start the Load From Cold procedure as usual, until you get to the above mentionned additional menus. Note: Note : For configurations using Megascan monitors, as Openwin (windows manager) is not running at the Load From Cold, you must adapt the following procedure by pressing on the right key instead (F2 ; F4) when requested to click on Continue. Install Solaris software Initial menu: click on Continue. Upgrade System menu: Make sure Initial is selected then click on Continue. System Type menu: Make sure Standalone is selected then click on Continue. Software menu: Make sure End User System support is selected then click on Continue. Disks menu: Select the first disk (c0t0d0) by clicking on the Available Disks window, to highlight, then click on Add. Click on Continue. Preserve Data menu: Make sure not to select preserve data then click on Continue. Auto Layout menu: Click on Auto Layout then click on Continue. Auto Layout Filesystems menu: Click on Continue. Filesystem and disk layout menu: Click on Continue. Mount remote filesystem menu: Make sure not to select remote mount then click on Continue. Profile menu: Click on Begin Install . Auto Reboot menu: Select Auto Reboot and click on Continue Wait for the Installation complete message and the workstation to reboot. When this is done, you will be prompted to enter a password for root. Press on the [Return] key twice. The boot sequence will complete until the login prompt is displayed : <machine_name> console login : Login as root : <machine_name> console login : root [Return]
TROUBLESHOOTING
439
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
Job Card TSG 008
4 of 4
At the # prompt, type in : # eject cdrom [Return] Remove the Solaris Cdrom and insert the AW application Cdrom. Wait for a few seconds and make sure the Cdrom has been automounted by the Volume Manager : # volcheck [Return] # mount [Return] You should read a line related to the Cdrom like : /cdrom/xx on /vol/dev/dsk/c0t6 Change to the /tmp directory : # cd /tmp [Return] Untar the awsoft.tar file: # tar xvf /cdrom/phoenix/awsoft.tar [Return] Stop the Volume Manager: # /etc/rc2.d/S92volmgt stop [Return] Make sure the prepare.jumpstart script is executable: # chmod 777 prepare.jumpstart [Return]
TROUBLESHOOTING
xxxxx
Run the prepare.jumpstart script: # ./prepare.jumpstart [Return] Enter a floppy disk and type Enter : [Return] Do you want to format the floppy (y/n)? y [Return] Press Return to start formatting the floppy [Return] ...................................... ...................................... Your Jumpstart floppy is ready. It is ejected from the drive. When this is done, halt the workstation: # halt [Return]
Restart the Load From Cold procedure from the beginning, using your new Jumpstart floppy, and as instructed by the appropriate Service Manual.
440
GE Medical Systems
REV 8

Purpose: LOGFILES INFORMATION
Job Card TSG 009

Version No.: Date:
1 of 32
Time:
Personnel:
SECTION 1 LOGFILES 1.1 Logfiles list Logfiles can be found under /export/home/sdc/logfiles directory, or accessed directly through the Maintenance menu. The size of each logfiles may be different from those of your workstation. D Change to the logfiles directory and list contents : cd /export/home/sdc/logfiles [Return] ls la [Return] rwrr 1 sdc rwrr 1 sdc rwrr 1 sdc rwrr 1 sdc rwrr 1 sdc rwrr 1 sdc rwrr 1 sdc rwrr 1 sdc rwrr 1 sdc rwrr 1 sdc rwrr 1 sdc rwrr 1 sdc rwrr 1 sdc rwrwrw 1 root rwrr 1 sdc rwrr 1 sdc rwrr 1 sdc rwrr 1 sdc rwrr 1 sdc rwrr 1 sdc rwrwrw 1 sdc rwrr 1 sdc rwrwrw 1 root rwrr 1 sdc rwrr 1 sdc informix 2678 Sep 12 10:07 aqslog informix 2977 Sep 12 10:07 arslog informix 7414 Sep 12 11:47 awalog informix 30361 Sep 12 08:47 booklog informix 185443 Sep 12 11:47 browserlog informix 2678 Sep 12 10:07 daslog informix 296978 Sep 12 10:07 dasmlog informix 2495 Sep 12 10:07 dbrlog informix 2829 Sep 12 11:18 dbwlog informix 2766 Sep 12 10:07 dcslog informix 46532 Sep 12 11:05 film_composerlog informix 12692 Sep 12 11:05 importimagelog informix 14652 Sep 12 11:05 imslog other 2144 Sep 12 03:22 inst_startlog informix 200 Sep 12 11:43 logoutlog informix 4838 Sep 12 10:32 miniviewerlog informix 1188 Sep 12 10:32 mosaicDisplaylog informix 8466 Sep 12 10:56 netlog informix 2678 Sep 12 10:07 olvlog informix 1991 Sep 12 10:07 prslog informix 468180 Sep 12 03:22 reinstall_database.log informix 862085 Sep 12 11:48 reviewStationlog informix 5188 Sep 12 10:32 sdcapplog informix 7184 Sep 12 10:32 sessionManagerlog informix 546 Sep 12 10:25 testclientlog
441
TROUBLESHOOTING
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
LOGFILES INFORMATION
Job Card TSG 009
2 of 32
Use either the more command if you want to read page by page the whole contents of the file, or the tail command, (or tail n , n being the number of lines you want to read), to see the most recent messages logged. e.g : more netlog [Return] tail dbrlog [Return] tail n aqslog [Return] or (last 10 lines) or (last n lines)
Note:
You can as well use the command display_logfile f <logfile_name> which also takes in account and packages for easier readind the older compressed logfiles (e.g : browserlog.WedSep1715:15:04.Z ) e.g : display_logfile f netlog [Return]
Note:
Logfiles are periodically cleaned. It means that as soon as they grow up over a certain size, they are emptied into a dated and compressed file ( i.e : dbrlog >>> dbrlog.FriSep615:15:04.Z). These compressed files are erased every fifth day. To read a file, uncompress it first then read using more or tail commands as shown above: uncompress XXlog.Date.Z [Return] e.g : uncompress dbrlog.FriSep615:15:04.Z [Return]
TROUBLESHOOTING
more XXlog.Date [Return] e.g : more dbrlog.FriSep615:15:04 [Return] 1.2 Logfiles explanation The first lines with the ## signs describe the system which the logfile is extracted from and the date and time of process start. e.g : ## process: arslog ## date of creation: Fri Sep 12 08:32:39 1997 ## hospital name: BUC_ENG ## hostname: SdC ## operating system: SunOS ## operating system release: 5.5.1 ## operating system version: Generic ## machine hardware: sun4u ################################################################################ ## date of process start: Fri Sep 12 08:32:39 1997 ################################################################################
442
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
Job Card TSG 009
3 of 32
AQSLOG : Acqusition Server Log
This logfile gives information about the server used to receive Genesis format images . The following is an example of the messages you can read in this file : MESSAGE from aqserver AQSserver MESSAGE from aqserver AQSserver MESSAGE from aqserver GENserver MESSAGE from aqserver GENserver MESSAGE from aqserver MESSAGE from aqserver D 574>> Fri Sep 12 08:32:39 1997 [Server]> initialization in progress for port 574>> Fri Sep 12 08:32:39 1997 [Server]> ...initialization completed for port 574>> Fri Sep 12 08:32:39 1997 [Server]> initialization in progress for port 574>> Fri Sep 12 08:32:39 1997 [Server]> ...initialization completed for port 574>> Fri Sep 12 08:35:18 1997 [Server]> Caught signal : 2 574>> Fri Sep 12 08:35:18 1997 [Server]> terminated
ARSLOG : Archive Server Log
This logfile gives information about the PIONEER Genesis MOD server. The following is an example of the messages you can read in this file : MESSAGE from arserver ARSserver MESSAGE from arserver ARSserver MESSAGE from arserver ARSserver MESSAGE from arserver ARSserver MESSAGE from arserver MESSAGE from arserver
TROUBLESHOOTING
622>> Fri Sep 12 08:32:39 1997 [Server]> initialization in progress for port 622>> Fri Sep 12 08:32:39 1997 [Server]> ...initialization completed for port 622>> Fri Sep 12 08:32:39 1997 [Server]> initialization in progress for port 622>> Fri Sep 12 08:32:39 1997 [Server]> ...initialization completed for port 622>> Fri Sep 12 08:35:18 1997 [Server]> Caught signal : 2 5622>> Fri Sep 12 08:35:18 1997 [Server]> terminated
443
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
Job Card TSG 009
4 of 32
AWALOG :
This logfile gives information about all actions done in the Control Panel of the VIEWER. The following is an example of the messages you can read in this file : MESSAGE from awa 837>> Fri Sep 12 08:36:11 1997 DisplayDefaultFile is : /export/home/sdc/Prefs/CurrentProtocols/DisplayDefault MESSAGE from awa 837>> Fri Sep 12 09:43:18 1997 Internal error in awa (signal SIGSEGV)... MESSAGE from awa 837>> Fri Sep 12 09:43:18 1997 main + 0x6fc [/export/home/sdc/bin/awa] MESSAGE from awa 837>> Fri Sep 12 09:43:18 1997 main + 0x6e4 [/export/home/sdc/bin/awa] MESSAGE from awa 837>> Fri Sep 12 09:43:18 1997 _setuid + 0x60 [/usr/lib/libc.so.1] MESSAGE from awa 837>> Fri Sep 12 09:43:18 1997 _XtMatchAtom + 0x3fc [/usr/openwin/lib/libXt.so.4] MESSAGE from awa 837>> Fri Sep 12 09:43:18 1997 _XtMatchAtom + 0x9e4 [/usr/openwin/lib/libXt.so.4] MESSAGE from awa 837>> Fri Sep 12 09:43:18 1997 _XtTranslateEvent + 0x78 [/usr/openwin/lib/libXt.so.4] MESSAGE from awa 837>> Fri Sep 12 09:43:18 1997 _XtFreeWWTable + 0x594 [/usr/openwin/lib/libXt.so.4] MESSAGE from awa 837>> Fri Sep 12 09:43:18 1997 _XtOnGrabList + 0x414 [/usr/openwin/lib/libXt.so.4] MESSAGE from awa 837>> Fri Sep 12 09:43:18 1997 XtDispatchEvent + 0x48 [/usr/openwin/lib/libXt.so.4] MESSAGE from awa 837>> Fri Sep 12 09:43:18 1997 XtAppMainLoop + 0x10 [/usr/openwin/lib/libXt.so.4] MESSAGE from awa 837>> Fri Sep 12 09:43:18 1997 main + 0x59c [/export/home/sdc/bin/awa] MESSAGE from awa 837>> Fri Sep 12 09:43:18 1997 _start + 0xdc [/export/home/sdc/bin/awa] MESSAGE from awa 837>> Fri Sep 12 09:43:18 1997 MESSAGE from awa 1156>> Fri Sep 12 10:08:11 1997 DisplayDefaultFile is : /export/home/sdc/Prefs/CurrentProtocols/DisplayDefault MESSAGE from awa 7493>> Wed Oct 22 11:32:37 1997 Open file /export/home/sdc/Prefs/Protocols/.index for read failed: 2 MESSAGE from awa 7493>> Wed Oct 22 11:32:39 1997 Open file /export/home/sdc/Prefs/ExamCodes for read failed: 2 MESSAGE from awa 7493>> Wed Oct 22 11:32:39 1997 Open file /export/home/sdc/Prefs/Sessions/CurrentSession for read failed: 2 MESSAGE from awa 7493>> Wed Oct 22 11:32:39 1997 Protocole file is : /export/home/sdc/Prefs/CurrentProtocols/DisplayDefault
TROUBLESHOOTING
444
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
Job Card TSG 009
5 of 32
BOOKLOG : Scrap Book Log
This logfile gives information about the ScrapBook. The following is an example of the messages you can read in this file : MESSAGE from book 840>> Fri Sep 12 08:36:33 1997 Scrapbook started MESSAGE from book 840>> Fri Sep 12 08:36:33 1997 nb_files is 1 MESSAGE from book 840>> Fri Sep 12 08:36:33 1997 filenames[0] : /export/home/sdc/appdefaults/formats/camera.fmt MESSAGE from book 840>> Fri Sep 12 08:36:33 1997 [Client]> The request manager has been started MESSAGE from book 840>> Fri Sep 12 08:36:33 1997 Enter in startCreateSB MESSAGE from book 840>> Fri Sep 12 08:36:33 1997 Enter in removeDrop MESSAGE from book 840>> Fri Sep 12 08:36:33 1997 Try to reserve space MESSAGE from book 840>> Fri Sep 12 08:36:33 1997 Enter in getSpaceStatusOk_CB MESSAGE from book 840>> Fri Sep 12 08:36:33 1997 Enter in setDirDrop MESSAGE from book 840>> Fri Sep 12 08:36:33 1997 Enter in finishCreateSB MESSAGE from book 840>> Fri Sep 12 08:36:33 1997 unpopupBusyMess MESSAGE from book 840>> Fri Sep 12 08:36:33 1997 Enter in declareDrop MESSAGE from book 840>> Fri Sep 12 08:36:33 1997 Succeded in reserving Space, the path is: /export/home1/sdc_image_pool/reserved/IMSseAAAa000Cy MESSAGE from book 840>> Fri Sep 12 08:36:38 1997 popupBusyMess MESSAGE from book 840>> Fri Sep 12 08:36:38 1997 Try to reserve space MESSAGE from book 840>> Fri Sep 12 08:36:38 1997 Enter in getDirDrop MESSAGE from book 840>> Fri Sep 12 08:36:38 1997 Enter in getSpaceStatusOk_CB MESSAGE from book 840>> Fri Sep 12 08:36:38 1997 Success in ChangeFormatToSmaller space MESSAGE from book 840>> Fri Sep 12 08:36:38 1997 Enter in removeDrop MESSAGE from book 840>> Fri Sep 12 08:36:38 1997 Enter in declareDrop MESSAGE from book 840>> Fri Sep 12 08:36:38 1997 End of finishReserveDrop, before OK MESSAGE from book 840>> Fri Sep 12 08:36:53 1997 Try to declareImageFromResSpace MESSAGE from book 840>> Fri Sep 12 08:36:53 1997 Try to FREE reserved space MESSAGE from book 840>> Fri Sep 12 08:36:53 1997 Enter in startCreateSB MESSAGE from book 840>> Fri Sep 12 08:36:54 1997 Enter in setDirDrop MESSAGE from book 840>> Fri Sep 12 08:36:54 1997 Enter in finishCreateSB
445
TROUBLESHOOTING
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
Job Card TSG 009
6 of 32
BROWSERLOG :
This logfile gives information about requests made to the browser such as selecting a patient and opening the viewer, or receiving images and also returns of requests to servers . The following is an example of the messages you can read in this file : MESSAGE from browser 582>> Fri Sep 12 08:32:42 1997 [Client]> The request manager has been started MESSAGE from browser 582>> Fri Sep 12 08:32:43 1997 browserResources.imageDoubleClick == True. MESSAGE from browser 582>> Fri Sep 12 08:32:43 1997 browserResources.seriesDoubleClick == True. MESSAGE from browser 582>> Fri Sep 12 08:32:45 1997 Loading registered filters. MESSAGE from browser 582>> Fri Sep 12 08:32:45 1997 Filter name = MESSAGE from browser 582>> Fri Sep 12 08:32:45 1997 End of loading of registered filters. MESSAGE from browser 582>> Fri Sep 12 08:32:46 1997 Loading preferences. MESSAGE from browser 582>> Fri Sep 12 08:32:46 1997 End of loading of preferences. MESSAGE from browser 582>> Fri Sep 12 08:32:47 1997 NetworkSdc::initRequest : Brw_ServiceCode = 26, code = 1505, NO FILTER. Host name : SdC MESSAGE from browser 582>> Fri Sep 12 08:32:47 1997 NetworkSdc::initRequest : Brw_ServiceCode = 0, code = 1002, NO FILTER. Host name : SdC MESSAGE from browser 582>> Fri Sep 12 08:32:49 1997 AacceptDrop returns A_Ok for remote Host button : 1 MESSAGE from browser 582>> Fri Sep 12 08:32:49 1997 AacceptDrop returns A_Ok for remote Host button : 123AbCdEf892345 MESSAGE from browser 582>> Fri Sep 12 08:32:49 1997 AacceptDrop SUCCESSFULL for Main Trash. MESSAGE from browser 582>> Fri Sep 12 08:32:51 1997 MainBrowser::startMosaic : invocation string for Mosaic = mosaicDisplay iconic parent mosaicWindow MESSAGE from browser 582>> Fri Sep 12 08:32:51 1997 Start of starting automatic applications start. MESSAGE from browser 582>> Fri Sep 12 08:32:51 1997 End of starting automatic applications start. MESSAGE from browser 582>> Fri Sep 12 08:33:01 1997 Sorting patient box by patient name. MESSAGE from browser 582>> Fri Sep 12 08:33:01 1997 MainDataManager::updateSdcSelectionFile: setCurrent Selection returns OK. MESSAGE from browser 582>> Fri Sep 12 08:33:01 1997 Sorting series box by series number. MESSAGE from browser 582>> Fri Sep 12 08:33:01 1997 Sorting images box by image number. MESSAGE from browser 582>> Fri Sep 12 08:33:01 1997 Saving preferences. MESSAGE from browser 582>> Fri Sep 12 08:33:01 1997 End of saving of preferences. MESSAGE from browser 805>> Fri Sep 12 08:37:30 1997 Browser receives SORT IMAGES OF SERIES request from application of pid 835 : MESSAGE from browser 805>> Fri Sep 12 08:37:30 1997 for series : /export/home1/sdc_image_pool/images/p10/e11/s198 MESSAGE from browser 805>> Fri Sep 12 08:37:30 1997 with image sort : Sort_Unknown MESSAGE from browser 805>> Fri Sep 12 08:37:30 1997 To answer request SORT IMAGES OF SERIES, no base access necessary : data in cache.
TROUBLESHOOTING
446
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
Job Card TSG 009
7 of 32
DASLOG : Dicom Archive Server
This logfile gives information about the Dicom Archive (MAXOPTIX Dicom MOD) Server. The following is an example of the messages you can read in this file : ################################################################################ ## date of process start: Wed Oct 22 11:15:04 1997 ################################################################################ MESSAGE from daserver 6338>> Wed Oct 22 11:15:04 1997 [Arserver]> Using DICOM as preferred save format. MESSAGE from daserver 6338>> Wed Oct 22 11:15:04 1997 [Server]> initialization in progress for port DASserver MESSAGE from daserver 6338>> Wed Oct 22 11:15:04 1997 [Server]> ...initialization completed for port DASserver MESSAGE from daserver 6338>> Wed Oct 22 11:18:10 1997 [Server]> Caught signal : 2 MESSAGE from daserver 6338>> Wed Oct 22 11:18:10 1997 [Server]> terminated ################################################################################ ## date of process start: Wed Oct 22 11:18:30 1997 ################################################################################ MESSAGE from daserver 6796>> Wed Oct 22 11:18:30 1997 [Arserver]> Using DICOM as preferred save format. MESSAGE from daserver 6796>> Wed Oct 22 11:18:30 1997 [Server]> initialization in progress for port DASserver MESSAGE from daserver 6796>> Wed Oct 22 11:18:30 1997 [Server]> ...initialization completed for port DASserver MESSAGE from daserver 6796>> Wed Oct 22 11:20:54 1997 [Server]> Caught signal : 2 MESSAGE from daserver 6796>> Wed Oct 22 11:20:54 1997 [Server]> terminated ################################################################################ ## date of process start: Wed Oct 22 11:29:26 1997 ################################################################################ MESSAGE from arsjob 7475>> Wed Oct 22 11:29:26 1997 [Arserver]> init of arsjob connected to NETserver MESSAGE from arsjob 7475>> Wed Oct 22 11:29:27 1997 [Arserver]> Resetting ARS MESSAGE from daserver 7468>> Wed Oct 22 11:29:29 1997 [Arserver]> Hello, Im the archive server, still alive on host <host_name>
447
TROUBLESHOOTING
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
Job Card TSG 009
8 of 32
DASMLOG : Filming Interface
This logfile gives information about all access done to the DASM Filming Interface. The following is an example of the messages you can read in this file : Note : This logfile is factory set to non verbose mode. When debug information are needed, it should be set to verbose mode. To do this, switch user to root and run : /export/home/sdc/scripts/config.dasm debug [Return] MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:22 1997 logErrorCode: code 301 severity 0 > OK MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:22 1997 writeStdout: Write STDOUT code 301 MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:22 1997 main: filename passed in the arguments : /export/home/sdc/film/img0a000I_ MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:22 1997 main: opening data file /export/home/sdc/film/img0a000I_ MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:22 1997 ************* START PRINTING /export/home/sdc/film/img0a000I_**************** MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:22 1997 setVendorBitsMESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:22 1997 sendCmdToDasm: command sent is SVB MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:22 1997 dasmWrite MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:22 1997 dasmRead MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:22 1997 getWaitRdyDelay: Time to avoid reading the rsp block too soon MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:22 1997 getWaitRdyDelay: 1 secs and 900 ms MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:23 1997 dasmRead MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:23 1997 set12LineBorder MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:23 1997 sendCmdToDasm: command sent is SBL MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:23 1997 dasmWrite MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:23 1997 dasmRead MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:23 1997 dasmRead MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:25 1997 setGreyscale ON MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:25 1997 sendCmdToDasm: command sent is SGY MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:25 1997 dasmWrite MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:25 1997 dasmRead MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:25 1997 dasmRead MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:26 1997 setBitMode: mode 8 bits MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:26 1997 sendCmdToDasm: command sent is WIM MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:26 1997 dasmWrite MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:26 1997 dasmRead MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:27 1997 dasmRead MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:27 1997 setLut MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:27 1997 sendCmdToDasm: command sent is LUT MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:27 1997 dasmWrite MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:27 1997 dasmRead MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:27 1997 dasmRead MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:28 1997 allocateImager
TROUBLESHOOTING
448
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
Job Card TSG 009
9 of 32
MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:28 1997 sendCmdToDasm: command sent is ALI MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:28 1997 dasmWrite MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:28 1997 dasmRead MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:29 1997 dasmRead MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:30 1997 analyseRsp(ALI): string returned by the camera > PAS MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:30 1997 analyseRsp(ALI): PAS (Command passed) MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:30 1997 requestStatus MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:30 1997 sendCmdToDasm: command sent is RQS MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:30 1997 dasmWrite MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:30 1997 dasmRead MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:30 1997 dasmRead MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:32 1997 analyseRsp(RQS): string returned by the camera > STA, 1,RDY MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:32 1997 analyseRsp(RQS): STA (Request status response) MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:32 1997 analyseStaRsp: Ready the imager can accept any command MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:32 1997 analyseAlmRsp: Alarm not logged for the cmd RQS : ALM 1 MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:32 1997 logErrorCode: code 1 severity 0 > Camera Is Ready MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:32 1997 setMach MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:32 1997 sendCmdToDasm: command sent is MCH MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:32 1997 dasmWrite MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:32 1997 dasmRead MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:32 1997 dasmRead MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:34 1997 analyseRsp(MCH): string returned by the camera > PAS MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:34 1997 analyseRsp(MCH): PAS (Command passed) MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:34 1997 clearImage: image id = 1 MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:34 1997 sendCmdToDasm: command sent is CLR MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:34 1997 dasmWrite MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:34 1997 dasmRead MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:34 1997 dasmRead MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:36 1997 analyseRsp(CLR): string returned by the camera > PAS MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:36 1997 analyseRsp(CLR): PAS (Command passed) MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:36 1997 loadImageData: img.image_sx=512 MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:36 1997 loadImageData: img.image_sy=512 MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:36 1997 loadImageData: img.image_psize=0.000000 MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:36 1997 loadImageData: store zoomd = 0 & zoomh =0 MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:36 1997 setZoomd
449
TROUBLESHOOTING
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
Job Card TSG 009
10 of 32
MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:36 1997 setZoomf MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:36 1997 loadImageData: loading file /export/home/sdc/film/img0a000I_ MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:36 1997 loadImageData: Ring buffering is activated MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:36 1997 loadIntoRingBuffer: Entering Ring buffer loop MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:36 1997 getDasmMemorySize: default dasm buffer size = 510 (blocks) MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:36 1997 sendCmdToDasm: command sent is CON MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:36 1997 dasmWrite MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:36 1997 dasmRead MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:37 1997 dasmRead MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:37 1997 getDasmMemorySize: dasm memory size = 2048 (blocks) MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:37 1997 getDasmMemorySize: dasm buffer size = 2046 (blocks) MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:37 1997 loadIntoRingBuffer: Ring buffer size : 2046 (blocks) MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:37 1997 loadIntoRingBuffer: image_size = 262144 hdrlen = 280 MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:37 1997 lookUpId: images_id[0] = 1 MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:37 1997 loadIntoRingBuffer: fstart = 280 image_index = 0 image_size = 262144 MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:37 1997 loadIntoRingBuffer: tot_blocks = 512 blocks_completed = 0 MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:37 1997 loadIntoRingBuffer: start_block = 2 lcam_buf_size = 1047552 MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:37 1997 loadIntoRingBuffer: acquire_size = 262144 num_blocks = 512 MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:37 1997 dasmRead MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:37 1997 loadIntoRingBuffer: start acquire image[1] MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:37 1997 loadIntoRingBuffer: start addr = 2 num_blocks = 512 MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:37 1997 dasmWrite MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:37 1997 dasmRead MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:37 1997 loadIntoRingBuffer: acquire image[1] ok blocks_completed = 512 MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:37 1997 dasmRead MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:39 1997 loadIntoRingBuffer: end acquire image[1] MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:39 1997 analyseRsp(AQU): string returned by the camera > PAS MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:39 1997 analyseRsp(AQU): PAS (Command passed)
TROUBLESHOOTING
450
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
Job Card TSG 009
11 of 32
MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:39 1997 loadIntoRingBuffer: End of ring buffer loop err = 0 MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:39 1997 printFilm: format = 1 print_copies = 1 slide_option = 0 MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:39 1997 defineZone: read zoom value MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:39 1997 setZoomd MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:39 1997 setZoomf MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:39 1997 defineZone: format = 1 nb_zone = 1 nb_image_line 1 MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:39 1997 defineZone: setZoomd = 0.000000 , setZoomf = 0.000000 ........................................................... MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:39 1997 dasmWrite MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:39 1997 dasmRead MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:39 1997 dasmRead MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:41 1997 analyseRsp(RQS): string returned by the camera > STA, 1,RDY MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:41 1997 analyseRsp(RQS): STA (Request status response) MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:41 1997 analyseStaRsp: Ready the imager can accept any command MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:41 1997 analyseAlmRsp: Alarm not logged for the cmd RQS : ALM 1 MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:41 1997 logErrorCode: code 1 severity 0 > Camera Is Ready MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:41 1997 defineZone: images_id[0] = 1 MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:41 1997 sendCmdToDasm: command sent is DZO MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:41 1997 dasmWrite MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:41 1997 dasmRead MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:41 1997 dasmRead he camera > PTC MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:47 1997 analyseRsp(EXP): PTC (Print Completed) MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:47 1997 ******END OF PRINTING /export/home/sdc/film/img0a000I_******* MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:47 1997 logErrorCode: code 350 severity 0 > Print job complete MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:47 1997 writeStdout: Write STDOUT code 350 MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:47 1997 releaseDevice MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:47 1997 sendCmdToDasm: command sent is RLI MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:47 1997 dasmWrite MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:47 1997 dasmRead MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:47 1997 dasmRead MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:49 1997 dasmClose: status = 0 MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:49 1997 errorExit: THIS IS THE END MESSAGE from dasm 1213>> Tue Sep 23 14:38:49 1997 flushErrorCode: No error
451
TROUBLESHOOTING
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
Job Card TSG 009
12 of 32
DBRLOG : Database Read server
This logfile gives information about DATABASE in read mode. The following is an example of the messages you can read in this file : MESSAGE from dbrserver for port DBRserver MESSAGE from dbrserver for port DBRserver MESSAGE from dbrserver <station_name> MESSAGE from dbrserver MESSAGE from dbrserver MESSAGE from dbrserver D 567>> Fri Sep 12 08:32:37 1997 567>> Fri Sep 12 08:32:37 1997 585>> Fri Sep 12 08:32:39 1997 567>> Fri Sep 12 08:35:18 1997 567>> Fri Sep 12 08:35:18 1997 585>> Fri Sep 12 08:35:18 1997 [Server]> initialization in progress [Server]> ...initialization completed [DBServer]> Hello, Im alive on host [Server]> Caught signal : 2 [Server]> terminated [Server]> Caught signal : 2.
DBWLOG : Database Write server
This logfile gives information about DATABASE in write mode. The following is an example of the messages you can read in this file : MESSAGE from dbwserver 569>> Fri Sep 12 08:32:39 1997 [Server]> initialization in progress for port DBWserver MESSAGE from dbwserver 569>> Fri Sep 12 08:32:39 1997 [Server]> ...initialization completed for port DBWserver MESSAGE from dbwserver 608>> Fri Sep 12 08:32:51 1997 [DBServer]> initialization in progress... Clear session SUCCESSFUL. MESSAGE from dbwserver 608>> Fri Sep 12 08:35:18 1997 [Server]> Caught signal : 2. MESSAGE from dbwserver 569>> Fri Sep 12 08:35:18 1997 [Server]> Caught signal : 2 MESSAGE from dbwserver 569>> Fri Sep 12 08:35:18 1997 [Server]> terminated D DCSLOG : Dicom Server Log
TROUBLESHOOTING
This logfile gives information about the DICOM Server. The following is an example of the messages you can read in this file : MESSAGE from dcserver DCSserver MESSAGE from dcserver DCSserver MESSAGE from dcserver DCMserver MESSAGE from dcserver DCMserver MESSAGE from dcserver MESSAGE from dcserver 576>> Fri Sep 12 08:32:39 1997 [Server]> initialization in progress for port 576>> Fri Sep 12 08:32:39 1997 [Server]> ...initialization completed for port 576>> Fri Sep 12 08:32:39 1997 [Server]> initialization in progress for port 576>> Fri Sep 12 08:32:40 1997 [Server]> ...initialization completed for port 576>> Fri Sep 12 08:35:18 1997 [Server]> Caught signal : 2 576>> Fri Sep 12 08:35:18 1997 [Server]> terminated
452
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
Job Card TSG 009
13 of 32
DMSLOG : Dicom Media Server Log
This logfile gives information about the external CDR option and the internal Cdrom drive Server. The following is an example of the messages you can read in this file : MESSAGE from dmserver 3210>> Mon Apr 21 01:27:42 1997 [Server]> initialization in progress for port DMSserver MESSAGE from dmserver 3210>> Mon Apr 21 01:27:42 1997 [Server]> ...initialization completed for port DMSserver MESSAGE from dmserver 3256>> Mon Apr 21 01:31:12 1997 [PL]> Bad status in returned tuple MESSAGE from dmserver 3256>> Mon Apr 21 01:31:12 1997 [II]> No more disponible space on the current active space MESSAGE from dmserver 3256>> Mon Apr 21 01:31:12 1997 [PL]> no data in tuple read from mailbox MESSAGE from dmserver 3256>> Mon Apr 21 01:31:12 1997 [PL]> Cannot get space from IMS MESSAGE from dmserver 3256>> Mon Apr 21 01:31:12 1997 [II]> No more disponible space on the disk MESSAGE from dmserver 3258>> Mon Apr 21 01:31:17 1997 [PL]> Cannot get space from IMS /error record/ << 3258 >> Mesg in file dmscommand.c at line 798 code 20164 [DMServer]> Not enough space on disk // MESSAGE from dmserver 3260>> Mon Apr 21 01:31:19 1997 [PL]> no data in tuple read from mailbox MESSAGE from dmserver 3260>> Mon Apr 21 01:31:19 1997 [PL]> Cannot get space from IMS // MESSAGE from dmserver 3312>> Mon Apr 21 01:53:24 1997 [PL]> Bad status in returned tuple MESSAGE from dmserver 3312>> Mon Apr 21 01:53:24 1997 [II]> No more disponible space on the current active space MESSAGE from dmserver 3312>> Mon Apr 21 01:53:24 1997 [PL]> no data in tuple read from mailbox MESSAGE from dmserver 3312>> Mon Apr 21 01:53:24 1997 [PL]> Cannot get space from IMS MESSAGE from dmserver 3312>> Mon Apr 21 01:53:24 1997 [II]> No more disponible space on the d
453
TROUBLESHOOTING
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
Job Card TSG 009
14 of 32
FILM_COMPOSER_LOG :
This logfile gives information about all actions to the Film Composer. The following is an example of the messages you can read in this file : ################################################################################ ## date of process start: Wed Oct 22 17:42:46 1997 ################################################################################ MESSAGE from film_composer 27292>> Wed Oct 22 17:42:46 1997 MESSAGE from film_composer 27292>> Wed Oct 22 17:42:46 1997 ***** MESSAGE from film_composer 27292>> Wed Oct 22 17:42:46 1997 Film Composer started MESSAGE from film_composer 27292>> Wed Oct 22 17:42:46 1997 **** MESSAGE from film_composer 27292>> Wed Oct 22 17:42:46 1997 MESSAGE from film_composer 27292>> Wed Oct 22 17:42:47 1997 nb_format is 1 MESSAGE from film_composer 27292>> Wed Oct 22 17:42:47 1997 format_list[0] : /export/home/sdc/appdefaults/formats/camera.fmt MESSAGE from film_composer 27292>> Wed Oct 22 17:42:47 1997 nb_device is 1 MESSAGE from film_composer 27292>> Wed Oct 22 17:42:47 1997 device_list[0] : /export/home/sdc/appdefaults/devices/camera.dev MESSAGE from film_composer 27292>> Wed Oct 22 17:42:47 1997 nb_dicom is 2 MESSAGE from film_composer 27292>> Wed Oct 22 17:42:47 1997 dicom_list[0] : /export/home/sdc/Prefs/sdc32.dev MESSAGE from film_composer 27292>> Wed Oct 22 17:42:47 1997 dicom_list[1] : /export/home/sdc/Prefs/sdc4.dev MESSAGE from film_composer 27292>> Wed Oct 22 17:42:47 1997 MESSAGE from film_composer 27292>> Wed Oct 22 17:42:48 1997 using film_composer application name for AiM MESSAGE from film_composer 27292>> Wed Oct 22 17:42:48 1997 MESSAGE from film_composer 27292>> Wed Oct 22 17:42:48 1997 [Client]> The request manager has been started D IMPORTIMAGELOG : Image Server Log
TROUBLESHOOTING
This logfile gives information related to the IMAGE Server (image file management on disks). The following is an example of the messages you can read in this file : MESSAGE from importimage 3541>> Mon Apr 21 02:14:16 1997 [Client]> The request manager h as been started MESSAGE from importimage 3541>> Mon Apr 21 02:14:16 1997 > Start declaration of images MESSAGE from importimage 3541>> Mon Apr 21 02:14:17 1997 [Timer]> Proc
454
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
Job Card TSG 009
15 of 32
IMSLOG : Image Server Log
This logfile gives information related to the IMAGE Server (image file management on disks). The following is an example of the messages you can read in this file : MESSAGE from imserver 572>> Fri Sep 12 08:32:39 1997 [Server]> initialization in progress for port IMSserver MESSAGE from imserver 572>> Fri Sep 12 08:32:39 1997 [Server]> ...initialization completed for port IMSserver MESSAGE from imserver 572>> Fri Sep 12 08:32:39 1997 [Server]> Process executed for background management : 587 MESSAGE from imserver 600>> Fri Sep 12 08:35:18 1997 [Server]> Session terminated by peer MESSAGE from imserver 572>> Fri Sep 12 08:35:18 1997 [Server]> Caught signal : 2 MESSAGE from imserver 572>> Fri Sep 12 08:35:18 1997 [Server]> terminated MESSAGE from imserver 587>> Fri Sep 12 08:35:18 1997 [Server]> Caught signal : 2. MESSAGE from imserver 830>> Fri Sep 12 08:37:32 1997 [Network]> system error : /export/home1/sdc_image_pool/reserved/.IMSseCAAa000Cy : No such file or directory MESSAGE from imserver 830>> Fri Sep 12 08:37:32 1997 [Network]> system error : /export/home1/sdc_image_pool/reserved/.IMSseBAAa000Cy : No such file or directory MESSAGE from imserver 830>> Fri Sep 12 08:37:32 1997 [Network]> system error : /export/home1/sdc_image_pool/reserved/.IMSseEAAa000Cy : No such file or directory MESSAGE from imserver 848>> Fri Sep 12 08:56:36 1997 [Network]> WARNING !!! Unable To determine remoteversion MESSAGE from imserver 848>> Fri Sep 12 08:56:45 1997 [IMServer]> Patient/Exam/Series/Images pushed to remote host D INSTALLOG: Image Installation Log
This logfile gives information related to the IMAGE Installation Server (image file declaration into the Database). The following is an example of the messages you can read in this file : MESSAGE from install_image 10092>> Fri Sep 12 02:59:00 1997 progress... Clear session SUCCESSFUL. MESSAGE from install_image 10092>> Fri Sep 12 02:59:01 1997 declared successfully p1/e1/s1/i1.CTDC.1 MESSAGE from install_image 10092>> Fri Sep 12 02:59:01 1997 declared successfully p1/e1/s2/i2.CTDC.2 MESSAGE from install_image 10092>> Fri Sep 12 02:59:02 1997 declared successfully p1/e1/s2/i3.CTDC.3 MESSAGE from install_image 10092>> Fri Sep 12 02:59:02 1997 declared successfully p1/e1/s2/i4.CTDC.4 MESSAGE from install_image 10092>> Fri Sep 12 02:59:02 1997 declared successfully p1/e1/s2/i5.CTDC.5 MESSAGE from install_image 10092>> Fri Sep 12 02:59:02 1997 declared successfully p1/e1/s2/i6.CTDC.6 [DBServer]> initialization in
[INSTALL_IMAGES]> image [INSTALL_IMAGES]> image [INSTALL_IMAGES]> image [INSTALL_IMAGES]> image [INSTALL_IMAGES]> image [INSTALL_IMAGES]> image
455
TROUBLESHOOTING
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
Job Card TSG 009
16 of 32
INST_STARTLOG : Packages Installation Log
This logfile gives information related to the Packages Installation. The following is an example of the messages you can read in this file : uninstall_images.csh >> Fri Sep 12 02:48:37 MET DST 1997 >> ... Save image environnement. uninstall_images.csh >> Fri Sep 12 02:48:38 MET DST 1997 >> ...done. uninstall_sdc.csh >> Fri Sep 12 02:48:39 MET DST 1997 >> Uninstalling Advantage Windows Package. install_SdCpackages.csh >> Fri Sep 12 02:49:46 MET DST 1997 >> Environment package installation install_environment.csh >> Fri Sep 12 02:49:47 MET DST 1997 >> Decompressing environment package... install_environment.csh >> Fri Sep 12 02:49:51 MET DST 1997 >> ...done. install_environment.csh >> Fri Sep 12 02:49:51 MET DST 1997 >> Installing environment... install_environment.csh >> Fri Sep 12 02:50:04 MET DST 1997 >> ...done. install_environment.csh >> Fri Sep 12 02:50:04 MET DST 1997 >> Cleaning up ... install_environment.csh >> Fri Sep 12 02:50:06 MET DST 1997 >> ...done. install_SdCpackages.csh >> Fri Sep 12 02:50:06 MET DST 1997 >> SDC package installation install_sdc.csh >> Fri Sep 12 02:50:06 MET DST 1997 >> Installing Advantage Windows Package install_sdc.csh >> Fri Sep 12 02:50:06 MET DST 1997 >> Decompressing sdc package... install_sdc.csh >> Fri Sep 12 02:51:18 MET DST 1997 >> ...done. install_sdc.csh >> Fri Sep 12 02:51:22 MET DST 1997 >> Change sdc files owner install_sdc.csh >> Fri Sep 12 02:51:26 MET DST 1997 >> ...done. install_sdc.csh >> Fri Sep 12 02:51:26 MET DST 1997 >> Update ressource files install_SdCpackages.csh >> Fri Sep 12 02:53:16 MET DST 1997 >> DBMS package installation install_informix.csh >> Fri Sep 12 02:53:16 MET DST 1997 >> Decompressing informix package... install_informix.csh >> Fri Sep 12 02:53:26 MET DST 1997 >> ...done. install_informix.csh >> Fri Sep 12 02:53:26 MET DST 1997 >> Installing DBMS package... install_informix.csh >> Fri Sep 12 02:53:26 MET DST 1997 >> Change informix files owner install_informix.csh >> Fri Sep 12 02:53:27 MET DST 1997 >> ...done. install_images.csh >> Fri Sep 12 02:55:21 MET DST 1997 >> Installing images install_SdCpackages.csh >> Fri Sep 12 03:22:22 MET DST 1997 >> install_SdCpackages.csh >> Fri Sep 12 03:22:22 MET DST 1997 >> Advantage Windows installation complete. D
TROUBLESHOOTING
LOGOUTLOG :
This logfile gives information related to the Logout dates and time. The following is an example of the messages you can read in this file : Logging out..... Fri Sep 12 03:22:28 MET DST 1997 Logging out..... Fri Sep 12 03:23:36 MET DST 1997 Logging out..... Fri Sep 12 11:11:21 MET DST 1997 ln: cannot create /tmp/sdc: File exists No match find: cannot read dir /tmp/lp_spool: Permission denied
456
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
Job Card TSG 009
17 of 32
/export/home/sdc/logfiles/lpNetlog.TueOct2114:15:40: file unchanged /export/home/sdc/logfiles/lpschedlog.TueOct2114:15:40: file unchanged find: cannot open /export/home/sdc/import: No such file or directory /export/home/sdc/import/: No such file or directory /export/home/sdc/import/: No such file or directory find: cannot open /export/home/sdc/import: No such file or directory D MOSAICDISPLAYLOG :
This logfile gives information related to the Mosaic Display Viewer. The following is an example of the messages you can read in this file : MESSAGE from mosaicDisplay 6999>> Wed Sep 17 09:37:56 1997 Erreur dans le fichier boardMain Window.c (ligne 385), Ensure violation: a_topLevelShell.getMinWidth() == minimumSize().width() MESSAGE from mosaicDisplay 6999>> Wed Sep 17 09:37:56 1997 Erreur dans le fichier boardMain Window.c (ligne 386), Ensure violation: a_topLevelShell.getMinHeight() == minimumSize().height() MESSAGE from mosaicDisplay 6999>> Wed Sep 17 09:37:56 1997 Erreur dans le fichier boardMain Window.c (ligne 408), Ensure violation: a_topLevelShell.getMaxWidth() == maximumSize().width() MESSAGE from mosaicDisplay 6999>> Wed Sep 17 09:37:56 1997 Erreur dans le fichier boa rdMainWindow.c (ligne 409), Ensure violation: a_topLevelShell.getMaxHeight() == maximumSize ().height() MESSAGE from mosaicDisplay 6999>> Wed Sep 17 09:37:56 1997 Erreur dans le fichier boardMain Window.c (ligne 126), Ensure violation: ((a_size.isInside(a_maximumSize) && a_minimumSize.isInside (a_size)) && (a_topLevelShell.getMinWidth () == a_minimumSize.width ()) && (a_topLevelShell.get MinHeight() == a_minimumSize.height()) && (a_topLevelShell.getMaxWidth () == a_maximumSize.width ()) && (a_topLevelShell.getMaxHeight() == a_maximumSize.height()) &&(a_widget.getWidth () == a_size.width ()) && (a_widget.getHeight() == a_size.height())) MESSAGE from mosaicDisplay 7483>> Wed Oct 22 11:29:38 1997 SdCImageBView::setFloat(absZoomFactor) failure (ValueHandler::Undefined) MESSAGE from mosaicDisplay 7483>> Wed Oct 22 11:29:38 1997 SdCAnnotation::string getDescriptionOfSegment(32,0)[=shutter flag] failure (ValueHandler::Unvalued) MESSAGE from mosaicDisplay 7483>> Wed Oct 22 11:29:38 1997 SdCImageBView::setFloat(absZoomFactor) failure (ValueHandler::Undefined) MESSAGE from mosaicDisplay 7483>> Wed Oct 22 11:29:38 1997 SdCImageBView::setFloat(absZoomFactor) failure (ValueHandler::Undefined) MESSAGE from mosaicDisplay 7483>> Wed Oct 22 11:29:38 1997 SdCImageBView::setFloat(absZoomFactor) failure (ValueHandler::Undefined) MESSAGE from mosaicDisplay 7483>> Wed Oct 22 11:29:38 1997 SdCAnnotation::string getDescriptionOfSegment(32,0)[=shutter flag] failure (ValueHandler::Unvalued)
457
TROUBLESHOOTING
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
Job Card TSG 009
18 of 32
NETLOG : Network activity Log
This logfile gives information related to the Network server. The following is an example of the messages you can read in this file : MESSAGE from netserver 571>> Fri Sep 12 08:32:37 1997 [Netserver]> initialization in progress... MESSAGE from netserver 571>> Fri Sep 12 08:32:37 1997 [Netserver]> ...initialization completed. MESSAGE from netserver 565>> Fri Sep 12 08:32:37 1997 [Netserver]> attached to remote client 571 MESSAGE from netserver 571>> Fri Sep 12 08:32:37 1997 [Netserver]> Server ready to process envelopes. MESSAGE from netserver 571>> Fri Sep 12 08:32:38 1997 connect: No such file or directory MESSAGE from netserver 571>> Fri Sep 12 08:32:38 1997 [Network]> Unable to set connection DBWserver ( SdC ). MESSAGE from netserver 571>> Fri Sep 12 08:32:38 1997 [Netserver]> Server cant establish connection with service DBWserver host SdC. MESSAGE from netserver 565>> Fri Sep 12 08:35:18 1997 [Netserver]> Caught signal 2 MESSAGE from netserver 565>> Fri Sep 12 08:35:18 1997 [Netserver]> terminated. D OLVLOG : Online viewer Log
This logfile gives information related to the OnLine Viewer SiServer. The following is an example of the messages you can read in this file :
TROUBLESHOOTING
MESSAGE from siserver SISserver MESSAGE from siserver SISserver MESSAGE from siserver MESSAGE from siserver D
578>> Fri Sep 12 08:32:40 1997 [Server]> initialization in progress for port 578>> Fri Sep 12 08:32:40 1997 [Server]> ...initialization completed for port 578>> Fri Sep 12 08:35:18 1997 [Server]> Caught signal : 2 578>> Fri Sep 12 08:35:18 1997 [Server]> terminated
PRSLOG : Print Server Log
This logfile gives information related to the Print Server. The following is an example of the messages you can read in this file : MESSAGE from prserver 580>> Fri Sep 12 08:32:39 1997 [Server]> initialization in progress for port PRSserver MESSAGE from prserver 580>> Fri Sep 12 08:32:39 1997 [Server]> ...initialization completed for port PRSserver MESSAGE from prserver 580>> Fri Sep 12 08:35:18 1997 [Server]> Caught signal : 2 MESSAGE from prserver 580>> Fri Sep 12 08:35:18 1997 [Server]> terminated MESSAGE from prserver 7472>> Wed Oct 22 11:29:24 1997 [PRSserver]> Hello, Im the print server, still alive on host phoenix4 MESSAGE from prserver 7529>> Wed Oct 22 13:03:26 1997 [PRSserver]> Print job started Job 2 MESSAGE from prserver 7529>> Wed Oct 22 13:03:59 1997 [PRSserver]> The printer interface was unable to communicate with the filming device. Please check the camera and resume the print job in the Film Queue. MESSAGE from prserver 7594>> Wed Oct 22 13:08:16 1997 [PRSserver]> Print job started Job 2 MESSAGE from prserver 7594>> Wed Oct 22 13:08:38 1997 [PRSserver]> Film supply low MESSAGE from prserver 7594>> Wed Oct 22 13:09:44 1997 [PRSserver]> Completed print job: Job 2
458
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
Job Card TSG 009
19 of 32
REINSTALL_DATABASE.LOG : Recover Database Log
This logfile gives information related to the Print Server. The following is an example of the messages you can read in this file : tbmode: shared memory not initialized No match moving directory done deleteting $ROOT_IMAGE_DIR... deleteting done moving directory /export/home1/sdc_image_pool/buf_image moving directory done ...done. Customizing Informix configuration file tbconfig.sdc... dumb: Unknown terminal type ...done. Installing Informix... Killing Informix DBMS Engine... tbmode: shared memory not initialized ...done. Installing Advantage Windows Database... Creating CTMR_SdC Database... Database created. Started transaction. Table created. Index created. 1 row(s) inserted. Permission granted. Data committed. ...done. Loading stored procedures... Loading ./procedures/cleardatabase.sql... dbaccess ctmr_sdc_db ./procedures/cleardatabase.sql... Procedure created. Loading ./procedures/countimage.sql... dbaccess ctmr_sdc_db ./procedures/countimage.sql... Procedure created. Loading ./procedures/deleteexamfolder.sql... dbaccess ctmr_sdc_db ./procedures/deleteexamfolder.sql... Procedure created. Loading ./procedures/deleteimage.sql... dbaccess ctmr_sdc_db ./procedures/deleteimage.sql... Procedure created. .................................. numerous other procedures are created.
459
TROUBLESHOOTING
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
Job Card TSG 009
20 of 32
TROUBLESHOOTING
Loading ./procedures/getfolderid.sql... dbaccess ctmr_sdc_db ./procedures/getfolderid.sql... Procedure created. Loading ./procedures/getimageid.sql... dbaccess ctmr_sdc_db ./procedures/getimageid.sql... Procedure created. Loading ./procedures/getorimageid.sql... dbaccess ctmr_sdc_db ./procedures/getorimageid.sql... Procedure created. Loading ./procedures/getoripatientid.sql... dbaccess ctmr_sdc_db ./procedures/getoripatientid.sql... stty: : Invalid argument stty: : Invalid argument chmod: WARNING: cant change /export/home1/sdc_image_pool/informix Killing Informix DBMS Engine... stty: : Invalid argument tbmode: shared memory not initialized W/L force mode: 0 Histogram threshold: 0.050000 MESSAGE from install_image 10092>> Fri Sep 12 02:59:00 1997 [DBServer]> initialization in progress... Clear session SUCCESSFUL. (Here starts the image reinstallation ...) MESSAGE from install_image 10092>> Fri Sep 12 02:59:01 1997 declared successfully p1/e1/s1/i1.CTDC.1 MESSAGE from install_image 10092>> Fri Sep 12 02:59:01 1997 declared successfully p1/e1/s2/i2.CTDC.2 MESSAGE from install_image 10092>> Fri Sep 12 02:59:02 1997 declared successfully p1/e1/s2/i3.CTDC.3 MESSAGE from install_image 10092>> Fri Sep 12 02:59:02 1997 declared successfully p1/e1/s2/i4.CTDC.4 MESSAGE from install_image 10092>> Fri Sep 12 02:59:02 1997 declared successfully p1/e1/s2/i5.CTDC.5 MESSAGE from install_image 10092>> Fri Sep 12 02:59:02 1997 declared successfully p1/e1/s2/i6.CTDC.6 MESSAGE from install_image 10092>> Fri Sep 12 02:59:04 1997 declared successfully p1/e1/s2/i9.CTDC.9 MESSAGE from install_image 10092>> Fri Sep 12 02:59:05 1997 declared successfully p1/e1/s2/i12.CTDC.12 ......................................... (until all images have been redeclared to the Database.) [INSTALL_IMAGES]> image [INSTALL_IMAGES]> image [INSTALL_IMAGES]> image [INSTALL_IMAGES]> image [INSTALL_IMAGES]> image [INSTALL_IMAGES]> image [INSTALL_IMAGES]> image [INSTALL_IMAGES]> image
460
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
Job Card TSG 009
21 of 32
REVIEWSTATIONLOG :
This logfile gives information about all actions related to the VIEWER. The following is an example of the messages you can read in this file : The first lines with the ## signs describe the system which the logfile is extracted from. ## process: reviewStation ## date of creation: Fri Sep 12 10:08:10 1997 ## hospital name: BUC_ENG ## hostname: SdC ## operating system: SunOS ## operating system release: 5.5.1 ## operating system version: Generic ## machine hardware: sun4u ################################################################################ ## date of process start: Fri Sep 12 10:08:10 1997 ################################################################################ MESSAGE from reviewStation 1158>> Fri Sep 12 10:08:53 1997 Set endFunction to: launch MESSAGE from reviewStation 1158>> Fri Sep 12 10:08:53 1997 ClInterpreter::playFunction setcurrenttarget BoardMainWindow 733 266 viewport 219 260 screen 0. MESSAGE from reviewStation 1158>> Fri Sep 12 10:08:54 1997 ClInterpreter::playFunction warppointer 0.43452 0.51587 screen 0 ; xevent type ButtonPress x 0.43452 y 0.51587 button Button2 screen 0 . MESSAGE from reviewStation 1158>> Fri Sep 12 10:08:54 1997 ClInterpreter::playFunction warppointer 0.43849 0.52381 screen 0 ; xevent type Pointer x 0.43849 y 0.52381 screen 0 state Button2 . MESSAGE from reviewStation 1158>> Fri Sep 12 10:08:54 1997 ClInterpreter::playFunction warppointer 0.47421 0.60317 screen 0 ; xevent type Pointer x 0.47421 y 0.60317 screen 0 state Button2 . MESSAGE from reviewStation 1158>> Fri Sep 12 10:08:54 1997 ClInterpreter::playFunction warppointer 0.52579 0.74206 screen 0 ; xevent type Pointer x 0.52579 y 0.74206 screen 0 state Button2 . MESSAGE from reviewStation 1158>> Fri Sep 12 10:08:55 1997 ClInterpreter::playFunction warppointer 0.53175 0.84524 screen 0 ; xevent type Pointer x 0.53175 y 0.84524 screen 0 state Button2 . MESSAGE from reviewStation 1158>> Fri Sep 12 10:08:55 1997 ClInterpreter::playFunction warppointer 0.55556 1.08730 screen 0 ; xevent type Pointer x 0.55556 y 1.08730 screen 0 state Button2 . MESSAGE from reviewStation 1158>> Fri Sep 12 10:08:55 1997 ClInterpreter::playFunction warppointer 0.5 5952 1.11508 screen 0 ; xevent type Pointer x 0.55952 y 1.11508 screen 0 state Button2 . MESSAGE from reviewStation 1158>> Fri Sep 12 10:08:55 1997 ClInterpreter::playFunction warppointer 0.5 6151 1.12302 screen 0 ; xevent type Pointer x 0.56151 y 1.12302 screen 0 state Button2 .
461
TROUBLESHOOTING
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
Job Card TSG 009
22 of 32
SDCAPPLOG :
This logfile gives information related to starting and stopping application. The following is an example of the messages you can read in this file : MESSAGE from sdcapp started MESSAGE from sdcapp terminated MESSAGE from sdcapp MESSAGE from sdcapp NETserver ( SdC ). D 559>> Fri Sep 12 08:32:38 1997 559>> Fri Sep 12 08:32:48 1997 [Client]> The request manager has been [Client]> The request manager has been
783>> Fri Sep 12 08:35:31 1997 connect: No such file or directory 783>> Fri Sep 12 08:35:31 1997 [Network]> Unable to set connection
SESSIONMANAGERLOG :
This logfile gives information related to the Protocols Manager. The following is an example of the messages you can read in this file : MESSAGE from sessionManager 15296>> Sun Apr 20 17:56:02 1997 EXAM_CODES_LIB variable environnement doesnt exist ################################################################################ ## date of process start: Mon Apr 21 02:33:10 1997 ################################################################################ MESSAGE from sessionManager 3623>> Mon Apr 21 02:33:10 1997 EXAM_CODES_LIB variable environnement doesnt exist ################################################################################ ## date of process start: Mon Apr 21 02:33:32 1997 ################################################################################ MESSAGE from sessionManager 3628>> Mon Apr 21 02:33:33 1997 EXAM_CODES_LIB variable environnement doesnt exist
TROUBLESHOOTING
462
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
Job Card TSG 009
23 of 32
SECTION 2 USING SDC_CRASH UTILITY D There is an utility under /export/home/sdc/scripts called sdc_crash. This script is an automated process to collect all System logfiles, and dump them into a compressed file that can be transferred through INSITE to the Support Center, or copied to a floppy diskette, or uncompressed to be locally analysed. Build the crashlog file /export/home/sdc/scripts/sdc_crash [Return] Change to the logfiles directory : cd /export/home/sdc/logfiles [Return] Uncompress the crashlog.Z file and proceed to default analyze ... uncompress crashlog.Z [Return] more crashlog [Return] ... OR Copy the compressed file on a formatted floppy diskette tar cvf /dev/rdiskette crashlog.Z [Return]
D D D
The following is the example of a crashlog file contents

TROUBLESHOOTING
The first file dumped is the dmesg file, which gives information about the various tasks and processes run at the boot sequence. >>>>>>> DMESG (boot messages)
Oct 7 11:35 00000 (fas0): Connected command timeout for Target 3.0 (this is the CDR disk drive) WARNING: /sbus@1f,0/SUNW,fas@e,8800000 (fas0): Target 3 reducing sync. transfer rate fas: Cmd dump for Target 3 Lun 0: fas: cdb=[ 0x12 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x30 0x0 ] fas: State=DATA_DONE Last State=DATA fas: pkt_state=0x7<CMD,SEL,ARB> pkt_flags=0x80a pkt_statistics=0x60 WARNING: /sbus@1f,0/SUNW,fas@e,8800000 (fas0): Connected command timeout for Target 3.0 WARNING: /sbus@1f,0/SUNW,fas@e,8800000 (fas0): Target 3 reverting to async. mode fas: Cmd dump for Target 3 Lun 0: fas: cdb=[ 0x12 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x30 0x0 ] fas: State=DATA_DONE Last State=DATA fas: pkt_state=0x7<CMD,SEL,ARB> pkt_flags=0x80a pkt_statistics=0x60 sd4 at SUNW,fas0: target 4 lun 0 sd4 is /sbus@1f,0/SUNW,fas@e,8800000/sd@4,0 (this is the 2.1GB disk drive for the CDR option) <SUN2.1G cyl 2733 alt 2 hd 19 sec 80>
463
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
Job Card TSG 009
24 of 32
sd5 at SUNW,fas0: target 5 lun 0 (this is the DASM Filming Interface option) sd5 is /sbus@1f,0/SUNW,fas@e,8800000/sd@5,0 WARNING: /sbus@1f,0/SUNW,fas@e,8800000/sd@5,0 (sd5): corrupt label wrong magic number Vendor ANALOGIC, product DASMLCAM3M, 2048 512 byte blockssd6 at SUNW,fas0: target 6 lun 0 (corrupt label is a normal messsage concerning the DASM Filming interface) sd6 is /sbus@1f,0/SUNW,fas@e,8800000/sd@6,0 (this is the internal Cdrom drive) <> sd9 at SUNW,fas0: target a lun 0 (this is the first disk of the 4GB option at target address 10) sd9 is /sbus@1f,0/SUNW,fas@e,8800000/sd@a,0 <SUN2.1G cyl 2733 alt 2 hd 19 sec 80> sd10 at SUNW,fas0: target b lun 0 (this is the second disk of the 4GB option at target address 11) sd10 is /sbus@1f,0/SUNW,fas@e,8800000/sd@b,0 <SUN2.1G cyl 2733 alt 2 hd 19 sec 80> root on /sbus@1f,0/SUNW,fas@e,8800000/sd@0,0:a fstype ufs zs0 at sbus0: SBus0 slot 0xf offset 0x1100000 Onboard device sparc9 ipl 12 zs0 is /sbus@1f,0/zs@f,1100000 zs1 at sbus0: SBus0 slot 0xf offset 0x1000000 Onboard device sparc9 ipl 12 zs1 is /sbus@1f,0/zs@f,1000000 keyboard is </sbus@1f,0/zs@f,1000000> major <29> minor <2> mouse is </sbus@1f,0/zs@f,1000000:b> major <29> minor <3> stdin is </sbus@1f,0/zs@f,1000000> major <29> minor <2> DOME,mdsun0 at sbus0: SBus0 slot 0x1 offset 0x0 SBus level 5 sparc9 ipl 9 DOME,mdsun0 is /sbus@1f,0/DOME,mdsun@1,0 (md2Sun board for Megascan 1K monitors) stdout is </sbus@1f,0/DOME,mdsun@1,0> major <9> minor <0> boot cpu (0) initialization complete online SUNW,hme0: FEPS (Rev Id = 22) Found SUNW,hme0 at sbus0: SBus0 slot 0xe offset 0x8c00000 and slot 0xe offset 0x8c02000 and slot 0xe offset 0x8c04000 and slot 0xe offset 0x8c06000 and slot 0xe offset 0x8c07000 Onboard device sparc9 ipl 6 SUNW,hme0 is /sbus@1f,0/SUNW,hme@e,8c00000 dump on /dev/dsk/c0t1d0s0 size 502336K (swap disk partition) SUNW,hme0: Using Internal Transceiver (using RJ45 twisted pair ethernet) SUNW,hme0: 10 Mbps Link Up (ethernet 10Mbists/sec / ethernet 100Mbps) SUNW,fdtwo0 at sbus0: SBus0 slot 0xf offset 0x1400000 Onboard device sparc9 ipl 11 SUNW,fdtwo0 is /sbus@1f,0/SUNW,fdtwo@f,1400000 sbusmem0 at sbus0: SBus0 slot 0x0 offset 0x0 (memory address, first module) sbusmem0 is /sbus@1f,0/sbusmem@0,0 sbusmem1 at sbus0: SBus0 slot 0x1 offset 0x0 sbusmem1 is /sbus@1f,0/sbusmem@1,0 ........................................
TROUBLESHOOTING
464
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
Job Card TSG 009
25 of 32
sbusmem14 is /sbus@1f,0/sbusmem@e,0 sbusmem15 at sbus0: SBus0 slot 0xf offset 0x0 (memory address, last module) sbusmem15 is /sbus@1f,0/sbusmem@f,0 SUNW,bpp0 at sbus0: SBus0 slot 0xe offset 0xc800000 Onboard device sparc9 ipl 3 SUNW,bpp0 is /sbus@1f,0/SUNW,bpp@e,c800000 pseudodevice: vol0 vol0 is /pseudo/vol@0 pseudodevice: llc10 llc10 is /pseudo/llc1@0 SUNW,CS42310 at sbus0: SBus0 slot 0xd offset 0xc000000 Onboard device sparc9 ipl 9 SUNW,CS42310 is /sbus@1f,0/SUNW,CS4231@d,c000000 syncing file systems... [13] [10] done cpu0: SUNW,UltraSPARC (upaid 0 impl 0x10 ver 0x22 clock 167 MHz) SunOS Release 5.5.1 Version Generic [UNIX(R) System V Release 4.0] Copyright (c) 19831996, Sun Microsystems, Inc. mem = 131072K (0x8000000) avail mem = 127705088 Ethernet address = 8:0:20:7c:24:89 root nexus = Sun Ultra 1 UPA/SBus (UltraSPARC 167MHz) sbus0 at root: UPA 0x1f 0x0 ... fas0: rev 2.2 FEPS chip SUNW,fas0 at sbus0: SBus0 slot 0xe offset 0x8800000 and slot 0xe offset 0x8810000 Onboard device spar c9 ipl 4 sd0 at SUNW,fas0: target 0 lun 0 (first internal 2.1GB hard disk drive) sd0 is /sbus@1f,0/SUNW,fas@e,8800000/sd@0,0 <SUN2.1G cyl 2733 alt 2 hd 19 sec 80> sd1 at SUNW,fas0: target 1 lun 0 (second internal 2.1GB hard disk drive) sd1 is /sbus@1f,0/SUNW,fas@e,8800000/sd@1,0 <SUN2.1G cyl 2733 alt 2 hd 19 sec 80> sd2 at SUNW,fas0: target 2 lun 0 ( Maxoptics MOD drive) sd2 is /sbus@1f,0/SUNW,fas@e,8800000/sd@2,0 <> WARNING: /sbus@1f,0/SUNW,fas@e,8800000 (fas0): (CDR disk drive) ......................................................... root on /sbus@1f,0/SUNW,fas@e,8800000/sd@0,0:a fstype ufs zs0 at sbus0: SBus0 slot 0xf offset 0x1100000 Onboard device sparc9 ipl 12 zs0 is /sbus@1f,0/zs@f,1100000 zs1 at sbus0: SBus0 slot 0xf offset 0x1000000 Onboard device sparc9 ipl 12 zs1 is /sbus@1f,0/zs@f,1000000 keyboard is </sbus@1f,0/zs@f,1000000> major <29> minor <2> mouse is </sbus@1f,0/zs@f,1000000:b> major <29> minor <3> .........................................................
465
TROUBLESHOOTING
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
Job Card TSG 009
26 of 32
The next file dumped is the df k file, which gives information about the usage and avaialble left space on the disks for the various filesystems. Note: The values displayed below are given as example only and may vary from those of your system. >>>>>>> DF K Filesystem /dev/dsk/c0t0d0s0 /proc fd /dev/dsk/c0t0d0s swap /dev/md/dsk/d0 kbytes 19280 0 0 1288855 508952 2940315 used 167053 0 0 83536 936 78933 avail 6474 0 0 176439 508016 2567352 capacity 97% 0% 0% 33% 1% 3% Mounted on / /proc /dev/fd /export/home /tmp /export/home1
The next file dumped is the vfstab file, which gives information about the mount points of the d isks slices. >>>>>>> VFSTAB #device #to mount # #/dev/dsk/c1d0s2 fd /proc /dev/dsk/c0t1d0s0 /dev/dsk/c0t0d0s0 /dev/dsk/c0t0d0s1 swap /dev/md/dsk/d0 device to fsck /dev/rdsk/c1d0s2 /dev/rdsk/c0t0d0s0 /dev/rdsk/c0t0d0s1 /dev/md/rdsk/d0 mount point FS type fsck pass 1 1 2 2 mount at boot yes no no no no yes yes yes mount options
TROUBLESHOOTING
/usr ufs /dev/fd fd /proc proc swap / ufs /export/home ufs /tmp tmpfs /export/home1 ufs
The next file dumped is the mnttab file, which gives information about the actually mounted disks slices. >>>>>>> MNTTAB /dev/dsk/c0t0d0s0 / /proc /proc fd /dev/fd /dev/dsk/c0t0d0s1 /export/home swap /tmp /dev/md/dsk/d0 /export/home1 hosts auto_home xfn /net /home /xfn ufs proc fd ufs tmpfs ufs autofs autofs autofs rw,suid,dev=800000 rw,suid,dev=2700000 rw,suid,dev=2780000 suid,rw,dev=800001 dev=0 829580063 suid,rw,dev=1540000 829580062 829580062 829580062 829580063 829580063
ignore,indirect,nosuid,dev=28c0001 829580084 ignore,indirect,dev=28c0002 829580084 ignore,indirect,dev=28c0003 829580084
466
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
Job Card TSG 009
27 of 32
The next file dumped is the /etc/hosts file. >>>>>>> HOSTS 127.0.0.1 localhost 3.45.12.173 <AW_hostname> loghost 3.45.12.138 awa01 (other host declared) 3.45.12.150 codonics (color printer declared) The nest file dumped is the /etc/group file. >>>>>>> GROUP root::0:root other::1: bin::2:root,bin,daemon sys::3:root,bin,sys,adm adm::4:root,adm,daemon uucp::5:root,uucp mail::6:root tty::7:root,tty,adm lp::8:root,lp,adm nuucp::9:root,nuucp staff::10: daemon::12:root,daemon sysadmin::14: nobody::60001: informix:*:200:informix noaccess::60002: The next file dumped is the /var/adm/messages file which is a collection of older dmesg files. >>>>>>> /VAR/ADM > file /var/adm/messages Apr 15 11:06:32 ibsdc1 unix: Unable to install/attach driver mdsun Apr 15 11:06:32 ibsdc1 unix: Unable to install/attach driver md4sun .................................................................................. Apr 15 11:06:35 ibsdc1 unix: SUNW,fdtwo0 at sbus0: SBus0 slot 0xf offset 0x1400000 Onboard device sparc9 ipl 11 Apr 15 11:06:35 ibsdc1 unix: SUNW,fdtwo0 is /sbus@1f,0/SUNW,fdtwo@f,1400000 .................................................................................. Apr 15 11:06:35 ibsdc1 unix: Unable to install/attach driver dma Apr 15 11:06:35 ibsdc1 unix: sbusmem0 at sbus0: SBus0 slot 0x0 offset 0x0 Apr 15 11:06:35 ibsdc1 unix: sbusmem0 is /sbus@1f,0/sbusmem@0,0 ................................................................................... Apr 15 11:06:40 ibsdc1 unix: SUNW,CS42310 at sbus0: SBus0 slot 0xd offset 0xc000000 Onboard device sparc9 ipl 9 Apr 15 11:06:40 ibsdc1 unix: SUNW,CS42310 is /sbus@1f,0/SUNW,CS4231@d,c000000 Apr 15 11:06:40 ibsdc1 unix: Unable to install/attach driver pci Apr 15 11:07:18 ibsdc1 /usr/sbin/vold[1538]: vol_init: already a daemon running
etc ...
467
TROUBLESHOOTING
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
Job Card TSG 009
28 of 32
The next file dumped is the contents of the informix log file. This file is more dedicated for Engineerings usage. >>>>>>> Informix log Mon Apr 15 11:09:02 1996 11:09:02 INFORMIXOnLine Initialized Complete Disk Initialized 11:09:03 Checkpoint Completed 11:09:03 OnLine Mode 11:09:26 Logical Log 1 Complete 11:09:42 Logical Log 2 Complete 11:09:55 Shutdown Mode 11:09:57 Checkpoint Completed 11:09:57 Quiescent Mode 11:09:59 INFORMIXOnLine Stopped Mon Apr 15 11:10:01 1996 11:10:01 INFORMIXOnLine Initialized Shared Memory Initialized 11:10:01 Physical Recovery Started 11:10:01 Checkpoint Completed 11:10:01 Physical Recovery Complete: 0 Pages Restored 11:10:01 Checkpoint Completed 11:10:01 Logical Recovery Complete 0 Committed, 0 Rolled Back, 0 Open, 0 Bad Locks 11:10:01 OnLine Mode 11:10:05 Shutdown Mode 11:10:05 Quiescent Mode 11:10:07 INFORMIXOnLine Stopped The next file dumped gives information about the contents of the images directories. >>>>>>> Process Queue directory /export/home/sdc/../extra_tmp/sdc: rwxrxrx 1 sdc informix rwxrxrx 1 sdc informix rwxrxrx 1 sdc informix rwxrxrx 1 sdc informix rwxrxrx 1 sdc informix rwxrxrx 1 sdc informix rwxrxrx 1 sdc informix >>>>>>> Images directory /export/home/sdc/film: total X lrwxrwxrwx 1 sdc informix /export/home/sdc/import:
TROUBLESHOOTING
0 Apr 15 18:51 AQSserver* 0 Apr 16 12:05 DBRserver* 0 Apr 15 19:21 DBWserver* 0 Apr 15 18:56 DCSserver* 0 Apr 15 19:21 IMSserver* 0 Apr 15 18:51 NETserver* 0 Apr 15 18:56 PRSserver*
9 Apr 15 11:08 log > /dev/null
468
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
Job Card TSG 009
29 of 32
The next file dumped gives information about the contents of the Prefs directory. >>>>>>> Prefs directory > file /export /home/sdc/Prefs/AdvantageUserPrefs mouse_mode windowing tick_marks off screen_annotation partial > file /export /home/sdc/Prefs/AiMIndexFile Scrap Book Phx1.0 rank : 1 Scrap Book Phx1.0 index : 5 > file /export /home/sdc/Prefs/LicenseFileDescription 3D /export/home/sdc/license/3D Dentascan /export/home/sdc/license/Dentascan CT_MR_Analysis /export/home/sdc/license/CT_MR_Analysis > file /export /home/sdc/Prefs/ScrapBookMode DIFFEXAMMODE
469
TROUBLESHOOTING
/export/home1/sdc_image_pool/buf_image: total 157520 rwxrxrx 1 sdc informix 525374 Apr 12 17:20 i1.SCPT.1* rwxrxrx 1 sdc informix 132818 Apr 12 17:43 i116.MRDC.77* rwxrxrx 1 sdc informix 132818 Apr 12 17:43 i117.MRDC.78* rwxrxrx 1 sdc informix 132818 Apr 12 17:43 i118.MRDC.72* /export/home1/sdc_image_pool/images: total 8 drwxrxrx 5 sdc informix 512 Apr 15 11:10 p1/ drwxrxrx 3 sdc informix 512 Apr 15 11:10 p2/ drwxrxrx 3 sdc informix 512 Apr 15 11:10 p3/ drwxrxrx 3 sdc informix 512 Apr 15 18:57 p4/ /export/home1/sdc_image_pool/images/p1: total 6 drwxrxrx 5 sdc informix 512 Apr 15 11:10 e1/ drwxrxrx 3 sdc informix 512 Apr 15 11:10 e2/ drwxrxrx 3 sdc informix 512 Apr 15 11:10 e3/ /export/home1/sdc_image_pool/images/p1/e1: total 6 drwxrxrx 2 sdc informix 512 Apr 15 11:10 s1/ drwxrxrx 2 sdc informix 512 Apr 15 11:10 s2/ drwxrxrx 2 sdc informix 512 Apr 15 11:10 s3/ ...................................................................
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
Job Card TSG 009
30 of 32
> file /export /home/sdc/Prefs/SdC > file /export /home/sdc/Prefs/SdCApplications ScrapBook#book#1:1:4#Do not erase this one Viewer#start.awa#1:2:4#Do not erase this one Remote Viewer#awa resourceFileAwa awaremote.rf exec reviewStationMult#1:2:2#No comment Film Composer#film_composer#1:1:4#Do not erase this one > file /export /home/sdc/Prefs/SdCArchiveDevice ARS.archiveMedia.1: PIONEER /dev/mod1 Pioneer_7101 ARS.preferredSaveFormat: AW_GENESIS ARS.archiveMediaOps.1: 10000 100000 200000 ARS.HospitalName: no_name ARS.VolumeId: 1 ARS.SuiteId: none ARS.DefaultPatientName: no_name > file /export /home/sdc/Prefs/SdCFilters > file /export /home/sdc/Prefs/SdCPreset *ctPresetLab1: Abdomen *ctPresetWL1: 40 .......................... *mrPresetLab1: Preset1 > file /export /home/sdc/Prefs/SdCRHosts (this is the directory where all the hosts declared under Application in the network menu are stored) 3.45.12. 138 awa1 # 0 1802 No Comment 3.45.12.166 phoenix3 # 0 1802 No Comment The next file dumped gives information about the contents of the informix database. >>>>>>> Informix database > start Informix /export/home/informix/SdC_scripts/init_informix tbinit: shmget[EEXIST][17]: shared memory already exists tbinit: fatal error in shared memory creation > PATIENT_FOLDER table dbaccess ctmr_sdc_db patient_id p1 patient_key DUPONT^MARY|KHIS001|F|19950210 00:00:00.000 patientfolder_path p1 orgl_patient_id KHIS001 patient_name DUPONT MARY
TROUBLESHOOTING
470
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
Job Card TSG 009
31 of 32
folder_creat_date 19960415 08:10:21.000 total_exams 3 birthdate 19950210 00:00:00.000 maiden_name NO_NAME first_exam_uid EMPTY unprocessed NOT USED patient_paraml <BYTE value> patient_id p3 patient_key HEADBRAINTUMOR|G1321B|F|00010101 00:00:00.000 patientfolder_path p3 orgl_patient_id G1321B patient_name HEADBRAINTUMOR > EXAMINATION_ FOLDER table dbaccess ctmr_sdc_db folder_id e1 patient_id p1 folder_key 1.2.840.113654.2.4.4.3.4.119950730134200 examfolder_path p1/e1 original_exam_id 14067 gen_timestamp 00010101 00:00:00.000 original_exam_date 19950730 13:42:00.000 original_exam_time 13:42:00.000 d_accession_nu KHIS073013420 d_study_instance 1.2.840.113654.2.4.4.3.4.119950730134200 creation_date 19960415 08:10:21.000 modality CR folder_status EMPTY series_in_study 3 data_format Dicom exam_desc PED CHEST AP reading_physician radiologist_name exam_lock EMPTY procedure_code EMPTY procedure_t_code EMPTY procedure_meaning EMPTY report_status EMPTY localisation EMPTY unprocessed NOT USED examfolder_paraml <BYTE value>
471
TROUBLESHOOTING
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
Job Card TSG 009
32 of 32
> OBJECTS_COUNTER table dbaccess ctmr_sdc_db object_type object_counter p 4 e 6 s 9 i 133 4 row(s) retrieved. >>>>>>> End of Crash file
TROUBLESHOOTING
472
GE Medical Systems
REV 8

Purpose: DOME BOARDS INFORMATION & ULTRA2 MOTHER BOARD JUMPERS CHECK
Job Card TSG 010

Version No.: Date:
1 of 2
Time:
Personnel:
SECTION 1 DOME MDSUN BOARDS SYNC PARAMETERS Dome MdSun Frame Buffer boards (driving B&W Portrait monitors) are equipped with a DIP switch designed to select the pixel resolution of the board. The resolution to be used for AW is as follows. Make sure, when replacing the board, that the DIP switches setting of the new one is : 1.1 Dome md4sun (2K x 2K) (old type and upgrades from AW3.0 and ARS2.0) Resolution 1728 x 2304 grayscale @ 69 Hz DIP switches setting 4 ON 3 2 OFF ON 1 OFF
TROUBLESHOOTING
1.2
Dome md4sbx (2K x 2K) (forward production) Resolution 1728 x 2304 grayscale @ 69 Hz DIP switches setting 4 ON 3 2 OFF ON 1 OFF
1.3
Dome md2sun (1K x 1K) (upgrades from AW3.0 and ARS2.0) Resolution 1200 x 1600 grayscale @ 69 Hz DIP switches setting All ON
1.4
Dome md5sbx (2.5K x 2.5k)
Resolution 2048 x 2560 grayscale @ 71 Hz
DIP switch settings 1 ON 2 ON 3 ON 4 ON
473
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
DOME BOARDS INFORMATION & ULTRA2 MOTHER BOARD JUMPERS CHECK
Job Card TSG 010
2 of 2
SECTION 2 ULTRA2 MOTHER BOARD JUMPERS CHECK When replacing the Mother Board, check the barcode label of the board to make sure it is compatible with 300MHz CPU modules. The barcode should display 5013132 and the small label 07 or higher. Look for jumper J2301 (located next to SBus Slot2 and Slot3), and make sure it is installed on pins 1 and 2, in order to allow the compatibility with the 300MHz CPU modules. Pin 1 is designated on the Mother Board by an asterix (*).
TROUBLESHOOTING
474
GE Medical Systems
REV 8

Purpose: PROCESSES RUNNING INFORMATION
Job Card TSG 011

Version No.: Date:
1 of 4
Time:
Personnel:
SECTION 1 LIST OF THE RUNNING PROCESSES AND BRIEF EXPLANATION First processes belong to Root and are started when bootingup. There is not much you can do with them. They must be up and running before the AW application can be started successfully. If this is not the case, shutdown the workstation and boot it again. UID PID root 0 root 1 root 2 root 3 sdc 3314 root 166 root 241 root 87 root 82 root 104 root 89 root 107 root 95 root 109 root 128 root 179 root 132 root 148 root 142 root 158 root 167 root 218 root 177 root 3591 root 244 PPID C STIME 0 0 12:20:27 0 0 12:20:30 0 0 12:20:30 0 0 12:20:30 1 0 17:49:44 158 0 12:21:02 1 0 12:21:13 1 0 12:20:50 1 0 12:20:49 1 0 12:20:56 1 0 12:20:50 1 0 12:20:56 1 0 12:20:50 1 0 12:20:56 1 0 12:20:56 1 0 12:21:03 1 0 12:20:57 1 0 12:21:01 1 0 12:21:01 1 0 12:21:01 1 0 12:21:02 1 0 12:21:12 1 0 12:21:02 104 0 18:02:58 241 0 12:21:13 TTY TIME CMD ? 0:00 sched ? 0:01 /etc/init ? 0:01 pageout ? 0:12 fsflush console 0:00 csh ? 0:00 lpNet ? 0:00 /usr/lib/saf/sac t 300 ? 0:00 /usr/sbin/rpcbind ? 0:04 /usr/sbin/in.routed q ? 0:00 /usr/sbin/inetd s ? 0:00 /usr/sbin/keyserv ? 0:00 /usr/lib/nfs/statd ? 0:00 /usr/sbin/kerbd ? 0:00 /usr/lib/nfs/lockd ? 0:00 /usr/lib/autofs/automountd ? 0:00 /usr/sbin/vold ? 0:00 /usr/sbin/syslogd ? 0:01 /usr/sbin/nscd ? 0:00 /usr/sbin/cron ? 0:00 /usr/lib/lpsched ? 0:00 /usr/lib/sendmail bd q1h ? 0:00 /usr/sbin/mlocker 64 ? 0:00 /usr/lib/utmpd ? 0:00 in.rlogind ? 0:00 /usr/lib/saf/ttymon
When Application is started ... ... you can see that all the next processes belong to SdC.
475
TROUBLESHOOTING
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
PROCESSES RUNNING INFORMATION
Job Card TSG 011
2 of 4
sdc 3361 3332
0 17:49:51 console 0:00 ./bin/colorReaper
(Openwin windows manager is started next) sdc 3325 3314 0 17:49:48 console 0:00 /bin/csh f /export/home/sdc/.call_openwin.sdc (the dicom server is started next) sdc 3463 1 0 17:50:03 console 0:00 dcserver sdc 3578 3577 0 17:50:40 pts/1 0:00 csh sdc 3330 3326 0 console /usr/openwin/bin/xinit /usr/openwin/bin/X :0 dev /dev/fbs/ffb0 dev /dev/fb (Motif window manager is started next) sdc 3364 3332 0 17:49:51 console 0:00 /usr/bin/X11/mwm multiscreen sdc 3326 3325 0 console 0:00 /bin/sh /usr/openwin/bin/openwin dev /dev/fbs/ffb0 dev /dev/fbs/cgsix0 sdc 3577 3572 0 ? 0:00 xterm fb helvetica fn 7x13bold title Terminal j sb sl 900 n Terminal fg sdc 3332 3330 0 17:49:50 console 0:00 sh /export/home/sdc/.xinitrc sdc 3481 3474 0 17:50:04 console 0:0 /export/home/informix/lib/sqlturbo sdc 5.00.UD1 AAA#A380500
TROUBLESHOOTING
sdc sdc sdc sdc sdc sdc sdc sdc sdc
(the AW application servers are started next) 3477 3458 0 17:50:04 console 0:00 imserver (image management server) 3475 3456 0 17:50:04 console 0:00 dbwserver (database write server) 3478 3463 0 17:50:04 console 0:04 dcserver (Dicom server) 3454 1 0 17:50:03 console 0:00 dbrserver (database read server) 3479 3467 0 17:50:04 console 0:00 prserver (Print server) 3461 1 0 17:50:03 console 0:00 aqserver (acquisition server) 3498 3471 0 17:50:11 console 0:01 mosaicDisplay iconic parent 33554891 3459 3458 0 17:50:03 console 0:00 imserver 3451 1 0 17:50:03 console 0:00 netserver (network server)
sdc 3350 3332 0 ? 0:00 xterm C j sb sl 900 title CONSOLE n name cxterm fn 7x13bold fg sdc 3362 3332 0 0:04 <defunct> sdc 3480 3475 0 17:50:04 console 0:00 /export/home/informix/lib/sqlturbo sdc 5.00.UD1 AAA#A380500 sdc 3352 3350 0 17:49:51 pts/0 0:00 csh sdc 3474 3454 0 17:50:04 console 0:00 dbrserver sdc 3593 3591 1 18:02:58 pts/2 0:00 cs sdc 3452 3451 0 17:50:03 console 0:00 netserver sdc 3458 1 0 17:50:03 console 0:00 imserver sdc 3449 3448 0 17:50:03 console 0:00 tbinit sdc 3448 1 0 17:50:03 console 0:00 tbinit sdc 3471 1 0 17:50:03 console 0:03 browser
476
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
Job Card TSG 011
3 of 4
sdc 3331 3330 0 console 0:05 /usr/openwin/bin/X :0 dev /dev/fbs/ffb0 dev /dev/fbs/cgsix0 auth /export/home sdc 3476 3461 0 17:50:04 console 0:00 aqserver sdc 3572 1 0 ? 0:00 /bin/csh /export/home/sdc/scripts/xtermSdC j sb sl 900 title Terminal n Te sdc 3456 1 0 17:50:03 console 0:00 dbwserver sdc 3467 1 0 17:50:03 console 0:00 prserver SECTION 2 RESTARTABLE PROCESSES 2.1 Restarting the BROWSER You can either restart BROWSER from the ROOT MENU or by opening a Command Window and typing in : D D D 2.2 cd /scripts [Return] ./kill.sdc [Return] ./start.sdc [Return]
Application hung D Remote log from another workstation or a UNIX image source rlogin <IP address of the hung workstation> l sdc [Return] Password : adw3.1 [Return] Grep the Window Manager process number ps ef | grep mwm [Return] multiscreen
TROUBLESHOOTING
You will get a line similar to the following : sdc 364 332 0 02:12:37 ? 0:03 /usr/bin/X11/mwm (where 364 is the process number in our example) D D 2.3
Kill the Window Manager process kill 9 364 [Return] (the process number may be different on your system) Restart application by login in as sdc on the worksttion.
Restarting the Print server D D Restart the Print server in silent mode OR /export/home/sdc/scripts/start_filming [Return] Restart the Print server in verbose mode /export/home/sdc/scripts/start_filming v [Return]
Any future access to the DASM filming interface will, in this last case, be dumped into the dasmlog logfile. This feature should be used with caution, as the dasmlog logfile grows up fast
477
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
Job Card TSG 011
4 of 4
SECTION 3 ROOT MENU SCRIPTS The following Root Menu utilities can be run from a Command Window. This can be usefull to run these utilities remotely.
Root Menu Refresh Screen Calculator Clock Service Tools AW Administration Restart Browser Configuration ScrapBook mode Autodelete activity Recover Database Start calibration Install License Install package Install SMPTE Service Tools Logout
Command Window
Screen Floppy
TROUBLESHOOTING
Restart Browser Recover database Install SMPTE Install license Install package AW Configuration Screen AW Configuration Floppy Service menu
/export/home/sdc/scripts/start.sdc [Return] /export/home/sdc/scripts/start.reinstall.images [Return] /export/home/sdc/scripts/start_SMPTE [Return] /export/home/sdc/licenseServer/bin/start_license [Return] /export/home/sdc/patch_appli/bin/start_patch_appli [Return] /export/home/sdc/scripts/conf [Return] /export/home/sdc/scripts/confflop [Return]
/export/home/sdc/scripts/service_tool_menu [Return]
478
GE Medical Systems
REV 8

Purpose: SERVICE MENU
Job Card TSG 012

Version No.: Date:
1 of 10
Time:
Personnel:
SECTION 1 ACCESSING THE SERVICE MENU 1.1 Through the Root menu
Root Menu Refresh Screen Calculator Clock Service Tools AW administration Restart Browser Command Window Configuration ScrapBook mode Autodelete activity Recover Database Start calibration Install License Install package Install SMPTE Service Tools Logout
The Maintenance Tools window pops up, prompting you to enter password : The default password is operator. 1.2 Note: D D Remotely service_tool_menu has to be called by root or insite account Remote log to AW. In the Command window, switch user to root su root [Return] password : operator [Return] Change to the scripts directory and run the service_tool_menu utility: cd /export/home/sdc/scripts [Return] ./service_tool_menu [Return]
479
TROUBLESHOOTING
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
SERVICE MENU
Job Card TSG 012
2 of 10
SECTION 2 SERVICE TOOL MENU DESCRIPTION Maintenance Menu Password: operator [Return] Sun Microsystems Inc. SunOS 5.5.1 MAIN MENU DATABASE MENU.................1 NETWORK MENU..................2 LASER PRINTER MENU............3 COLOR PRINTER MENU............4 DICOM PRINTER MENU............5 MOD GENESIS MENU..............6 MOD DICOM MENU................7 CDR MENU......................8 < UNUSED >....................9 PROCESS MANAGEMENT MENU......10 SYSTEM MENU..................11 ROOT MENU....................12 Enter your choice [?,q] Type the number of the submenu corresponding to the function you want to access. 2.1 Database and image management menu Enter your choice [?,q] 1 [Return] DATABASE/IMAGE MANAGEMENT MENU List patients in alphabetical order.................101 List exams given the patient name...................102 List exams given the patient internal number (pXX)..103 List series given the exams internal number (eXX)...104 List images given the series internal number (sXX)..105 Dump header of image................................106 Create a compressed tarfile of a series ............107 (given its internal number) View ims logfile....................................196 View dbr logfile....................................197 View dbw logfile....................................198 View browser logfile................................199 Enter your choice [?,q] 101 [Return] The result is the display of the patient list.
Generic May 1996
TROUBLESHOOTING
480
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
SERVICE MENU
Job Card TSG 012
3 of 10
Enter your choice [?,q] 102 [Return] The result is the display of the patient identifier number / patient name. Enter your choice [?,q] 103 [Return] The result is the display of the exam number / patient identifier number. Enter your choice [?,q] 104 [Return] The result is the display of the series number / exam identifier number. Enter your choice [?,q] 105 [Return] The result is the display of the images numbers / series identifier number. Enter your choice [?,q] 106 [Return] The result is the display of the header of the image selected in the Browser. Enter your choice [?,q] 107 [Return] The result is the creation of a chosen series compressed tarfile. Enter your choice [?,q] 196 [Return] The result is the display of the imslog logfile. 2.2 Network menu Enter your choice [?,q] 2 [Return] NETWORK MENU Add Host....................201 Remove Host.................202 view/Modify host............203 view queue IN/OUT...........204 clear queue OUT.............205 send DICOM echo.............206 Send SdCNet test image......207 Send DicomNet test image....208 Send AdvNet test image......209 View logfile................299 Enter your choice [?,q] 201 [Return] The result is the creation of a new host under Application. Note: See next page for the Protocols numbers Enter your choice [?,q] 202 [Return] The result is the display of the SdCRHosts file and access to delete a host : Enter your choice [?,q] 203 [Return] The result is the display of the SdCRHosts file and access to its modification : Enter your choice [?,q] 204 [Return] The result is the display of the que In and the queue OUT.
481
TROUBLESHOOTING
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
SERVICE MENU
Job Card TSG 012
4 of 10
Enter your choice [?,q] 205 [Return] The result is to clear the Network queue OUT. Hosts which are created, modified or removed under Application are declared into the /export/home/sdc/Prefs/SdCRHosts file. They appear as follows : LABELNAME # A.E.TITLE # HOSTNAME # IP ADDRESS # PROTOCOL NR. # 3 SdCNet 1.0 2 SdCNet 2.0 1 SdCNet 3.0 0 SdCNet 3.1 1 AdVNet mdy 2 AdVNet dmy 3 DICOM 3.0 4 IC DICOM 3.0 PORT NR. # SUPPORT WORKLIST # WORKLIST TYPE # COMMENTS # Enter your choice [?,q] 206 [Return] The result is the sending of a test message (echo) using the Dicom protocol to a chosen host. Enter your choice [?,q] 207 [Return] The result is the sending of a test image to a chosen SdCNet host. Enter your choice [?,q] 208 [Return] The result is the sending of a test image to a chosen Dicom host.
TROUBLESHOOTING
482
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
SERVICE MENU
Job Card TSG 012
5 of 10
Enter your choice [?,q] 209 [Return] The result is the sending of a test image to a chosen AdvantageNet host. Enter your choice [?,q] 299 [Return] The result is the display of the netlog logfile. 2.3 Laser Camera menu Enter your choice [?,q] 3 [Return] LASER MENU Check installation..........301 Print Image CT..............302 Print Image XR..............303 View printer status.........304 View dasm status............305 View Print queue............306 View logfile................399 Enter your choice [?,q] 301 [Return] The result is the display of the Lasercamera printer status.
TROUBLESHOOTING
Enter your choice [?,q] 302 [Return] The result is that a small image file is sent to the printer. Note: Choose 60 seconds for the timeout value when requesting the print of a small image. Enter your choice [?,q] 303 [Return] The result is that a large image file is sent to the printer. Note: Choose 180 seconds for the timeout value when requesting the print of a large image. Enter your choice [?,q] 304 [Return] The result is the display of the Lasercamera printer status. Enter your choice [?,q] 305 [Return] The result is the display of the DASM interface status. Enter your choice [?,q] 306 [Return] The result is the display of the Lasercamera printer queue. Enter your choice [?,q] 399 [Return] The result is the display of the prserver logfile
483
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
SERVICE MENU
Job Card TSG 012
6 of 10
2.4
Postscript printer menu Enter your choice [?,q] 4 [Return] COLOR PRINTER MENU Check installation..........401 Print Image (small).........402 Print Image (large).........403 View printer status.........404 View Print queue............405 View logfile................499 This menu allows you to check connectivity to the Postscript color and greyscale printer(s). Enter your choice [?,q] 401 [Return] The result is the display of the Postscript printer status. Enter your choice [?,q] 402 [Return] The result is that a small image file is sent to the printer.
Note:
Choose 60 seconds for the timeout value when requesting the print of a small image. Enter your choice [?,q] 403 [Return] The result is that a large image file is sent to the printer.
TROUBLESHOOTING
Note:
Choose 180 seconds for the timeout value when requesting the print of a large image. Enter your choice [?,q] 404 [Return] The result is the display of the Postscript printer status. Enter your choice [?,q] 405 [Return] The result is the display of the Postscript printer queue. Enter your choice [?,q] 499 [Return] The result is the display of the prserver logfile
2.5
Dicom print menu Enter your choice [?,q] 5 [Return] DICOM PRINTER MENU Check installation..........501 Print Image (small).........502 Print Image (large).........503 View Print queue............504 View logfile................599
484
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
SERVICE MENU
Job Card TSG 012
7 of 10
Enter your choice [?,q] 501 [Return] The result is the display of the Dicom printer status. Enter your choice [?,q] 502 [Return] The result is that a small image file is sent to the printer. Note: The device name (Dicom Printers names) is given by menu 501. The device file description path is: /export/home/sdc/Prefs/<device_name.dev> Choose 60 seconds for the timeout value when requesting the print of a small image. Enter your choice [?,q] 503 [Return] The result is that a large image file is sent to the printer. Note: Choose 180 seconds for the timeout value when requesting the print of a large image. Enter your choice [?,q] 504 [Return] The result is the display of the Dicom printer queue. Enter your choice [?,q] 599 [Return] The result is the display of the prserver logfile 2.6 Genesis MOD menu Enter your choice [?,q] 6 [Return] GENESIS MOD ARCHIVE MENU Check installation..........601 Read disk content...........602 View Archive queue..........603 Clear Archive queue.........604 View MOD status.............605 View logfile................699 Enter your choice [?,q] 601 [Return] The result is that the showmod program is run. Insert an initialized Pioneer MOD media into the drive for successful completion of this test. Enter your choice [?,q] 602 [Return] The result is that the MOD disk is read and its contents displayed. Enter your choice [?,q] 603 [Return] The result is that the MOD status is displayed. Enter your choice [?,q] 699 [Return] The result is the display of the arslog logfile.
TROUBLESHOOTING
Note:
485
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
SERVICE MENU
Job Card TSG 012
8 of 10
2.7
Dicom MOD menu Enter your choice [?,q] 7 [Return] DICOM MOD ARCHIVE MENU Check installation..........701 Read disk content...........702 View Archive queue..........703 Clear Archive queue.........704 View MOD status.............705 View logfile................799 Enter your choice [?,q] 701 [Return] The result is that the showdicmod program is run. Insert an initialized Maxoptix MOD media into the drive for successful completion of this test. Enter your choice [?,q] 702 [Return] The result is that the MOD disk is read and its contents displayed. Enter your choice [?,q] 703 [Return] The result is that the exams candidate to be stored on the MOD disk are displayed
TROUBLESHOOTING
Enter your choice [?,q] 704 [Return] The result is that the archive queue is cleared. Enter your choice [?,q] 705 [Return] The result is the indication of the MOD status. Enter your choice [?,q] 799 [Return] The result is the display of the daslog logfile. 2.8 CDR archive menu Enter your choice [?,q] 8 [Return] CDR ARCHIVE MENU Check installation..........801 Read disk content...........802 View Archive queue..........803 Clear Archive queue.........804 View CDR status.............805 View logfile................899 Enter your choice [?,q] 801 [Return] The result is that the showcdr program is run. Insert an initialized Dicom CD media into the drive for successful completion of this test.
486
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
SERVICE MENU
Job Card TSG 012
9 of 10
Enter your choice [?,q] 802 [Return] The result is that the CD media is read. Enter your choice [?,q] 803 [Return] The result is that the CD archive queue is displayed. Enter your choice [?,q] 804 [Return] The result is that the CD archive queue is cleared. Enter your choice [?,q] 805 [Return] The result is that the CDR status is displayed. Enter your choice [?,q] 899 [Return] The result is that the dmslog is displayed. 2.9 Process Management menu Enter your choice [?,q] 10 [Return] PROCESS MANAGEMENT MENU Restart the application.....1001 List of running processes...1002 Kill a process..............1003 Restart a process...........1004 View process size in pages..1005 View logfiles...............1099 Enter your choice [?,q] 1001 [Return] The result is that the browser is killed and restarted. Enter your choice [?,q] 1002 [Return] The result is that all the running processes are listed as example below Enter your choice [?,q] 1003 [Return] The result is that a chosen process (see 1001 for list of processes) is killed. Enter your choice [?,q] 1004 [Return] The result is that a chosen process is started. Enter your choice [?,q] 1005 [Return] The result is that the size of a chosen process (see 1001 for list of processes) is displayed. Enter your choice [?,q] 1099 [Return] The result is the display of the different logfiles accessible through a menu. Enter each submenu to view the logfiles
487
TROUBLESHOOTING
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
SERVICE MENU
Job Card TSG 012
10 of 10
2.10
System menu Enter your choice [?,q] 11 [Return] SYSTEM MENU Check partitioning.................1101 Create compressed crash logfile....1102 Enter your choice [?,q] 1101 [Return] The result is the mounted filesystems table Enter your choice [?,q] 1102 [Return] The result is the availability of a tared and compressed crashlog file dumped into /tmp directoy.
2.11
Root menu Enter your choice [?,q] 12 [Return] ROOT MENU Recover Database..........1201 View A.W Configuration....1202 A.W Administration........1203
TROUBLESHOOTING
Enter your choice [?,q] 1201 [Return] The result is the starting of the DATABASE RECOVERY process. Enter your choice [?,q] 1202 [Return] The result is the display of the AW configuration file. Enter your choice [?,q] 1203 [Return] The result is the starting of the ADMINISTRATOR menu. Enter your choice [?,q] q [Return]
to quit the main menu.
488
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
CHAPTER 5 DISASSEMBLY / REASSEMBLY PROCEDURES

SECTION 1 OVERVIEW This document contains the procedures to be followed when replacing one of the following subassemblies located inside the computer box also called pizza box. SECTION 2 TOOLS REQUIRED D D D SECTION 3 PREREQUISITES If the workstation is switched on, exit the application. Select Logout from the sdc root menu. D D D D D See Chapter 3 for various other methods of shutting the system down. Wait for the ok prompt ( 45 sec) Switch off the monitor using the switch on the front. Switch off the computer using the switch on the rear lefthand side of the subassembly. Switch off the laser camera interface (DASM), and all other SCSI options. Disconnect the cables: SECTION 4 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS The boards and hard disk drives contain electronic components that are extremely sensitive to static electricity. Do not touch the components themselves or any metal part, Wear a grounding wrist strap when handling the drive assemblies, boards or cards. keyboard CPU box mains power supply CPU box Ethernet network CPU box Monitor CPU box SCSI CPU box
DISASS. / REAS. PROCEDURES
5 mm crosshead screwdriver 5 mm flathead screwdriver Grounding wristband
51
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
SECTION 5 PROCEDURES List of DR disassembly/reassembly procedures:
PURPOSE
SPARC STATION
SUN ULTRA 1 CREATOR SERVICE MANUAL 2159461100 71 81 82 83 84 TO 87 91 92 93 101 102 103 ** 104 105 106
SUN ULTRA 2 CREATOR SERVICE MANUAL 2211583100 71 81 107 108 82 TO 83 91 93 94 101 * 102 103 ** 104 105 106 107
COMPUTER BOX POWER SUPPLY UNIT FAN ASSEMBLY INTERNAL SPEAKER INTERNAL CABLES HARD DISK DRIVE CDROM DRIVE FLOPPY DISK DRIVE SYSTEM MOTHER BOARD NVRAM/TOD CHIP
DISASS. / REAS. PROCEDURES
SBUS CARD (DOME FB) FBB CARD DSIMM MEMORY MODULES CPU MODULES SHROUD ASSEMBLY SYSTEM BOARD FAN
* See special instructions chapter 4, Job Card TSG010 Section 2 ** See special instructions chapter 4, Job Card TSG010 Section 1
52
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
CHAPTER 6 RENEWAL PARTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ILLUSTRATION TITLE PAGE
ABBREVIATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 61 ADVANTAGE WORKSTATION FRU LIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
6i
RENEWAL PARTS
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
Blank page.
RENEWAL PARTS
6ii
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
ABBREVIATIONS
ITEM NO. 6
Not illustrated. Item No. 6 not illustrated.
FRU 1 2 N
Field Replaceable Unit. Critical. Not critical. Not available.
REP Y
Repairable.
QTY PL AR
Previously listed as an assembly or subassembly. As required.
APP
Applies to. Viewing direction. Renewal Parts
61
RENEWAL PARTS
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
ILLUSTRATION 61 ADVANTAGE WORKSTATION FRU LIST
23
17
16
19
(Dome or TGX+)
22
7 5
RENEWAL PARTS Creator MBus card (1L1 or2L1 only)
22 2
62
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
ILLUSTRATION 61 ADVANTAGE WORKSTATION FRU LIST
ITEM NO.
PART NO.
FRU REP
1 2 3 4 5
DESCRIPTION
QTY
A P P
1 2 3 4 5 6 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 3 4 5 6 6 7 8 9 9 10 11 12 2210213 2112412 2231158 2210214 21547302 2202024 2230327 2210217 2158303 2210218 2230326 2210220 2210223 2210236 2157128 2112412 2157131 21547302 21547292 2202024 2157130 2158303 2157129 2158301 2158306 2157132 2157133 2158298 2158305
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1
ADVANTAGE WORKSTATION S SUN ULTRA 1 CREATOR STATION S S SYSTEM BOARD 170MHZ SUN P/N: 5012486 S S DSIMM 64 MB MODULE SUN P/N: 5012480 S S TIME KEEPER PROM_SPARE (TOD/NVRAM) SUN P/N: 5251430 S S 3.5 FLOPPY DISK DRIVE SUN P/N: 370-1419 S S CDROM DRIVE SUNCD4 SUN P/N: 3702102 S S CDROM DRIVE SUNCD12X SUN P/N: 3702816 S S 180W POWER SUPPLY SUN P/N: 3001279 S S INTERNAL SPEAKER SUN SUN P/N: 3701579 S S 2.1 GB HARD DISK DRIVE SUN P/N: 5402730 S S DRIVE FAN ASSY SUN P/N: 5402666 S S PERIPHERAL POWER CABLE (INTERNAL) S S SCSI CABLE / BACKPLANE (INTERNAL) S S FLOPPY DATA CABLE (INTERNAL) SUN P/N: 5302176 SUN P/N: 5302153
1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 1
SUN P/N: 5302187
S S FAN ASSY FOR U170E SUN P/N: 5402761 S S SPEAKER/PWR CABLE (INTERNAL) SUN P/N: 5302175 S SUN ULTRA 2 CREATOR STATION S S MOTHER BOARD 200MHZ SUN P/N: 5013132 S S DSIMM 64 MB MODULE SUN P/N: 5012480 S S DSIMM 128 MB MODULE SUN P/N: 5013136 S S TIME KEEPER PROM_SPARE (TOD/NVRAM) SUN P/N: 5251417 S S 3.5 FLOPPY DISK DRIVE SUN P/N: 370-1419 S S CDROM DRIVE SUNCD12X SUN P/N: 3702816 S S CDROM DRIVE SUNCD32X SUN P/N: 3703415 S S 350W POWER SUPPLY SUN P/N: 3001342 S S INTERNAL SPEAKER SUN SUN P/N: 3701579 S S 4.2 GB HARD DISK DRIVE SUN P/N: 5402938 S S 9.1 GB ULTRASCSI HARD DISK DRIVE SUN P/N: 5402951 S S SHROUD ASSY (FAN, SPEAKER, SHROUD) SUN P/N: 5402603 S S CPU MODULE 300MHZ SUN P/N: 5014196 S S SCSI CABLE ASSEMBLY (INTERNAL) SUN P/N: 5302137
2 2 1 2 1
63
RENEWAL PARTS
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
ILLUSTRATION 6-1 ADVANTAGE WORKSTATION FRU LIST (Continued)
23
17
16
19
(Dome or TGX+)
22
7 5
22 2
64
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
ILLUSTRATION 61 ADVANTAGE WORKSTATION FRU LIST (Continued)
ITEM NO.
PART NO.
FRU REP
1 2 3 4 5
DESCRIPTION
QTY
A P P
13 16 16 16 17 17 18 19 20 21 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 23 23 23 23 23 23 23 19 24 24 24 24 25 25 25
2210237 2146374 2112939 2263266 36006481 2240569 2159694 2119404 2112414 36004564 2106974 2157137 2257120 2220945 21275338 2209681 21275333
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
S S FLOPPY DATA CABLE (INTERNAL)
SUN P/N: 5302138
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2
S S TYPE 5 MECHANICAL MOUSE (EURO) SUN P/N: 370-1586 S S TYPE 5 MECHANICAL MOUSE (US) SUN P/N: S S CROSSBOW 3D LOGO MOUSE SUN P/N: 370-3631 S S KEYBOARD TYPE 5 SUN P/N: 3201234 S S KEYBOARD TYPE 6 SUN P/N: 3701272 S S MII TO AUI CONVERTER KIT S S GE LOGGOED MOUSE PAD S S MICROPHONE SUN P/N: 3701678 S S POWER CORD (MONITOR TO CPU BOX) S S TGX + FRAME BUFFER BOARD SUN P/N: 5012253 S S CREATOR GRAPHICS FRAME BUFFER BD SUN P/N: 5012634 S S CREATOR SERIES3 GRAPHICS FRAME BUFFER BD SUN P/N: 5014790 S S MD5/SBX FRAME BUFFER BOARD DOME P/N: 55MD5/SBX155 S S MD4/SUN FRAME BUFFER BOARD DOME P/N: 55MD4SUN1 S S MD4/SBX FRAME BUFFER BOARD DOME P/N: 55MD4SBX1 S S DUAL 1K FRAME BUFFER BOARD DOME P/N: 55MD2SUNGE11 S MONITORS AND MONITOR CABLES S S 20 SUN COLOR MONITOR (REMOTE) SUN P/N: 3651324 OR 3651167 S S 20 SUN COLOR MONITOR (BUTTONS) SUN P/N: 3651335 S S 21 SUN COLOR MONITOR SUN P/N: 3651383 S S 21 SONY COLOR MONITOR (GEMSE) S S 21 SONY COLOR MONITOR (GEMSAAM) S S 1200 X 1600 PORTRAIT MONITOR MEGASCAN P/N: MD24810P AP S S 1728 X 2304 PORTRAIT MONITOR MEGASCAN P/N: DG4820P AP S S 2.5K B&W PORTRAIT MONITOR BARCO P/N : MGD521 A&A+ SUN P/N: X467A
21783062 2178306 2209789 22596032 2254212 2127532 21275322 2220009 21275339 21275334 2265950 2260842 2170977 2261178 4362062
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 1 1 1
S S CABLE FOR 2K FRAME BUFFER DOME P/N: 50MONO600 S S CABLE FOR DUAL 1K FRAME BUFFER DOME P/N: 50SUNBURN200 S S HD15M/HD15M VGA VIDEO CABLE FOR SONY MONITOR (GEMSE) S S HD15M/HD15M VGA VIDEO CABLE FOR SONY MONITOR (GEMSAAM) S S VIDEO EXTENTION CABLE SUN P/N : 5302020 S S ADAPTER HD15/13W3M SONY MONITOR SUN P/N : 1303034 (GEMSE) S S ADAPTER HD15/13W3M FOR SONY MONITOR (GEMSAAM)
65
RENEWAL PARTS
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
23
17
16
19
(Dome or TGX+)
22
7 5
22 2
66
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
ILLUSTRATION 61 ADVANTAGE WORKSTATION FRU LIST (Continued) ITEM NO. A P P
PART NO.
FRU REP
1 2 3 4 5
DESCRIPTION
QTY
26 27 28 28 29 29 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 35 36 37 38 39 39 39 39 39 39 40 40 41 42 43 2159404 2146941 21594042 46313456G1 2249895 2249894 2161941 2159866 2136593 36002959 36003529 36002972 91735506 46287532P2 99171776 2135003 2114689 2183594 2240415 22282602 2250606 2157024 2161098 2161099 2221101 2157129 2210218 2246900
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1
EXTERNAL MULTIPACK STORAGE DISKS OPTION S SUN WIDE SCSI CABLE 68 TO 68 PINS SUN P/N :5301884 S SUN MULTIPACK POWER SUPPLY SUN P/N : 3001283 S SUN MULTIPACK 12 SLOT BACKPLANE SUN P/N : 5012899 S SUN MULTIPACK 6SLOT BACKPLANE SUN P/N : 5014747 S S 2.1 GB HARD DISK DRIVE SUN P/N: 5402730 S S 4.2 GB HARD DISK DRIVE SUN P/N: 5402938 S S 9.1 GB 10000 RPM HARD DISK DRIVE SUN P/N: 5403881 SOFTWARE S S SOLARIS 2.5.1 CDROM S S AW3.1_07.2 APPLICATION CDROM S S AW3.1 JUMPSTART FLOPPY HW_V22 S S AW3.1_07.P1 PATCH CDROM THIN ETHERNET S ETHERNET KIT S S THIN ETHERNET TRANSCEIVER BNC (EURO) S S THIN ETHERNET TRANSCEIVER BNC (US) S S 50 OHM BNC TERMINATOR S THIN ETHERNET TRANSCEIVER RJ45 S CABLE RJ45 (4M) FILMING INTERFACE OPTION S ANALOGIC CDA DASMLCAM INTERFACE BOX 230V (EUROPE ONLY) S ANALOGIC CDA/VDB INTERFACE BOX 230V (EUROPE ONLY) S ANALOGIC CDA DASMLCAM INTERFACE BOX 110V (AMERICA/ASIA) S ANALOGIC CDA/VDB INTERFACE BOX 110V (AMERICAS/ASIA) S DASM II LCAM (NEW DASM) INTERFACE BOX 100/240V S DASM II VDB (NEW DASM) INTERFACE BOX 100/240V S S DASMLCAM FIRMWARE PIF1.3 S S DASMVDB FIRMWARE PIF1.0D S S DASMLCAM & DASMVDB FAN S Y CABLE FOR DASMLCAM S RS 232 CABLE FOR DASMLCAM & DASM II LCAM
1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2
2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1
67
RENEWAL PARTS
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
23
17
16
19
(Dome or TGX+)
22
7 5
22 2
68
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
ITEM NO.
PART NO.
FRU REP
1 2 3 4 5
DESCRIPTION
QTY
A P P
44 45 45 45 45 46 46 46 46 46 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 52 52 53 54 55 55 56 56 57 58 59 59
36004726 36004413 36004412 2255436 2255434
1 2 2 2 2
S STUB CABLE FOR DASMVDB & DASM II VDB S DASMLCAM USERS GUIDE S DASMVDB USERS GUIDE S DASM II LCAM INSTALL MANUAL S DASM II VDB INSTALL MANUAL CDR DISK OPTION S YAMAHA CDR400TX CDR DRIVE WITH EXTERNAL ENCLOSURE S YAMAHA CRW4260 CDR DRIVE WITH EXTERNAL ENCLOSURE S YAMAHA CRW4416SXZ CDR DRIVE WITH EXTERNAL ENCLOSURE S YAMAHA CRW6416SX CDR DRIVE WITH EXTERNAL ENCLOSURE S YAMAHA CRW8424SX CDR DRIVE WITH EXTERNAL ENCLOSURE S CD RECORDABLE 74 MN DISK S UNIPACK DISK ENCLOSURE S S UNIPACK FAN P/N: 3701986
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
2200565 2215117 2240789 2255374 2267454 E80011A N 2256992 2256995 2256996 2256997 2256998 2146379 2221102 2257931
1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
S S UNIPACK DD POWER CABLE P/N: 5302180 S S UNIPACK DD USCSI POWER CARD P/N: 5014823 S S UNIPACK 30W POWER SUPPLY P/N: 3001282 S S UNIPACK LED CABLE P/N: 5302183 S S 2.1GB HARD DISK DRIVE FOR UNIPACK P/N: 5402706 S S 4.2GB HARD DISK DRIVE FOR UNIPACK P/N: 3703412 S S 9.1 GB 10000 RPM HARD DISK FOR UNIPACK SUN P/N: 3900009 GENESIS MAGNETOOPTICAL DISK OPTION S PIONEER OPTICAL DRIVE WITH EXTERNAL ENCLOSURE S 1.2GB PIONEER MOD DISK DICOM MAGNETOOPTICAL DISK OPTION S MAXOPTIX MOD DRIVE WITH EXTERNAL ENCLOSURE S MAXOPTIX STAR SERIES MOD DRIVE WITH EXTERNAL ENCLOSURE S 1.3GB MAXOPTIX MOD DISK S 2.6GB MAXOPTIX MOD DISK SCSI CONNECT. FOR HARDWARE OPTIONS S SCSI SLICK TERMINATOR S S SUN MINISCSI TERMINATOR SUN P/N : 1501785 S SCSI CABLE WIDE 68 PINS / 50 PINS CENTRO 3 S SCSI CABLE WIDE 68 PINS / 50 PINS CENTRO 6
2108048 E8001P
1 2
22066244 22611082 2142726
1 1 2 N
46269601P5 2100532 21601412 2160141
1 1 1 2
69
RENEWAL PARTS
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
23
17
16
19
(Dome or TGX+)
22
7 5
22 2
610
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
ITEM NO.
PART NO.
FRU REP
1 2 3 4 5
DESCRIPTION
QTY
A P P
59 60 60 60 61 61 61 62 63 63
21601413 21104953 21104952 2110495 21104962 2110496 21104964 2150580 2157024 2244839
2 1 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1
S SCSI CABLE WIDE 68 PINS / 50 PINS CENTRO 10 S SCSI CABLE MINI 50 PINS / 50 PINS CENTRO 3 S SCSI CABLE MINI 50 PINS / 50 PINS CENTRO 5 S SCSI CABLE MINI 50 PINS / 50 PINS CENTRO 1.5 S SCSI CABLE (CENTRO/CENTRO) 1.5 S SCSI CABLE (CENTRO/CENTRO) 5 S SCSI CABLE (CENTRO/CENTRO) 3 S S SCSI CABLE 50 / 68 PINS P/N: 5302115 LONG 1.2 M LONG 1.5 M LONG 0.8 M
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
S S SCSI CABLE 68 / 68 PINS P/N: 5301884 S S SCSI CABLE 68 / 68 PINS P/N: 5302283 MISCELLANEOUS
64 - 65 66 E8803AJ 212753310 2225691 2 2 2
S TRACK BALL S CALIBRATOR W/SOLARIS APPS AND HOLD S KEYBOARD EXTENSION CABLE SUN P/N : 5302154 AC POWER CORDS
1 1 1
67 67 68 46269548P105 46307608P1 E8812AE 2 2 2
S POWER CORD (NORTH AMERICA) S POWER CORD (CONTINENTAL EUROPEAN) S OPTIONAL US POWER STRIP INSITE
1 1 1
69 70 71 71 2160923 213151129 2135816 * N 1 1 1
S COLLECTOR NUMBER FOR INSITE KIT (AMERICAS) S S RS232 CABLE DB25 S S US ROBOTICS V34 MODEM (AMERICAS) S S MOTOROLA CODEX 3265 V34 MODEM (EUROPE, M.E.A, ASIA) ( * REFER TO ISERV DIA 0007 REV 06G FOR PART NUMBERS) DSC1024 SCAN CONVERTER
1 1 1 1
72 73 74 75 76 77 E88001A E81001AB E81001AC E81001AD E81001AE E81001AF 1 1 1 1 1 1
S S 13W3 F/DSUB 15P MALE CABLE S S SMF400 CABLE S S 13W3 M / 5BNC MALE CABLE S S SVIDEO DIN CABLE S S BNC CABLE
1 1 1 2 2
611
RENEWAL PARTS
S DSC1024 SONY SCAN CONVERTER
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
Blank page.
RENEWAL PARTS
612
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
CHAPTER 7 FILMING
SECTION 1 INTERCONNECTION 11 Filming Interface installation D Refer to Chapter 8, Section 1, Filming Interface Option for mechanical installation and connection to the workstation. DASMLCAM AND DASMVDB FILMING INTERFACE MUST BE SET TO
FILMING
WARNING
D
SCSI ADDRESS 5. MAKE SURE TO CAREFULLY FOLLOW THE INSTRUCTIONS GIVEN IN CHAPTER 8, SECTION 1. For more information, refer to the Vendors documentation delivered with the unit : for Video type : DASMVDB : Users manual P/N : 36004412 DASM II VDB : Users manual P/N : 2255434 for Digital type : DASMLCAM : Users manual P/N : 36004413 DASM II LCAM : Users manual P/N : 2255436
12
Filming interface declaration for AW application D Refer to Chapter 1, Job Card IST004, and follow carefully Section 4 steps for proper declaration of the Filming Option in the AW application.
13
Connection with the various Laser Cameras. D The camera configurations, which are supported for AW3.1 are : digital connection to the 3M (Imation) Imagers M952, 959XL, 969HQ, Dryview digital connection to the Kodak Imager XLP, 1120, 2180 digital connection to the DUPONT (Sterling) LINX IMAGE Q digital connection to the FUJI Laser Imager digital connection to the KONICA Laser Imager digital connection to the AGFA Imager MIN digital connection to the AGFA Imager MG3000
video connection to the 3M (Imation) Imagers M952, 959XL, 969HQ, Dryview video connection to the Kodak Imager XLP, 1120, 2180 video connection to the DUPONT (Sterling) LINX IMAGE Q video connection to the KONICA Laser Imager video connection to the FUJI Laser Imager video connection to the AGFA Imager MG3000
71
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
FILMING
ILLUSTRATION 71 VDB INTERFACE (FOR ANALOG CONNECTION TO 3M 952 / 959) WORKSTATION LASER CAMERA
scsi
stub cable
RS 422 3M 952 3M 959
SCSI Terminator
Camera Control
VIDEO
PIXEL CLOCK DASM/VDB SCSI Port
ILLUSTRATION 72 LCAM INTERFACE (FOR DIGITAL CONNECTION TO 3M 952 / 959 AND KODAK) WORKSTATION LASER CAMERA 3M 952 scsi 3M 959 KODAK XLP 1120 2180 SCSI Terminator DASM/LCAM SCSI Port Y cable RS 422 37p 25p RS 232 Null modem cable P/N: 36003529 Y CABLE NO LONGER USED WITH DASM II LCAM
Port 1 (Data)
Port 2 (Command)
Note:
No extra grounding is required between interface and laser camera
72
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
scsi
KODAK conversion cable Mod 42 25 to 15 pins
KODAK keypad cable 15 to 15 pins
KODAK XLP SCSI Camera Control VIDEO
Terminator DASM/VDB
PIXEL CLOCK
ILLUSTRATION 74 LCAM INTERFACE (FOR DIGITAL CONNECTION TO AGFA MIN) WORKSTATION
scsi
Y cable SCSI SCSI Port DASM/LCAM Terminator PCB
RS 422
AGFA MIN
PCB = Protocol Converter Box Y CABLE NO LONGER USED WITH DASM II LCAM
952 Cmd cable (null modem)
Amdi Cmd cable (null modem)
73
FILMING
ILLUSTRATION 73 VDB INTERFACE (FOR ANALOG CONNECTION TO KODAK XLP, 2180 AND 1120) WORKSTATION
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
FILMING
ILLUSTRATION 75 VDB INTERFACE (FOR ANALOG CONNECTION TO DUPONT LINX IMAGE Q) WORKSTATION
scsi LINX Stub cable 25p SCSI Port scsi Terminator 37P RS422 IMAGE Q RS422 RS232 DASM/VDB VIDEO/SYNC Pixel clock N.U Centronics 50 pins If Lasercam is 3M 952 with MMU, baud rate is 1200b No MMU, baud rate is 9600b
Laser Camera
37p 25p
ILLUSTRATION 76 LCAM INTERFACE (FOR DIGITAL CONNECTION TO DUPONT LINX IMAGE Q) WORKSTATION
scsi LINX 37p Y cable RS422 RS232 25p RS 232 Null modem cable P/N: 36003529 Centronics 50 pins Y CABLE NO LONGER USED WITH DASM II LCAM If Lasercam is 3M 952 with MMU, baud rate is 1200b No MMU, baud rate is 9600b IMAGE Q RS422 RS232
Laser Camera
50p SCSI Port scsi Terminator
37p 25p
DASM/LCAM
74
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
scsi
25p SCSI Port scsi Terminator
Stub cable 37P
37P UKEIB 9P Opt. fib 3M 969 HQ VEIB
RS422 3M keypad cable DASM/VDB VIDEO/SYNC
Opt. fib
Pixel clock
VEIB : Video External Interface Box
UKEIB : Universal Keyboard External Interface Box UKEIB DIP Switch : 1 , 3 OFF 2 , 4 , 5 , 6 ON
Jumpers on 37 pin cable: 5 to 9 (CTS to DTR) 4 to 8 (RTS to DCD) 23 to 27 (CTS+ to DTR+) 22 to 26 (RTS+ to DCD+)
RS422 HOST CONTROL TO UKEIB 9 PIN 1 2 7 3 8 37 PIN 1 (GND) 21 (RXD+) 3 (RXD) 20 (TXD+) 2 (TXD)
75
FILMING
ILLUSTRATION 77 VDB INTERFACE (FOR ANALOG CONNECTION TO 3M 969 HQ AND DRYVIEW) WORKSTATION
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
FILMING
ILLUSTRATION 78 LCAM INTERFACE (FOR DIGITAL CONNECTION TO 3M 969 HQ AND DRYVIEW) WORKSTATION
scsi
Y cable 50p SCSI Port scsi Terminator DASM/LCAM 37p 25p
RS422 37 p 25p RS232 null modem cable P/N: 36003529 9p
DEIB Opt. Fiber 3M 969 HQ
UKEIB
Opt. Fiber
Y CABLE NO LONGER USED WITH DASM II LCAM
DEIB : Digital External Interface Box UKEIB : Universal Keyboard External Interface Box UKEIB DIP Switch : 1 , 3 , 4 , 6 OFF 2 , 5 ON Jumpers on 25 pin cable: 6 to 8 to 20 (DSR to CD to DTR) 4 to 5 (RTS to CTS) RS232 HOST CONTROL TO UKEIB 9 PIN 1 6 4 25 PIN 7 (GND) 3 (RX) 2 (TX)
UKEIB setup: baud rate: 1200 stop bit; 1 data bit: 8 parity: even character pacing: 0 end of message: CR protocol: ACK/NACK P1....P6 (EXP/DCR...) default from 3M = 0
76
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
AGFA MG3000 scsi Stub cable 25P SCSI Camera Control VIDEO/SYNC RS422 control cable
15P
Terminator DASM/VDB
PIXEL CLOCK
ILLUSTRATION 710 LCAM INTERFACE (FOR DIGITAL CONNECTION TO AGFA MG3000) WORKSTATION AGFA MG30000
scsi
SCSI Terminator DASM/LCAM SCSI Port
Y cable 50p 37p
RS 422 Image data cable 37p
25p
RS 232 No Null modem cable
25p
ILLUSTRATION 711 VDB INTERFACE (FOR ANALOG CONNECTION TO FUJI) WORKSTATION LASER CAMERA scsi Stub cable RS422 cable
SCSI
Camera Control
VIDEO/SYNC
Terminator DASM/VDB
PIXEL CLOCK
77
FILMING
ILLUSTRATION 79 VDB INTERFACE (FOR ANALOG CONNECTION TO AGFA MG3000) WORKSTATION
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
FILMING
ILLUSTRATION 712 LCAM INTERFACE (FOR DIGITAL CONNECTION TO FUJI)
WORKSTATION scsi
LASER CAMERA
Y cable SCSI Terminator DASM/LCAM SCSI Port RS 232 Reconversion Null modem cable cable to non Null modem cable P/N: 36003529 RS 422 cable
ILLUSTRATION 713 VDB INTERFACE (FOR ANALOG CONNECTION TO KONICA)
WORKSTATION scsi
25p RS422 to RS232 Converter Box
Keypad
25p
LASER CAMERA
SCSI
Camera Control
VIDEO/SYNC
Terminator DASM/VDB
PIXEL CLOCK
ILLUSTRATION 714 LCAM INTERFACE (FOR DIGITAL CONNECTION TO KONICA) Y CABLE NO LONGER USED WITH DASM II LCAM
WORKSTATION
scsi
LASER CAMERA
Y cable SCSI Terminator DASM/LCAM SCSI Port RS 232 Null modem cable P/N: 36003529 25p 50p 37p 25p RS 422 37p
Keypad
78
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
21
AW Connection to the 3M (Imation) Laser Imagers M952
211 Video Connection (see Illustration 71) COMMUNICATION LINE: host control RS422. MMU SETUP: D Set the switch 7 of the correspondent dipswitch (SW260 or 261, 36, 46, 56, 66) on the remote device position.
60 HZ. VIDEO PARAMETERS 0 SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4 SW5 SW6 SW7 SW8 SW9 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 2 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 3 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 4 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 5 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 6 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 7 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 NO INTERL. ... EXT.CLOCK = 22.63 m.S. (IMAGE) HORIZ.TIME = TO BE ADJUSTED CLK. DELAY = 3.06 m.S. HOR.DELAY = 1.00 RATIO = 30 LINES VERT.DELAY =1 INTEGER IMAGE LINE = 528 LINES BLACK LEVEL: TO BE ADJUSTED ONLY FOR M952
OBSERVATIONS:
50 HZ. VIDEO PARAMETERS 0 SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4 SW5 SW6 SW7 SW8 SW9 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 2 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 4 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 5 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 6 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 7 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 NO INTERL. ... EXT.CLOCK = 22.63 m.S. (IMAGE) HORIZ.TIME = TO BE ADJUSTED CLK. DELAY = 3.06 m.S. HOR.DELAY = 1.00 RATIO = 86 LINES VERT.DELAY =1 INTEGER IMAGE LINE = 528 LINES BLACK LEVEL: TO BE ADJUSTED ONLY FOR M952
OBSERVATIONS:
79
FILMING
SECTION 2 CAMERA SETTINGS
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
212 Digital Connection (see Illustration 72)

FILMING
COMMUNICATION LINE: MMU SETUP: D D
host control RS232.
Set the switch 7of the correspondent comm.channel (SW260 or 261, 36, 46, 56, 66) on the remote device position. Set the correspondent comm.channel to the RS232 position on SW13.
22
AW Connection to the 3M (Imation) Laser Imager M959
221 Video Connection (see Illustration 71) COMMUNICATION LINE: host control RS422. IMS COMM.PARAMETERS: alarm mode: old other parameters: standard FRAME Vertical Delay Image Lines Horizontal Delay Horiz Act Pixels Pixel Clock Frequency Horizontal Frequency Double gain Black Level Clock Delay Fine Pixel Delay (Float) Fine Pixel Delay (NVRAM) 222 Digital Connection (see Illustration 72) COMMUNICATION LINE: host control RS232. IMS COMM. PARAMETERS: alarm mode: old other parameters: standard Double gain Black Level Clock Delay Fine Pixel Delay (Float) Fine Pixel Delay (NVRAM) 0.5 to 1.0 V pp 100 tune locally tune locally tune locally 28 528 144 549 24.2 MHZ 1648 KHZ 0.5 to 1.0 V pp 100 tune locally tune locally tune locally Video Start Frame Video Source Port Retries Video Passes Window Width Odd No interlaced Port 0 3 5 2
710
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
FRAME Vertical Delay Image Lines Horizontal Delay Horiz Act Pixels Pixel Clock Frequency Horizontal Frequency 23 AW Connection to the Kodak XLP imager Note:
28 528 144 549 24.2 MHZ 1648 KHZ
Video Start Frame Video Source Port Retries Video Passes Window Width
Odd No interlaced Port 0 3 5 2
Kodak XLP imagers must have the hard disk option and firmware Rev. 2.2 (3M Protocol) or later .
231 Video Connection (see Illustration 73)
Device: Bits / Pixels: Lines / Images: Blanking Pixels:
Advantage Windows 8 512 74 1 150 400 150 150 150 400 Interface type: Non interl. Pixels / lines: 539 Blanking Lines: 24 Vertical Pixel aspect: 1 White Hi row: 200 White Hi col: 450 Black Hi row: 200 Black Hi col: 200 Timing Hi row: 200 Timing Hi col: 500 PLL: 1440 for Rev B Mux Bd Internal no Hi External Pixel Clock Source: N/A Sync source: Internal Pixel Clock divide by: 2
Horizontal Pixel aspect: White Low row: White Low col: Black Low Row: Black Low Col: Timing low row: Timing lo col: PLL: 720 for Rev C Mux Bd PIxel Clock Source: Serrating pulses present: PLL frequency range:
CONTROL LINK Command Port id: Stop bit: 1 Data length: 8 1 to 6 Host protocol Type: M952 Parity: Even Baud rate: 1200
711
FILMING
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
Serial driver: RS 422

FILMING
Other parameters are default
Usage of Mod 42 required

232 Digital: connection (see Illustration 72)
Data port id: 1 Image Size: depending on the application Transmission: Segmented Image parity: None Horizontal Pixel aspect: 1 CONTROL LINK Command Port id: 2 Host protocol Type: M952 Parity: Even Baud rate: 1200 Other parameters are default
24 AW Connection to the AGFA MIN Imager
512x512 640x640
Line timer: 10 Vertical Pixel aspect: 1
Stop bit: 1 Data length: 8 Serial driver: RS 232
241 Video connection Video connection to AGFA MIN is not available. 242 Digital connection (see Illustration 74) Example for MIN, Device 1: Go into SIMCOM>TALK mode :1 WCT 41 280 :1 WCT 42 280 :1 WCT 44 500000 :1 SCT Reset the system AMDIC communication parameters AMDI_n>LIST>BAUD> 07h(1200) AMDI_n>LIST>BIT_P_CHAR 08h(8) AMDI_n>LIST>PARITY 04h(none) AMDI_n>LIST>STOPBITS 07h(1) AMDI_n>LIST>SYNC_PROT 01h(Xon/Xoff) AMDI_n>LIST>CHECKSUM 00h(none) ( n can be 1,2,3 or 4 depending on the user channel )
712
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
NOVTAB (SIM) Ad 41 : 280 Ad 42 : 280 Ad 43 : 8 Ad 44 : 500000 25 AW Connection to the AGFA MG3000 Imager
251 Video Connection (see Illustration 79) M952 control interface Baud rate : 1200 Parity : even Data bits : 8 Stop bits : 1 Hand shake : none 252 Digital connection (see Illustration 710) M952 control interface Baud rate : 1200 Parity : even Data bits : 8 Stop bits : 1 Hand shake : XON/XOFF
26
AW Connection to the DUPONT (Sterling) LINX IMAGE Q
261 Video Connection (see Illustration 75) Pixel clock 644 Pixels 544 Lines 524 H. delay 27 V. delay 30 X aspect 32000 Y aspect 32000 Interlace 0 H. frequency 33600 Stability pot 1 Total lines 560
713
FILMING
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
262 Digital Connection (see Illustration 76)

FILMING
DIGITAL INPUT (IDC) RS 422 //
SERIAL INPUT (RS232) (ncc)
Parity on 1 Protocol type 5 Parity even 1 com_character_1 D Request timeout on 1 com_character_2 0 Request timeout 10 Hy_name $scan1 Shared buffer size 30720 Stty_baud 1200 Shared buffer count 35 Stty_parity 3 Shared buff prefetch count 0 Stty_stop_bits 1 Image retry count 1 Stty_data_bits 8 Header abort delay 2 Line abort delay 1 LUT file name inactive Pixels 512 Lines 512 X aspect 32000 Y aspect 32000 Bits per pixel 8 Packing mode 0 27 AW Connection to the 3M (Imation) 969 HQ and Dryview Laser Imager
271 Video Connection (see Illustration 77) UKEIB setup: DIP switch SW1: 1 off, 2 on, 3 off, 4 on, 5 on, 6 on ; SW2: middle Communication line: RS422 IMS. COMM. parameters: Command set: 959 (to be loaded) Alarm mode: old Other parameters: standard M 959 XL VIDEO parameters M 959 XL parameters Note: A stub cable 3M, 37 to 9 pins is necessary with new UKEIB.
272 Digital connection (see Illustration 78) UKEIB setup: DIP switch SW1: 1 off, 2 on, 3 off, 4 off, 5 on, 6 off ; SW2: middle Communication line: Host control RS 232 IMS. COMM. parameters: Command set: 959 (to be loaded) Alarm mode: old Other parameters: standard M 959 XL Note: A stub cable 3M, 25 to 9 pins is necessary with new UKEIB.
714
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
281 Video Connection (see Illustration 711) Information not available at this time. Connection under vendors responsibility. 282 Digital connection (see Illustration 712) Information not available at this time. Connection under vendors responsibility.
29
AW Connection to the KONICA Laser Imager
291 Video Connection (see Illustration 713) Li62P , Li21 , Li10A , li7 , 7A , 8 Li1417D, DH : connection using MIU or Plintlink Connection under vendors responsibility. 292 Digital connection (see Illustration 714) Li62P , Li21 , Li10A , li7 , 7A , 8 (Li10A and Li21 need the RS422 / RS232 converter box) Li1417D, DH : connection using MIU or Plintlink Connection under vendors responsibility.
715
FILMING
28
AW Connection to the FUJI Laser Imager
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
FILMING
SECTION 3 INITIALIZATION DASM filming interface is usually factoryconfigured as SCSI ID 0. This must be changed to SCSI ID 5 for Advantage Workstation. Also check that the mains voltage selection is appropriate to your location and the presence of the SCSI terminator before turning on the power. If SCSI address or mains voltage selection needs to be changed, refer to DASM users manual delivered with your machine. See Chapter 8 Section 5 for more details in order to change the SCSI ID to 5. To properly initialize the system, it is important to turn on the devices in the following order. 1. LASER CAMERA plus MMU (if any). 2. FILMING INTERFACE power LED turns ON then auto tests sequence starts. 3. WORKSTATION boot sequence starts. Note: Note: Use the boot r command to declare DASM to the system at the time of installation. (see chapter 1, Job Card IST 003 and IST004, Section 4) If you cycle power to the laser camera or MMU, you must also turn off power to the DASM filming interface, then turn on power to the filming interface after the laser camera or MMU has completed its initialization. During auto tests and initialization of the interface box, the various LEDs of the front panel (except power on LED) will turn ON and OFF in a well determined sequence until the CPU LED blinks regularly meaning the interface box is ready to receive/transmit. If not, in order to know the meaning of the code expressed by the different LEDs, consult. for Video type : DASMVDB : Users manual P/N : 36004412 for Digital type : DASMLCAM : Users manual P/N : 36004413 SECTION 4 FILMING From the browser, call the SMPTE pattern and print it in 1x1 format to check image quality. During filming, the data flow transfer can be observed on the DASM interface box LEDs. This lets us assume that both SCSI device address, SCSI cable and SCSI port are correct.
716
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
51
Laser Imager Error code (See LASER CAMERA vendors documentation)
52
Filming Interface Error Code (See DASMLCAM users manual)
53
Error and Status Messages Errors occurring when clicking on the PRINT button: D D D D Empty film not printed. Disk is full. Please wait that some queued jobs have been printed and retry later. Internal input/output error has occurred. Please retry or clear page. Cannot spool job for printing. Please retry or restart Film Composer.
The following status messages will appear in a window while attempting to print. Correct the indicated condition and the system will retry automatically. D D D D D D D D SUPPLY MAGAZINE EMPTY RECEIVE MAGAZINE FULL SUPPLY MAGAZINE MISSING RECEIVE MAGAZINE MISSING SUPPLY MAGAZINE OPEN RECEIVE MAGAZINE OPEN TOP COVER OPEN
The following messages may appear while attempting to print: Laser camera has been reserved by another user, or busy. Please wait.
The following status messages will appear in a window while attempting to print. Correct the indicated condition and the system will retry automatically. D Printing paused because of laser camera error (code <nn>). D Please restore laser camera to a ready state, cycle power on the filming interface hardware, Please wait.
Printing paused because of connection error. Filming interface hardware is offline or not connected to the workstation, Please wait.
717
FILMING
SECTION 5 TROUBLE SHOOTING
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
FILMING
Printing paused because of connection error. Laser Camera or MMU offline or disconnected from the filming interface hardware. Please restore correct connections. Cycle power on the filming interface hardware.
Printing paused because of connection error. Clock cable between the filming interface hardware and the laser camera is probably disconnected. Please restore correct connections, cycle power to all filming hardware, (laser camera, MMU if any, and filming interface hardware.
Printing paused because of connection error. Data cable between the filming interface hardware and the laser camera is probably disconnected. Please restore correct connections, cycle power and the filming interface hardware.
Printing paused. Laser camera has been reserved by another user . Please wait.
Note:
For 3M 952, after a film jam, (error code 22 or 23), power off / on the Laser Camera, MMU and DASM because the error is not always cleared by the Reset button on the front panel of the camera. For 3M 952 associated with Film Processor XP 515 , there is a recommended software change to avoid Laser Imager code error 17. The EPROM is labelled IC 12/C and the processor speed at point 05 is 2.34.
Note:
SECTION 6 CHECKS AND UTILITIES 61 Connection Checks Communication from the Advantage Workstation to the filming interface can be checked by opening a Unix command window. Two different kinds of checks can be done. D D D Communication between AW and DASM via SCSI bus. Communication between DASM and laser camera via RS232 or RS422 serial lines.
A directory /export/home/sdc/bin contains the following executables: Showdasm: a program which gives several parameters of the DASM. (SCSI ID, memory size, serial line baud rate EPROM check sum etc.) This command may take about 30 seconds to complete. Open a Command Window and type : su root [Return] enter password : operator [Return] cd /export/home/sdc/bin [Return] ./showdasm [Return]
a result example (Digital DASM) is reported after. Note that no request is sent to the camera.
718
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
Please Wait... Vendor: CDA Device: DASMLCAM Pif software rev: 1.3 Krnl rev: 2.1f DRAM size: 1MB SRAM size: 32KB I/O blocks: 2048 block size: 512 SCSI ID: 5 CMDBLK addr: 200000 Baud: 1200 RS232 ctl reg: hex 8e Eprom checksum: hex XXXXXXXX Internal checksum: hex XXXXXXX RS232 Disabled DBUG Disabled Poweron RAM tests Disabled. Note: Pif software rev : 1.0d for DASMVDB
If an error occurs, typically following message: cant open /dev/dasm 1..., execute the following steps: <prompt> cd /dev [Return] <prompt> ls l dasm1 [Return] Correct answer will be: llrwxrwxrwx 1 root other date dasm1 > /dev/rdsk/c0t5d0s4 If the device node dasm1 cannot be found under /dev, reinstall the Filming function by executing the install.dasm script (see job card IST004). If SCSI ID is not 5, check for correct DASM jumpering . (Refer to DASM users manual). If DASMLCAM firmware is not revision 1.3 or higher (Pif software), please order digital firmware upgrade kit ref : 2161941 If DASMVDB firmware is not revision 1.0d or higher (Pif software), please order analog firmware upgrade kit ref : 2159866 D clrsp, rqs, rsp communication command status Switch user to root if not yet done (passwd operator ) <prompt> cd /export/home/sdc/bin [Return] <prompt> ./clrsp [Return] <prompt> ./rqs [Return] <prompt> ./rsp [Return] Byte Byte 0: 128: Index 00 10 20 30 40 02 00 45 00 69 59 41 46 00 a3 01 52 2c 2c 53 4c 02 43 21 e3 00 e3 03 e3 01 0a 2c 4c e3 0b 02 0c e3 0d 2c 0c 63 63 0e 0f buffer size: f0 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 51 53 0d ob 00 53 54 41 46 4c 4f 2c 0c 0a 0c 20 31 4f 0a 52 44 59 2c 2c 46 20 31 4f 2c 0a 52 44 iRQS...STA, .1, RD 69 52 A, . 1, RDY, FLO..IR 2c QS...STA,1,RDY, (to clear response) (request status from camera) (display response).
The following is a typical response see the string STA, 1, RDY when camera is ready.
69 52 51 53 0d 0b 00 53 54 Y, FLO..iRQS...ST 20 31 52 44 59
0d 0b 00 53 54 41
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 FLO...........................
........................................................................................
719
FILMING
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
FILMING
62
Utility Commands Open FILM COMPOSER.
Wait for the browser window to pop up , click on Applications icon in upper right corner of browser and select FILM COMPOSER Application Icon A new screen pop up with a list of command buttons. D A CLEAR button is available on the Film Composer Clicking on this button will remove all jobs present in the Printer Queue and clean the spooling directory. A QUEUE button is available , clicking on this button will open a new screen where you can choose LaserCamera or Postcrip Print queue and select the job that you want to be paused resumed or cleaned. For the Film Composer, the spooling directory is : /export/home/sdc/film
Images are already on Film Composer , at the time you click on Print button, check the directory by running : <prompt> cd /export/home/sdc/film [return] <prompt> ls al [return] total 7734 drwxrwxrwx 3 sdc drwxrxrx 19 sdc drwxrwxrwx 2 sdc rwrr 1 sdc rwrr 1 sdc rwrr 1 sdc rwrr 1 sdc rwrr 1 sdc rwrr 1 sdc rwrwrw 1 sdc lrwxrwxrwx 1 sdc <prompt>[3] where: Each FCIconX file corresponds to one little ICON in the Film Composer Each FCImageX file corresponds to the data used by the little ICON Each imgXXXXXXX file corresponds to the complete film built by clicking on Print button
informix 512 Mar informix 1536 Mar informix 512 Mar informix 19321 Mar informix 19044 Mar informix 262144 Mar informix 262144 Mar informix 204800 Mar informix 3146360 Mar informix 0 Mar informix 9 Mar
6 5 5 6 6 6 6 6 6 5 5
13:56 18:24 14:55 13:54 13:54 13:54 13:54 13:56 13:56 14:55 12:12
./ ../ AutoFilmComposer/ FCIcon0 FCIcon1 FCImage0 FCImage1 PRS.savestate img0a000LM lcam_spool_status log > /dev/null
720
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
Images are already on Scrapbook , at the time you click on Print button, check the directory by running : cd /export/home/sdc/book [return] ls al [return] total 3450 drwxrxrx drwxrxrx rwrr rwrr rwrr rwrr rwrr rwrr 2 22 1 1 1 1 1 1 sdc sdc sdc sdc sdc sdc sdc sdc informix informix informix informix informix informix informix informix 512 2560 69696 69169 525336 262144 525336 262144 Mar Mar Mar Mar Mar Mar Mar Mar 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 10:14 10:12 10:14 10:14 10:14 10:14 10:14 10:14 ./ ../ SBIcon0 SBIcon1 SBImage0 SBImage0.print SBImage1 SBImage1.print
Where each SBIconX file corresponds to one little ICON in the Film Composer Each SBImageX file corresponds to the data used by the screen save action Each SBImageX.print file corresponds to the data which will be used at the time you click on Print button At this time Scrapbook function will use the Filming spooling directory (e.g /export/home/sdc/film) To check if a file is created in film directory, run : cd /export/home/sdc/film [return] ls al [return] total 1482 drwxrxrx 2 sdc drwxrxrx 22 sdc rwrr 1 sdc rwrr 1 sdc lrwxrwxrwx 1 sdc informix informix informix informix informix 512 2560 204800 524600 9 Mar Mar Mar Mar Mar 7 7 7 7 7 10:24 10:12 10:24 10:24 01:10 ./ ../ PRS.savestate img1a000bN log > /dev/null
Where each imgXXXXXXX file corresponds to the complete film. Note: 63 When you select print function in Scrapbook mode, only imgXXXXXXX files are present in film directory.
Smooth/Sharp parameter setting Login as root then change to the lc directory cd /export/home/sdc/film [Return] Edit the LcConfigFile with the vi editor (make sure to type a capital L, C and F). Note that this file does not exist until it has been edited once and saved. vi LcConfigFile [Return] Type i for insert and write on the first line of this file : aa for smooth or dd for sharp. Update and quit
721
FILMING
For the Scrap Book, the spooling directory is : /export/home/sdc/book
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
64
FILMING
Accessing and using the log file Filming with a DASM Filming Interface uses 4 different logfiles : filmlog : Traces of the Film Composer booklog : Traces of the Film Composer for ScrapBook prslog : Traces of the print server (prserver) These first 3 logfiles are automatically active. dasmlog : Traces of the DASM filming interface. This last logfile has been intentionnally inactivated, because very verbose. If you have troubles with Filming, you may activate it in order to obtain some usefull data to analyze. To activate it, change to the scripts directory : cd /export/home/sdc/scripts [Return] Run the start_filming scripts start_filming v [Return] MESSAGE from prserver 2413>> Mon Sep 22 17:08:20 1997 [Server]> initialization in progress for port PRSserver MESSAGE from prserver 2413>> Mon Sep 22 17:08:20 1997 [Server]> ...initialization completed for port PRSserver Note: start_filming is to be used with a v to set the dasmlog file in the active mode. It is also usefull to restart the print server. In order to set the dasmlog to the inactive mode, run the start_filming script without the v option. The Logfiles are periodically and automatically cleaned up by the system cron to prevent them from growing up, consuming disk space. Change to the logfiles directory cd /export/home/sdc/logfiles [Return] Read the contents of the prslog, filmlog, booklog and/or dasmlog files e.g : more prslog [Return] Note: You can as well use the command display_logfile f <logfile_name> which also takes in account and packages for easier readind the older compressed logfiles (e.g : browserlog.WedSep1715:15:04.Z ) The following is an example of prslog logfile. The first lines show normal condition messages, when the last lines show an error condition message. MESSAGE from Process 698>> Thu Sep 5 07:36:44 1996 [Server]> initialization in progress for port PRSserver MESSAGE from Process 698>> Thu Sep 5 07:36:44 1996 [Server]> ...initialization completed for port PRSserver MESSAGE from Process 715>> Thu Sep 5 07:36:46 1996 [PRSserver]> Hello, Im the print server, still alive on host phoenix3 MESSAGE from Process 698>> Thu Sep 5 09:41:51 1996 [Server]> Caught signal : 2 MESSAGE from Process 698>> Thu Sep 5 09:41:51 1996 [Server]> terminated MESSAGE from Process 2224>> Thu Sep 5 16:56:06 1996 [PRSserver]> Unable to execute print interface program /usr/lib/lcof MESSAGE from Process 2224>> Thu Sep 5 16:56:06 1996 [PRSserver]> Unable to execute print interface program /usr/lib/lcof
Note:
722
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
CHAPTER 8 OPTIONS
Note: This chapter gives you additional information about all options supported on AW3.1 There you can find information such as jumper settings and diagnostics for the hardware options and uninstallation procedure for both hardware and software options. All installation procedures are detailed in chapter 1 Job cards.
SECTION 1 : SECTION 2 : SECTION 3 : SECTION 4 : SECTION 5 :
MULTIPACK Storage disks option CDRecordable drive option GENESIS MOD drive option DICOM MOD drive option DASM Filming interface option
NON SCSI Hardware options

SECTION 6 : SECTION 7 : SECTION 8 : 128MB, 256MB or 512MB memory option Trackball option (DIA) Second monitor option
Software options
SECTION 9 : SECTION 10 : SECTION 11 : SECTION 12 : SECTION 13 : SECTION 14 : SECTION 15 : SECTION 16 : SECTION 17 : Advanced CT/MR option package Advanced XRay option package 3D option package Dentascan option package Navigator option package Tissue Volume option package FuncTool option package Volume Rendering option package Unlisted option package
Other options
SECTION 18 : SECTION 19 : SECTION 20 : SECTION 21 : SECTION 22 : InSite Modem option Color Printer option (DIA) Greyscale Printer option (DIA) Scan Converter option (DIA) DICOM Print option
81
OPTIONS
SCSI Hardware options
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
SCSI Hardware options overview

Storage Disks Pack SCSI Port ULTRASPARC station IN Computer box OPTIONS 68 pins OUT SCSI IDs =9, 10,11,12,13,14 (6slot Multipack) 68 pins 68 pins Type #1 Type #1 68 to 68 SCSI II Wide cable CDR option Type #5 68 to 50 Centronics cable HD drive SCSI ID =3 or 4 CDR and Dicom MOD OR CDR and Genesis MOD OR Dicom and Genesis MOD Type #2 68 to 50 mini SCSI II cable CDR drive SCSI ID =2 68 to 68 SCSI II Wide cable SCSI IDs =10,11,12,13,14,15 (older 12slot Multipack)
SCSI IDs = 0,1,6
Type #3 DICOM MOD option DASM box 50 mini SCSI to 50 Centronics cable SCSI ID =4 SCSI ID =3 or 4 SCSI ID=5 GENESIS MOD option
Type #4 SCSI active terminator for last device 50 to 50 Centronics cable
Cable type #1 : Sun wide SCSI cable 68 pins to 68 pins : P/N = 2244839 : SUN P/N : 5302283 Cable type #2 : Sun wide SCSI cable 68 pins to 50 pins : P/N = 2150580 : SUN P/N : 5302115 Cable type #3 : Sun mini SCSI cable 50 pins to Centronics 50 pins : P/N = 2110495 and (2 ; 3) Cable type #4 : Centronics 50 pins to Centronics 50 pins : P/N = 2110496 and (2 ; 4) Cable type #5 : Sun wide SCSI cable 68 pins to Centronics 50 pins : P/N = 2160141 and (2 ; 3)
82
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
SECTION 1 MULTIPACK STORAGE DISKS OPTION. 11 Physical connection
SCSI terminator SCSI Port
input
output
OPTIONS
Next Device Last Device
WORKSTATION
4,8, 12 Gb hard disk Multipack storage
Note:
Do not use any other location as it could give address conflicts with the other SCSI devices. Two types of Storage Multipack towers can be found: Older type : 12slot tower with fixed SCSI addresses from 10 to 15. This type is obsolete and is no longer supplied. Newer type : 6slot tower with fixed SCSI addresses from 9 to 14. Three types of hard disks can be found and/or installed into the towers: Older type : 2.1GB disk. This type is obsolete and will never be supplied in new towers nor in new disks increments. Current type (obsolescence starting mid 1999) : 4.2Gb disk. This type which is currently found in the new tower, is compatible with the old ones, as long as you use the floppy diskette delivered within the package (for AW3.1_06 only. Do not use the diskette for AW3.1_07 or up).
A Floppy diskette is currently delivered with each new tower or each new disk(s) increment. Its purpose is to update the install.storage script, so to deal with any change in the hardware, such as 12slot to 6slot tower (SCSI from 1015 to 914), hard disks from 2.1GB to 4.2GB. Do not use it for AW3.1_07 or up. New type : 9.1GB disk 10000 rpm. This type is now replacing the 4.2GB disk, but the AW database can only support 2 x 9.1GB . Do not attempt to install 4 or 6 x 9.1GB disks, because this may crash your Database. 9.1GB disks can only be installed with AW3.1_07 or up. Do not use the diskette with 9.1GB disks.
83
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
12slot tower ; rear view connection
4,8, 12 Gb hard disk Multipack storage UltraSparc workstation

screen plug (depends on model and number) IN
OPTIONS
screen plug
serial port connection
I O
OUT
keybord plug RJ45 network plug To next device 6868 pins cable
6slot tower ; rear view connection
UltraSparc workstation
screen plug (depends on model and number) screen plug serial port connection
SCSI ID 914
STORAGE DISKS PACK
I O
IN
keybord plug RJ45 network plug 6868 pins cable OUT
To next device
84
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
12
SCSI address setting
121 12slot tower The 4GB , 8GB or 12GB disk options use the same 2.1GB hard disk drives that are used inside the UltraSparc1 computer box. The SCSI addressing is fixed and determined by the physical location of the drives into the Storage pack. You might receive from manufacturing, a SPARCstorage Multipack with all the disk unit improperly (Suns default from factory) placed in the unit s rear half instead of front half as shown in following illustration. You have to correctly move all the disk units , as explained in Section 23 to use the correct SCSI addressing.
CAUTION
12slot tower
Empty 2.1GB Target 10 2.1GB Target 11 2.1GB Target 12 2.1GB Target 13 2.1GB Target 14 2.1GB Target 15 12 GB option FRONT 8 GB option 4GB option
Empty Empty Empty Empty Empty REAR
Lock key position
SparcStorage Multipack side view, without side cover
4GB option : Uses 2 x 2.1GB hard disk drives at SCSI addresses A and B (10 and 11) seen by the CPU as c0t10d0 and c0t11d0. When installed, /export/home2 filesystem is created. 8GB option : Uses 4 x 2.1GB hard disk drives at SCSI addresses A , B, C and D (10, 11, 12 and 13) seen by the CPU as c0t10d0, c0t11d0, c0t12d0, c0t13d0. When installed, /export/home2 and /export/home3 filesystems are created 12GB option : Uses 6 x 2.1GB hard disk drives at SCSI addresses A , B, C, D, E and F (10, 11, 12, 13, and 14) seen by the CPU as c0t10d0, c0t11d0, c0t12d0, c0t13d0, c0t14d0, c0t15d0. When installed, /export/home2, /export/home3 and /export/home4 filesystems are created.
85
OPTIONS
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
122 6slot tower The 8GB , 16GB or 24GB disk options use the same 4.2GB hard disk drives that are used inside the UltraSparc2 computer box. The SCSI addressing is fixed and determined by the physical location of the drives into the Storage pack. Make sure that the SCSI ID switch located at the rear of the Storage Disks Pack is set to SCSI ID 914. You might receive from manufacturing, a SPARCstorage Multipack with the disks improperly (Suns default from factory) placed in the unit. You have to correctly move all the disk units , as explained in Section 13 to use the correct SCSI addressing.
OPTIONS
CAUTION
SCSI ID Switch
Empty (no connector) Disk #1: 4.2GB Target 9 Empty (no connector)
SCSI ID
Empty (no connector)
6slot tower
12 Disk #4: 4.2GB Target 12 Empty (no connector)
Lock key position Disk #2: 4.2GB Target 10 10 13 Disk #5: 4.2GB Target 13 Empty (no connector) Empty (no connector)
Disk #3: 4.2GB Target 11 11 14 Disk #6: 4.2GB Target 14
REAR
FRONT
SparcStorage Multipack side view, without side cover

D 8GB option : Uses disk #1 and disk #2 ,2 x 4.2GB hard disk drives at SCSI addresses 9 and 10 seen by the CPU as c1t9d0 and c1t10d0. When installed, /export/home2 filesystem is created. 16GB option : Uses disk #1, disk #2, disk #3 and disk #4 at SCSI addresses 9, 10, 11 and 12seen by the CPU as c1t9d0s0, c1t10d0, c1t11d0, c1t12d0. When installed, /export/home2 and /export/home3 filesystems are created 24GB option : Uses disk #1, disk #2, disk #3, disk #4, disk #5 and disk #6 at SCSI addresses 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14 seen by the CPU as c1t9d0s0, c1t10d0, c1t11d0, c1t12d0, c1t13d0s0, c1t14d0s0. When installed, /export/home2, /export/home3 and /export/home4 filesystems are created. Starting August 1999, 4.2GB hard disks are no longer available and are replaced by 9.1GB 10000RPM hard disk drives, limited to a maximum of 2 disks (18GB) in the Multipack (for database integrity ).
Note:
86
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
13
Hard disk drive replacement Note: The SPARC storage Multipack disk (2.1GB or 4.2GB) must have brackets similar to the ones already in the unit. (see Figure below)
Latch
Disk drive with bracket
Removing the old disk : D D D Note: D D D D Shutdown and turn OFF workstation. Turn OFF Storage pack and other SCSI peripherals. Unlock and remove the left side cover Attach a wrist strap to your wrist and to the chassis unit. Be sure the power cord to the Multipack unit is still connected to the wall plug to ensure a ground. Unlatch the drive bracket handle (on the right) to release it. Pull the bracket handle out and swing it open 180 degrees until it pushes against the chassis. Continue pushing the handle onto the chassis applying mild pressure until the drive pops out from the connector. Slide the dirve out.
Inserting the new disk : D D D D D D Note: With the bracket extended 90 degrees, insert the disk drive into the drive bay, aligning the connector on the drive with the connector on the backplane. Gently push the drive until it snaps to the connector. Swing the drive bracket handle closed until it latches. Replace the left side cover. Turn ON power to the Storage pack then to the workstation. Reinstall Storage pack option following steps described in Chapter 1 , IST004
This will erase ALL IMAGES from your A W , internal disks included, for safety reasons (Database integrity).
87
OPTIONS
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
14
Power supply replacement D D D D D Shutdown and turn OFF workstation. Turn OFF Storage pack and other SCSI peripherals. Disconnect the SCSI cable and the power cord from the Storage pack. Remove the 3 screws and the lock block that hold the back cover Remove the 2 phillips head screws that attach the power supply to the unit. Carefully pull the power supply out from the unit using the pull strap. Align the new power supply so that the connector plug lines up with the connector on the backplane, then insert it until its edges are flush against the edge of the chassis. Insert and tighten the 2 screws to secure the power supply then replace the backcover and insert and tighten the 3 screws plus lock block. Connect the SCSI cable and power cord to the enclosure.
OPTIONS
D D D
15
Option installation Refer to Chapter 1 , Job Card IST004
16
Option deinstallation D D Open a command window from the root menu, service tools submenu. Login as root: console login : root [Return] Password : operator [Return] (default root password) Move to the install directory: cd /export/home/sdc/install [Return] Run the uninstall script ./uninstall.storage [Return]
D D
Note:
At this time you will have to reply YES two times to a warning message. This will erase ALL IMAGES from your AW, internal disks included, for safety reasons (Database integrity).
88
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
SECTION 2 CDR DRIVE OPTION 21 Physical connection
SCSI Port
input
output
input
output
OPTIONS
Storage Unipack HD for CDR Next device SCSI active terminator
WORKSTATION
CDR drive
The CDR option consists of a CDR drive and an external Storage Unipack hard disk drive. D D D D D D D The CDR drive and the associated Storage Unipack Hard disk drive are SCSI devices. SCSI devices must be terminated when standing last in line. Storage Unipack Hard Disk SCSI address must be set to 3 (or 4 when the Dicom MOD option is installed ). CDR drive SCSI address must be set to 2 LINE VOLTAGE IS AUTOMATICALLY SELECTED WHEN THE UNIT IS SWITCHED ON. It must be connected and powered up before booting up the workstation. Type of SCSI cables Two kinds of SCSI cable are needed and are provided with the CDR option: Note: Type 1 : 68 wideSCSI to 68 wideSCSI ( workstation or Multipack Storage disks to Storage Unipack hard disk peripheral ). Type 2 : 68 wideSCSI to 50 miniSCSI (Storage Unipack disk to CDR dirve).
The length of these cables has been chosen to fit most of the sites. Longer cables can be ordered as spare parts. Refer to chapter 6 for references.
89
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
CAUTION
Never connect a SCSI peripheral to the SCSI bus or change its SCSI address when either the workstation or the peripheral is powered on. CDR drive, rear view
2
OPTIONS
SCSI address
Terminator Off On Yamaha Cdr400tx
Storage Unipack hard disk for CDR, rear view Storage Unipack HD
34
Supported configurations : D D D D 22 Yamaha CDR 400 TX with Sun 2.1GB Storage Unipack HDD Yamaha CRW 4260 TX with Sun 4.2GB Storage Unipack HDD Yamaha CRW 4416 SX with Sun 4.2GB Storage Unipack HDD Yamaha CRW 6416 with Sun 9.1GB Storage Unipack HDD (AW3.1_03 or up) ( AW3.1_06.5 or up) (AW3.1_07.2 or up) (AW3.1_07.P2 or up)
Switch settings The CDR drive has a builtin terminator. It must not be used. Make sure it is positioned to OFF when the CDR drive is standing last in line. Use the Active terminator, delivered with the option, instead.
23
Software declaration Refer to Chapter 1 , Job Card IST004
24
Deinstallation D Login as sdc: console login : sdc [Return] Password : adw3.1 [Return] (default sdc password) Open a command window from the root menu, service tools submenu.
CAUTION
O
SCSI address IN OUT D 810
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
Switch user to root su root [Return] enter password : operator [Return] Move to the install directory: cd /export/home/sdc/install [Return] Run the uninstall.cdr script ./uninstall.cdr [Return]
D D
25
Running CDR diagnostics CDR diagnostics can be run either by root or sdc.
OPTIONS
251 Running the showcdr utility D D Change to the scripts directory: cd /export/home/sdc/scripts [Return] Run the showcdr diagnostics utility: ./showcdr [Return]
Result of the command if no Cdrom media or already burned Cdrom inserted Running CDR diagnostic system KPARcdr CDcreation Cd recorder support Software Please insert a DICOM CD or blank CD for testing (about 30 seconds delay ...) Unit is ready The CD is not blank The option CDR has been checked, we will now eject the CD 252 Checking for CDR Filesystem D Run the dmesg command dmesg | grep target [Return] sd2 at SUNW,fas0 : target 2 lun0 (CDR drive) sd3 at SUNW,fas0 : target 3 lun0 (Hard disk drive for CD-R) sd5 at SUNW,fas0 : target 5 lun0 sd6 at SUNW,fas0 : target 6 lun0 (internal Cdrom drive) sd0 at SUNW,fas0 : target 0 lun0 sd1 at SUNW,fas0 : target 1 lun0 KPAR_cdr0 : ReadOnly Direct Access device at target 2, lun0 KPAR_cdr0 at SUNW,fas0 : target 2 lun0 D Run the df k command df k [Return] Filesystem ........ ........ ........ /dev/dsk/c0t3d0s5 kbytes .... .... .... xxxxxx used avail capacity Mounted on ... ... ...... ........ ... ... ...... ........ ... ... ...... ........ yyyyyy zzzzz XX% /export/cdr
811
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
SECTION 3 GENESIS OPTICAL DISK DRIVE OPTION Pionneer 1.2GB MOD drive 31 Physical connection
OPTIONS
SCSI active terminator SCSI Port
input
output
GENESIS MOD drive
Last Device
WORKSTATION
D D D D D
The external optical disk is a SCSI device. It must be terminated when standing last in line. LINE VOLTAGE IS AUTOMATICALLY SELECTED WHEN THE UNIT IS SWITCHED ON. It must be connected and powered up before booting up the workstation. Type of SCSI cables The SCSI plug on the optical disk drive is a Centronics 50 pins plug. Two kinds of SCSI cable can be needed and are provided with the optical disk drive: Type 5 : 68 pins WideSCSI to Centronics 50p ( workstation to peripheral ). Type 4 : Centronics 50p to Centronics 50p ( peripheral to peripheral ).
A Centronics 50p SCSI active terminator is also provided with the optical disk drive. Note: D The length of these cables has been chosen to fit most of the sites. Longer cables can be ordered as spare parts. Refer to chapter 5 for references. The 1.2GB MOD drive SCSI address is 4. This is selectable by means of target address switch located at the rear of the device.
32
Switches setting The 1.2GB MOD drive from your older AW1.2 or AW2.0 system can be reinstalled on your new AW3.1 system. Make sure that you change the settings to match the new SCSI mode and SCSI address.
812
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
CAUTION CAUTION
The hardware settings must be made when the unit is powered off.
Never connect a SCSI peripheral to the SCSI bus or change its SCSI address when either the workstation or the peripheral is powered on.
Standard 1.2GB MOD drive, rear view ( external )
ON OFF 1 2 3 4 5
4
SCSI address
SW1 : PARITY CHECK ( DISABLE / ENABLE ) : OFF SW2 : RESERVED : OFF SW3 : RESERVED : OFF SW4 : MODE : OFF SW5 : MODE : ON ( SCSI II )
Move switch 5 from OFF to ON
Repackaged (Datalink) 1.2GB MOD drive, rear view ( external ) The settings are internal for the repackaged 1.2GB MOD drive. Remove the 4 screws located at the bottom, in order to remove the cover of the enclosure.
O
4
SCSI address
Remove 4 screws to open cover
813
OPTIONS
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
Repackaged (Datalink) 1.2GB MOD drive, rear view ( internal ) In order to select SCSI II mode, you must add a Jumper on pins 8 of the DIP connector as shown below. All other positions of the connector remain empty, except for 1, 2 and 3 which are connected to the SCSI target address switch.
OPTIONS
.... ....
To SCSI target address switch
Not used
O
Add Jumper here
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
........ ........
33
Software declaration Refer to Chapter 1 , Job Card IST004
34
Deinstallation D Login as sdc: console login : sdc [Return] Password : adw3.1 [Return] (default sdc password) Open a command window from the root menu, service tools submenu. Switch user to root su root [Return] enter password : operator [Return] Move to the install directory: cd /export/home/sdc/install [Return] Run the uninstall.mod script ./uninstall.mod [Return] License removed # MOD Application removed
D D
D D
35
Running MOD diagnostics MOD diagnostics can be run either by root or sdc. D D Change to the scripts directory: cd /export/home/sdc/scripts [Return] Insert a Pioneer MOD or WORM into the drive. If using a WORM, it must be labelled as Genesis. A blank WORM cannot be used. Advantage Windows cannot have the media attached, either.
814
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
Run the showmod diagnostics utility: ./showmod [Return] Running MOD diagnostics Verifying correct device driver installed ...okay! Verifying access to the drive (read only test) ...okay!
36
MOD warning and error messages

OPTIONS
During installation D YOU MUST BE ROOT TO RUN INSTALL.MOD. INSTALLATION ABORTED: Switch user to root and start again D REMOVING OLD MOD CONFIGURATION INFORMATION : REMOVING OLD MOD DEVICE DRIVER: MOD has already been installed once and the old files are being removed. D FAILURE INSTALLING MOD DEVICE DRIVER: Check that your device is connected, powered up, and that has been declared to the workstation using the r option of the boot sequence. During showmod diagnostics D FAILURE OPENING THE DEVICE. ERROR : FOLDER KEY NOT FOUND: FAILURE OPENING THE DEVICE. ERROR : FOLDER NOT BLOCK TYPE: FAILURE OPENING THE DEVICE. ERROR : FOLDER SEARCH FAILED: The MOD configuration file appears corrupt. It should have been created correctly as part of sdc installation. Run the install script again. If no change, reload the A.W application software. D FAILURE OPENING THE DEVICE. ERROR : NO MEDIA : There is no media in the drive. Insert a Pioneer MOD or WORM. If using a WORM, it must be labelled as Genesis. D FAILURE READING THE MEDIA. ERROR : INCOMPLETE READ : FAILURE READING THE MEDIA. ERROR : MEDIA ERROR : FAILURE READING THE MEDIA. ERROR : NONE READ : The media in the drive appears faulty. Try a different media and repeat the test. D FAILURE OPENING THE DEVICE. ERROR : UNKNOWN MEDIA Unknown media in the drive. Please insert a Pioneer MOD or WORM in the drive and repeat the test. If using a WORM, it must be labelled as Genesis.
815
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
FAILURE OPENING THE DEVICE. ERROR : SCSI ERROR: Check that the SCSI cable and terminator (if end of the SCSI bus) are present and securely connected. Check that the drives SCSI ID and DIP switches are properly set. If the condition persists, reboot the system.
D
OPTIONS
FAILURE OPENING THE DEVICE. ERROR : OPEN FAILED: Check that the device is not used by another application (attached via SdC archive for example). Check that the MOD is powered on. Check that the SCSI cable and terminator (if end of the SCSI bus) are present and securely connected. Check that the drives SCSI ID and DIP switches are properly set. If the condition persists, reboot the system.
FAILURE FAILURE FAILURE FAILURE FAILURE TYPE: FAILURE DEVICE: FAILURE FAILURE
OPENING THE DEVICE. ERROR : MODE SENSE FAILED: OPENING THE DEVICE. ERROR : MODE SET FAILED: OPENING THE DEVICE. ERROR : NOT READY: OPENING THE DEVICE. ERROR : HARDWARE ERROR: OPENING THE DEVICE. ERROR : UNKNOWN MACHINE OPENING THE DEVICE. ERROR : UNKNOWN SCSI
OPENING THE DEVICE. ERROR : WRONG ODR TYPE: OPENING THE DEVICE. ERROR : READ MODE FAILED:
The media or drive may be faulty. Repeat the test with different media. Check that the device is not used by another application (attached via SdC archive for example). Check that the MOD is powered on. Check that the SCSI cable and terminator (if end of the SCSI bus) are present and securely connected. Check that the drives SCSI ID and DIP switches are properly set. If the condition persists, reboot the system. If the problem persists, replace the MOD drive.
816
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
SECTION 4 DICOM OPTICAL DISK DRIVE Maxoptics 2.6GB MOD drive Note: The only 2 medias which can be used with AW are : 2.6GB : 2.3GB 512 Bytes/Sector formatted : DIA P/N : E80011NC 1.3GB : 1.2GB 512 Bytes/Sector formatted : DIA P/N : E80011NB All other medias (1024 or 2048 Bytes/sector) are not compatible. Warn your customer not to purchase them locally.
OPTIONS
SCSI active terminator SCSI Port
41
Physical connection
input
output
Next Device
DICOM MOD drive
Always last in line

WORKSTATION 4,8, 12 Gb hard disk Multipack storage
D D D D D
The Maxoptics 2.6GB MOD drive is a SCSI device. The Maxoptics 2.6GB MOD must always stand last in line and be terminated by means of the active terminator. LINE VOLTAGE IS AUTOMATICALLY SELECTED WHEN THE UNIT IS SWITCHED ON. It must be connected and powered up before booting up the workstation. Type of SCSI cables The SCSI plug on the MOD drive is a Centronics 50 pins plug. Two kinds of SCSI cable can be needed and are provided with the optical disk drive: Type 5 : 68 pins WideSCSI to Centronics 50p ( workstation to peripheral ). Type 4 : Centronics 50p to Centronics 50p ( peripheral to peripheral ).
A Centronics 50p SCSI active terminator is also provided with the optical disk drive. Note: The length of these cables has been chosen to fit most of the sites. Longer cables can be ordered as spare parts. Refer to chapter 5 for references.
817
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
The 2.6GB MOD Unit SCSI address is 3. This is selectable by means of the target address switch located at the rear of the device. Never connect a SCSI peripheral to the SCSI bus or change its SCSI address when either the workstation or the peripheral is powered on.
CAUTION
Dicom MOD drive, rear view ( external )

OFF 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 ON
3
OPTIONS
SCSI address
42
Switches setting check the correct switch setting for your drive T4 type Drive
OFF 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 ON
T5 2600 type Drive

OFF ON
write cache enable write verification remote media type peripheral device type internal terminator not used TMT5 2600 type Drive
OFF 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 ON
on MO drive Verify off Cache on Cache on off Terminator off off
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Removable media Hard drive Write Write Read Active Power

INT EXT
TMT52600 * series type Drive

OFF ON
Disable removable media report Disable optical media report Enable verify after write Disable write Cache Disable read Cache Enable active terminator Enable internal terminator power Enable external terminator power
Verify off off Termination off off Not used
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Write active Power

INT EXT
The Maxoptix Dicom MOD drive must always stand last in SCSI line. Therefore, terminator switches must be set to OFFand an external Active Terminator must be connected. 43 Software declaration Refer to Chapter 1 , Job Card IST004
818
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
44
Deinstallation D Login as sdc: console login : sdc [Return] Password : adw3.1 [Return]
(default sdc password)
D D
Open a command window from the root menu, service tools submenu. Switch user to root su root [Return] enter password : operator [Return] Move to the install directory: cd /export/home/sdc/install [Return] Run the uninstall.dicmod script ./uninstall.dicmod [Return] License removed # MOD Application removed
OPTIONS
D D
45
Running MOD diagnostics MOD diagnostics can be run either by root or sdc. D D D Change to the scripts directory: cd /export/home/sdc/scripts [Return] Insert a Maxoptics 2.6GB MOD into the drive. Run the showdicmod diagnostics utility: ./showdicmod [Return] Running MOD diagnostics Verifying correct device driver installed ...okay! Verifying access to the drive (read only test) ...okay!
819
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
SECTION 5 DASM FILMING INTERFACE OPTION
51
Old type DASMs ( DASMLCAM & DASMVDB)
input
OPTIONS
SCSI Port
SCSI terminator
output
Other device
DASM interface
WORKSTATION
4,8,12 Gb hard disk Multipack storage
D D D
LINE VOLTAGE IS FACTORY SELECTED TO 115V OR 220V. Check before powering up the unit. The DASM Filming interface is a SCSI device. As a SCSI device, it can be daisy chained and must be terminated when standing last in line. It must be connected and powered up before booting up the workstation. The DASM interface SCSI MUST BE set to 5. It is selectable by means of jumpers located inside the device and is factory set to 0 as it was previously used for Advantage Windows v1.2 or v2.0. In this case, the selected address 0 will conflict with the address of one of the internal Hard disk drives of the Advantage Workstation.
CAUTION
For more information, refer to the Vendors documentation delivered with the unit: for Digital type : DASMLCAM : Users manual 43407 P/N: 36004413 Never connect a SCSI peripheral to the SCSI bus or change its SCSI address when either the workstation or the peripheral is powered on.
CAUTION
To change the SCSI target to the required address for AW3.1, open the DASM interface box as described in the Vendors Users manual P/N 43407 and set the SCSI ID jumpers (5,6,7) as shown hereafter:
820
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
DASMLCAM Interface box. Inside Rear View Laser Camera Interface Connector (J1) DASMLCAM Personality module
01234567
DASMLCAM Motherboard
OPTIONS
4 Pin Power Connector
Configuration jumpers
50 Pin SCSI Connector (pin 1 at upper right)
(AW 1.2 ; AW 2.0)
(ARS 2.0 ; AW3.0 ; AW3.1)
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
. .
SCSI ID = 0
. .
. .
. .
SCSI ID = 5
52
New type DASMs (DASM II LCAM & DASM II VDB) D D D LINE VOLTAGE IS AUTOMATICALLY SELECTED TO 115V OR 220V WHEN PLUGGED IN. The DASM Filming interface is a SCSI device. As a SCSI device, it can be daisy chained and must be terminated when standing last in line. It must be connected and powered up before booting up the workstation. The DASM interface SCSI MUST BE set to 5. It is selectable by means of a rotating switch located at the bottom of the DASM box as shown in the illustrations next page.
CAUTION
CAUTION
Never connect a SCSI peripheral to the SCSI bus or change its SCSI address when either the workstation or the peripheral is powered on.
821
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
DASM II LCAM
SCSI PIF CPU PWR
FRONT VIEW DASM II LCAM

4 2 1
OPTIONS
ACTIVE ON SCSI TERMINATOR
BOTTOM VIEW
RS232 RS422 2 1
3 4
5 6
OFF
SCSI
REAR VIEW
37 pins DATA
SCSI
25 pins CTRL
For more information, refer to the Vendors documentation delivered with the unit: for Digital type : DASM II LCAM : Users manual P/N: 2255436
Note:
A 37 pins D type Gender changer is delivered with the DASM II LCAM, to be used with certain Laser cameras. New DASMs should be connected on workstations running AW3.1_07.P1 release or up. When running with previous software revisons, there is a warning message during install.dasm and showdasm as follows : Bad software revision it must be : [1.3/digital] or [1.0[d|e]/video] !!!
CAUTION
822
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
DASM II VDB
XMIT PIF RDY SCSI CPU PWR
FRONT VIEW DASM II VDB
Video output
Pixel Clock output
Camera control RS422
4 2 1
ACTIVE ON SCSI TERMINATOR
BOTTOM VIEW
3 4 2 1 0
5 6 7
OFF
SCSI
REAR VIEW
37 pins DATA
SCSI
25 pins CTRL
RS232
For more information, refer to the Vendors documentation delivered with the unit: for Video type : DASM II VDB : Users manual P/N: 2255434
53
Camera connection Refer to Chapter 7 for DASM Filming Interface connection to the validated Laser Cameras.
54
Logical installation Refer to Chapter 1 , Job Card IST004
823
OPTIONS
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
55
Deinstallation D Login as root: console login : root [Return] Password : operator [Return]
(default root password)
D D
OPTIONS
Open a command window from the root menu, service tools submenu. Move to the install directory: cd /export/home/sdc/install [Return] Run the uninstall.dasm script ./uninstall.dasm [Return]
56
Running Filming Interface diagnostics DASM Filming Interface diagnostics must be run by root. D Switch user to root su root [Return] enter password : operator [Return] Change to the sdc/bin directory: cd /export/home/sdc/bin [Return] Run the showdasm diagnostics utility: ./showdasm [Return]
D D
Refer to Chapter 7 Section 6 for more information.
57
Troubleshooting Procedures on the SCSI Bus If Advantage Workstation fails to boot because SCSI transport errors, the site is probably not using the approved SCSI cables (2110495 or 2110496) provided by GEMS. Advantage Workstation can also fail to boot because of DASM conflicting address with one of the internal 2.1GB hard disk drives, if DASM SCSI address has been left set to 0 instead of setting it to 5. If DASM is not responding to user commands and SCSI errors appear in the console window, possible causes are: D Camera exception conditions (ie. magazine door is left open, no film in magazine draw,...) will hang the SCSI bus and consequently the external hard disk will not respond to user commands. Clear the camera exception condition and reset the DASM, camera and MMU (only present on 3M 952 camera). Site is not using the active terminator (46269601p5) and may be using a passive terminator.
824
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
NON SCSI Hardware options

SECTION 6 128MB, 256MB OR 512MB EXTENDED MEMORY OPTION 61 Physical installation Refer to Chapter 5 for more information about Mechanical disassembly of the computer box and DSIMM Memory module installation. OBSERVE VERY CAREFULLY THE ANTISTATIC PRECAUTIONS WHEN HANDLING THESE MODULES.
CAUTION
D D D
Memory modules are highly sensitive to static discharges. Use grounding wristband. Shutdown the workstation and disconnect it from the mains supply before installing the extended memory option. Open the protective packaging and take out the DSIMM. Install the modules in the proper slots. Follow the table to determine slot assignment. DO NOT MIX MODULES OF DIFFERENT VALUES IN THE SAME BANK. WHEN USING MODULES OF DIFFERENT VALUES, PLACE THE HIGHEST VALUE MODULES IN THE FIRST BANKS. i.e : 4 x 128MB modules in Bank 0 and 4 x 64MB modules in Bank 1
CAUTION
611 Installation sequence in Ultra1 and Ultra2 Sparcstations with 64 MB or 128MB DSIMMs modules: Installation Sequence 1st Bank Bank 0 ULTRA 1 Slot Nr U0601 Basic 64 MB DSIMM U0701 Basic 64 MB DSIMM ULTRA 2 Slot Nr U0401 U0501 U0601 U0701 U0402 U0502 U0602 U0702 U0403 U0503 U0603 U0703 U0404 U0504 U0604 U0704 Basic 64 or 128MB DSIMM Basic 64 or 128MB DSIMM Basic 64 or 128MB DSIMM Basic 64 or 128MB DSIMM Extra 64 or 128MB DSIMM Extra 64 or 128MB DSIMM Extra 64 or 128MB DSIMM Extra 64 or 128MB DSIMM Extra 64 or 128MB DSIMM Extra 64 or 128MB DSIMM Extra 64 or 128MB DSIMM Extra 64 or 128MB DSIMM Extra 64 or 128MB DSIMM Extra 64 or 128MB DSIMM Extra 64 or 128MB DSIMM Extra 64 or 128MB DSIMM
2nd Bank
Bank 1
U0602 Basic 64 MB DSIMM U0702 Basic 64 MB DSIMM
3rd Bank
Bank 2
U0603 Extra 64 MB DSIMM U0703 Extra 64 MB DSIMM
4th Bank
Bank 3
U0604 Extra 64 MB DSIMM U0704 Extra 64 MB DSIMM
825
OPTIONS
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
CAUTION
U601 and U701 must always have a DSIMM module of equal value installed, for the ULTRA1 workstation to boot. U401, U501, U601 and U701 must always have a DSIMM module of equal value installed, for the ULTRA2 workstation to boot. BANKS MUST ALWAYS HAVE DSIMMs OF EQUAL VALUE INSTALLED, IN ORDER FOR YOUR SYSTEM TO FUNCTION PROPERLY. BANKS MUST BE COMPLETE (2 MODULES IN ULTRA1 , 4 IN ULTRA2). DO NOT install SparcStation10 or SparcStation20 DSIMMs modules into the UltraSparc stations as these modules do not function properly with the UltraSparc hardware.
CAUTION
OPTIONS
CAUTION
D D
Holding a DSIMM at its edges, insert it into the plastic guides by pushing straight down. Press firmly until the module snaps into place. Place the sticker mentioning the extra memory option on the top of the pizza box.
612 DSIMMs Self test at Power On. Keyboard LED patterns To test the newly installed modules, shutdown the workstation and either cycle power OFF and ON, or type in : ok resetall [Return] Upon completion of the Power ON Self Test, no LED must remain lit, meaning that all tests succeeded. Caps Lock Compose Scroll Lock Num Lock Meaning of LED pattern Ultra1 DSIMM in slot U0601 failure DSIMM in slot U0701 failure DSIMM in slot U0602 failure DSIMM in slot U0702 failure DSIMM in slot U0603 failure DSIMM in slot U0703 failure DSIMM in slot U0604 failure DSIMM in slot U0704 failure No memory found Meaning of LED pattern Ultra2 DSIMM in slot U0401/U0501 failure DSIMM in slot U0601/U0701 failure DSIMM in slot U0402/U0502 failure DSIMM in slot U0602/U0702 failure DSIMM in slot U0403/U0503 failure DSIMM in slot U0603/U0703 failure DSIMM in slot U0404/U0504 failure DSIMM in slot U0604/U0704 failure No memory found
OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON ON
OFF OFF OFF ON ON ON ON OFF OFF
OFF ON ON OFF OFF ON ON OFF ON
ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF OFF
826
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
Note:
To remove a DSIMM module, pull the ejection lever in the opposite direction of the module you want to eject and place it into a protective bag. For more information, refer to the UltraSparc 1 service manual, P/N : 2159461100, section 105 or to the UltraSparc 2 service manual, P/N : 2211583100, section 105 .
62
Logical installation NONE. Memory modules are automatically declared at boot.
71
Physical connection Simply plug it in in place of the mouse before switching ON and rebooting the workstation.
72
Logical installation none.
SECTION 8 ADD SECOND MONITOR OPTION Supported monitor configurations 1L1 : 1 monitor Landscape 1K (Sun 20 color monitor) 2L1 : 2 monitors Landscape 1K (Sun 20 color monitors) 1P1 : 1 monitor Portrait 1K (1K Megascan B&W monitor upgrades only) 2P1 : 2 monitors Portrait 1K (1K Megascan B&W monitors upgrades only) 1P2 : 1 monitor Portrait 2K (2K Megascan B&W monitor) 2P2 : 2 monitors Portrait 2K (2K Megascan B&W monitors) 1P2.5 : 1 monitor Portrait 2.5K (2.5K Barco B&W monitor) 2P2.5 : 2 monitors Portrait 2.5K (2.5K Barco B&W monitors)
827
OPTIONS
SECTION 7 TRACKBALL OPTION
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
1 or 2 SUN landscape color monitor configuration

REAR VIEW RIGHT MONITOR MBUS (UPA SLOT) LEFT MONITOR
TGXplus FB board
Creator FB board
ULTRASPARC
OPTIONS
A B
TP SCSI
SBUS
//
MIIAUI
1 or 2 SONY landscape color monitor configuration

RIGHT MONITOR LEFT MONITOR
REAR VIEW
(MASTER)
HD15/13W3 adapter
INPUT 1 INPUT 2
TGXplus FB board
INPUT 1 INPUT 2
ULTRASPARC
Creator FB board
MBUS //
SBUS
A B
TP MIIAUI SCSI
Sony HD15/HD15 cable HD15/13W3 adapter
1 or 2 portrait MEGASCAN 1k x 1k monitor configuration

REAR VIEW RIGHT MONITOR
1 single Dome md2Sun FB board for up to 2 monitors.
LEFT MONITOR
ULTRASPARC A B
TP SCSI
SBUS
//
MIIAUI
828
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
1 or 2 portrait 2k x 2k or 2.5k x 2.5k monitor configuration

REAR VIEW
RIGHT MONITOR
Dome md4Sun or md4sbx or md5sbx FB board(s)
LEFT MONITOR
ULTRASPARC MBUS (UPA SLOT) // A B

TP MIIAUI
SBUS
SCSI
81
Add 2nd Megascan 1K Portrait (1P1 >>> 2P1) Md2sun frame buffer is designed to support directly 1 or 2 1K monitors. So no extra hardware needs to be added in the computer box to drive the second monitor. D Shutdown the workstation and turn it off. Connect the second monitor to the end of the cable marked 2 and place it to the right of the first monitor. Reboot workstation boot r [Return] Login as SdC, open a Command window and switch user to Root : su root [Return] paasword : operator [Return] Run the monitor installation routine : /export/home/sdc/install/install.config [Return] >>>> Choice 4
D D
D D 82
Reboot workstation and login as SdC to start application
Add 2nd Megascan 2K Portrait (1P2 >>> 2P2) D Shutdown workstation and turn it off. Install 2nd DOME md4sun or md4sbx Frame Buffer board on top of the first one. Refer to Sun Service Manual, Section 103, SBUS Card. Connect the second monitor to the additional Frame Buffer board, using the cable delivered with the option and place it to the right of the first monitor. Reboot workstation boot r [Return] Login as SdC, open a Command window and switch user to Root : su root [Return] paasword : operator [Return] Run the monitor installation routine : /export/home/sdc/install/install.config [Return] >>>> Choice 6
D D D
D D
829
OPTIONS
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
83
Add 2nd Barco 2.5K Portrait (1P2.5 >>> 2P2.5) D Shutdown workstation and turn it off. Install 2nd DOME md5sbx Frame Buffer board on top of the first one. Refer to Sun Service Manual, Section 103, SBUS Card. Connect the second monitor to the additional Frame Buffer board, using the cable delivered with the option and place it to the right of the first monitor. Reboot workstation boot r [Return] Login as SdC, open a Command window and switch user to Root : su root [Return] paasword : operator [Return] Run the monitor installation routine : /export/home/sdc/install/install.config [Return] >>>> Choice 8
D D
OPTIONS
D D 84
Add 2nd Sun or Sony color Landscape (1L1 >>> 2L1) D D D D Shutdown workstation and turn it off. Install the TGX+ FB board. Refer to Sun Service Manual, Section 103, SBUS Card. Connect the second monitor to the additional Frame Buffer board, using the cable delivered with the option and place it to the right of the first monitor. Reboot workstation boot r [Return] Login as SdC, open a Command window and switch user to Root : su root [Return] paasword : operator [Return] Run the monitor installation routine : /export/home/sdc/install/install.config [Return] Start the driver for the TGX+ Frame Buffer board /export/home/sdc/install/install.cgsix [Return] Reboot workstation and login as SdC to start application >>>> Choice 2
D D D 85
Removing the 2nd monitor from an installed system This can be used either to remove permanently the second monitor from a site or temporarily in case of a monitor failure, if no spare part is available rapidly. D Login as Root and run the monitor installation routine : /export/home/sdc/install/install.config [Return] >>>> Choice 1 for 1L1 configuration >>>> Choice 3 for 1P1 configuration >>>> Choice 5 for 1P2 configuration Shutdown workstation and turn it off. Disconnect monitor and remove Frame Buffer board (if applicable). Reboot workstation boot r [Return] Login as SdC to start application
D D D
830
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
Software options
SECTION 9 ADVANCED CT/MR SOFTWARE PACKAGE To install the option, refer to Chapter 1 , IST005 To uninstall the option, follow the steps described below. D Login as sdc if not already logged in as sdc: console login : sdc [Return] Password : adw3.1 [Return] D (default sdc password is factory loaded)
OPTIONS
When AW completes its startup, open a Command Window from the Service Tools submenu within the Root Menu.
Root Menu Refresh Screen Calculator Clock Service Tools User Management Tools Restart Browser Configuration ScrapBook mode Autodelete activity Recover Database Start calibration Install License Install package Install SMPTE Service Tools Logout
Command Window
Note: D D
DO NOT SWITCH USER TO ROOT. Change to the install directory by typing:
Run the option software uninstallation script:
./uninstall.ctmr [Return]
SECTION 10 ADVANCED XRAY SOFTWARE PACKAGE To install the option, refer to Chapter 1 , IST005 To uninstall the option, follow the steps described below. D Note: D Login as sdc if not already logged in as sdc: DO NOT SWITCH USER TO ROOT. Change to the install directory by typing:
831
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
./uninstall.xr [Return]
SECTION 11 3D OPTION SOFTWARE PACKAGE To install the option, refer to Chapter 1 , IST005 To uninstall the option, follow the steps described below. D
OPTIONS
Login as sdc if not already logged in as sdc: DO NOT SWITCH USER TO ROOT.
Note: D D
Change to the install directory by typing:
./uninstall.vxtl [Return]
SECTION 12 DENTASCAN OPTION SOFTWARE PACKAGE To install the option, refer to Chapter 1 , IST005 To uninstall the option, follow the steps described below. D Note: D D Login as sdc if not already logged in as sdc: DO NOT SWITCH USER TO ROOT. Change to the install directory by typing:
./uninstall.denta [Return]
SECTION 13 NAVIGATOR OPTION SOFTWARE PACKAGE To install the option, refer to Chapter 1 , IST005 To uninstall the option, follow the steps described below. D Note: D D Login as sdc if not already logged in as sdc: DO NOT SWITCH USER TO ROOT. Change to the install directory by typing:
./uninstall.nav [Return]
SECTION 14 TISSUE VOLUME OPTION SOFTWARE PACKAGE 141 Brief instructions for use and Benchmarking of the application D Login as sdc
832
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
D Note: D D D D
Search for the exam named Tissue Volume Phantom in the Browser, then select it by clicking on it in the Patients field. For the following steps, we are assuming that the workstation is idle, that is to say, not running any background processes such as receiving or sending files through the network etc ... Click on the Tissue Volume button to start application The viewer initialization takes about 10 seconds to complete. Click on the Select button in the Main Panel.
OPTIONS
A new window pops up. Click on MFVS to highlight, then click on OK to accept. The protocol takes about 2 seconds to load. First point to delimit is the Inferior of the ROI. Move the arrow of the mouse to the Coronal window and place it on the red dot. Press on the left button of the mouse and drag the dot towards the bottom edge (marked Ixx) of the big Sphere phantom. When this is done, click on the Add button located on the Main Panel to accept. Next point to delimit is the Anterior of the ROI. Move the arrow of the mouse to the Saggital window and place it on the red dot. Press on the left button of the mouse and drag the dot towards the left edge (marked Axx) of the big Sphere phantom. When this is done, click on the Add button located on the Main Panel to accept. Next point to delimit is the Right of the ROI. Move the arrow of the mouse to the Axial window and place it on the red dot. Press on the left button of the mouse and drag the dot towards the left edge (marked Rxx) of the big Sphere phantom. When this is done, click on the Add button located on the Main Panel to accept. Next point to delimit is the Posterior of the ROI. Leave the arrow of the mouse in the Axial window and place it on the red dot. Press on the left button of the mouse and drag the dot towards the bottom edge (marked Pxx) of the big Sphere phantom. When this is done, click on the Add button located on the Main Panel to accept. Next point to delimit is the Left of the ROI. Leave the arrow of the mouse in the Axial window and place it on the red dot. Press on the left button of the mouse and drag the dot towards the right edge (marked Lxx) of the big Sphere phantom. When this is done, click on the Add button located on the Main Panel to accept.
Next point to delimit is the Superior of the ROI. Move the arrow of the mouse to the Coronal window and place it on the red dot. Press on the left button of the mouse and drag the dot towards the top edge (marked Sxx) of the big Sphere phantom. When this is done, click on the Add button located on the Main Panel to accept. A new window pops up (Oblique window). The purpose of next steps is to define more precisely the contours of the phantom. In order to do this, in the Oblique window that has just popped up and on the yellow diagonal line, make sure that the red dot is positionned on the edge of the phantom before clicking on Add to define the next point. If it is not, you may drag it to the right place by pressing on the Left button of the mouse. Repeat this procedure for defining the next points There will be around 12 points to define/accept before the Auto button pops up in the Main Panel, letting you know that the volume is sharply defined and that the rest of the points can be computed automatically. D Click on the Auto button to start automatic identification loop. The sequence takes about 4 seconds to complete. D
833
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
The current volume value displays in the 4 windows and should be around 220cc +/10cc D D Next point is to add an histogram measurement. Click on the Histo button located in the Main Panel. The sequence takes about 12 seconds to complete and display the histogram.
OPTIONS
The last point is to save the Report as a SSAVE image. Click on the Save button located in the Main Panel. The image saving takes about 20 seconds to complet. You can finally check that a SSAVE image called Reports appears in the Browser below the PROSP images. Click on this new image to highlight then click on the Viewer or MiniViewer button to display the histogram ScreenSave image. The Tissue Volume application software is operationnal. Refer to the Operators Manual for more precise information about this Advanced Application software features. 142 Software deinstallation To install the option, refer to Chapter 1 , IST005 To uninstall the option, follow the steps described below. D Note: D D Login as sdc if not already logged in as sdc: DO NOT SWITCH USER TO ROOT. Change to the install directory by typing:
./uninstall.tumvol [Return]
SECTION 15 FUNCTOOL OPTION SOFTWARE PACKAGE 151 Brief instructions for use and Benchmarking of the application D D Note: D D D D D Login as sdc Search for the exam named TH BREAST CARCINOMA in the Browser, then select it by clicking on it in the Patients field. For the following steps, we are assuming that the workstation is idle, that is to say, not running any background processes such as receiving or sending files through the network etc ... Click on the FuncTool button to start application The viewer initialization takes about 3 seconds to complete. In the Tools left window, click on the Predef 1 button. The WW and WL change. Click on the Automatic predef button. The WW and WL change back to prior settings. Click on the Function button in the Main Panel. A selection window pops up. Click on Maximum Slope of Increase to select. Another window pops up in about 1 second.
In this new window, click on the Compute button. Two new image fields pop up. This takes about 1 second to complete. The images obtained express with colors the importance of the contrast agent uptake. The bottom right image is a superimposition of upper and lower left images. D Click on the Close button.
834
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
D D D
Click on the Function button in the Main Panel. A selection window pops up. Click on Negative Enhacement integral to select. Another window pops up in about 1 second. In this new window, click on the Compute button. Two new image fields pop up. This takes about 1 second to complete.
The images obtained express with colors the importance of T2 decrease. The bottom right image is a superimposition of upper and lower left images.
OPTIONS
D D D
Click on the Close button. In the Tools left window, click on the Film Composer button. The Film Composer window takes about 1 second to display.
Move the arrow to the upper left image. Select the 1x4 format and press on the F2 function key on the keyboard. It takes about 1 second to complete. You can , if you wish and if the Filming option is installed, send the film to the laser printer or Color printer. The FuncTool application software is operationnal. Refer to the Operators Manual for more precise information about this Advanced Application software features. 152 Software deinstallation To install the option, refer to Chapter 1 , IST005 To uninstall the option, follow the steps described below. D Note: D D Login as sdc if not already logged in as sdc: DO NOT SWITCH USER TO ROOT. Change to the install directory by typing:
./uninstall.fctl [Return]
SECTION 16 VOLUME RENDERING OPTION SOFTWARE PACKAGE 161 Brief instructions for use and Benchmarking of the application D D Login as sdc Search for the exam named HSA Circle of Willis in the BROWSER, select it and make sure to use Series #4 , type : axial.
D Start the Volume Rendering application, by selecting 3DVR from the applications list. The following window pops up after 2 seconds D Click on VR to start the Volume Rendering application It takes about 30 seconds before the model is loaded and all tools fully available. A 3D view is displayed in the upper left window, and axial view is displayed in the upper right window. The Volume Rendering tools window is displayed in the lower right corner.
835
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
Voxtool V2.X
Build Model Load Model Quit

OPTIONS
Click on Build Model The list of 3D available applications popsup
Angio CT Bone ...... ...... ...... ...... VR Custom
Volume Rendering
Presets
Manual Adjust
Isolate Volume
Color Settings Presets
Elapsed time indicator Apply Delete
Save Presets as ... Note:
Close
For the following steps, we are assuming that the workstation is idle, that is to say, not running any background processes such as receiving or sending files through the network etc ... D
Move the pointer of the mouse towards the 3D view, to the upper right angle of the red square, and drag it downwards, by pressing on the left button of the mouse. Release the button when you can see the inside of the skull. In the Presets window, click on the Bone_Model preset to select. Click on the Apply button. The 3D view is recomposed in about 5 seconds. You can monitor the remaining time, before a process is completed, on the Elapsed time indicator.
D D Note: D D D D
In the Presets window, click on the Circle_of_Willis preset to select. Click on the Apply button. The 3D view is recomposed in about 5 seconds. When this is done, click on the Color Settings tab. Move the mouse pointer to the diamond cursor identified 150 and click on it.
836
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
Volume Rendering
Presets
Manual Adjust
Isolate Volume
Color Settings 150
Diamond cursor
Color palette
OPTIONS
Elapsed time indicator
Save Presets as ...
Close
Move the mouse pointer down to the color palette circle, place it on the cross and drag it by pressing on the left mouse button towards the blue color. It takes around 5 seconds to recompose the 3D view with a blue color. Click on the Save Presets As ... button. A new window pops up.
Store Store as : TEST
In the Store As : window, type TEST
Click on the Store button. It takes around 1 second to store the new preset .
Cancel
Store
Return to the Presets window by clicking on the Presets tab, and check that a new presets named TEST is available.
837
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
Your 3D Volume Rendering application is operational. You can quit the application by clicking on the File button in the Voxtool window, then clicking on the Quit button, and confirm to exit.
162
Saving VOLUME RENDERING presets Before reinstalling AW or Volume Rendering software (when necessary), make sure you have saved the customers own presets. In order to do that, open a Command Window and type in : saveVrPresets [Return] (make sure you type a capital V and a capital P) this will propose to format your floppy diskette.
OPTIONS
To reinstall the parameters, once Volume Rendering software is reinstalled : restoreVrPresets [Return] (make sure you type a capital V and a capital P) 163 Software deinstallation To install the option, refer to Chapter 1 , IST005 To uninstall the option, follow the steps described below. D Note: D D Login as sdc if not already logged in as sdc: DO NOT SWITCH USER TO ROOT. Change to the install directory by typing:
./uninstall.volren [Return]
SECTION 17 UNLISTED OPTION SOFTWARE PACKAGE To install the option, refer to Chapter 1 , IST005 and to the manual delivered with the option. To uninstall the option, follow the steps described below. D Note: D D Login as sdc if not already logged in as sdc: DO NOT SWITCH USER TO ROOT. Change to the install directory by typing:
Run the option software uninstallation script: ./uninstall.optionname [Return]
838
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
Other options
SECTION 18 INSITE OPTION 181 Modem switches verification
1811 Motorola CODEX V34

OPTIONS
At the rear of your modem , you have to see this setting: Switch 1 (UP/OFF) Switch 2 (UP/OFF) Switch 3 (UP/OFF) Switch 4 (UP/OFF) Switch 5 (UP/OFF) Switch 6 (UP/OFF) 1812 US robotics courier V34: Turn over your modem , you have to see this setting: Switch 1 (UP/OFF) Switch 2 (UP/OFF) Switch 3 (DOWN/ON) Switch 4 (DOWN/ON) Switch 5 (UP/OFF) Switch 6 (UP/OFF) Switch 7 (DOWN/ON) Switch 8 (DOWN/ON) Switch 9 (UP/OFF) Switch 10 (UP/OFF) 182 Modem parameters verification
1821 Motorola CODEX V34 Login as Root console login : root [Return] password : operator [Return] Change directory cd /export/home/insite/bin [Return] Run wermit command wermit [Return] CKermit 5A(190), 4 Oct 94, for Solaris 2.x Copyright (C) 1985, 1994, Trustees of Columbia University in the City of New York. Type ? or HELP for help. CKermit>
839
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
CKermit> take /export/home/insite/.query.codex326XV34 [Return] Executing SCRIPT through /dev/cua/a, speed 38400. .E0 L2 M1 Q2 V1 X4 Y0 Z1 &C1 &D3 &G2 &J1 &L0 &M0 &P1 &W1 &X0 &Y1 *AA2 *AP1 *AY0 *BD2 *BK0 *CA0 *CD1 *CM0 *CT3 *DA0 *DB0 *DC1 *DD4 *DE15 *DL0 *DP0 *DR0 *DT0 *EC0 *FC0 *FL3 *LA0 *LC0 *LD0 *LL0 *LS1 *LT1 *MD1 *MF1 *MM0 *MN0 *MR1 *MS1 *MX7 *NB0 *NC0 *OC0 *OP0 *OS0 *PE0 *PT0 *RA1 *RP4 *RS1 *RT2 *SC1 *SI5 *SL0 *SM3 *SR0 *TD1 *TL0 *TT2 *XC2 *ZC0 *ZD0 *ZR0 *ZP0 *ZS0 *ZV0 S000:001 S001:000 S002:043 S003:013 S004:010 S005:008 S006:002 S007:090 S008:002 S010:015 S011:072 S012:050 S018:000 S025:005 S026:001 S030:030 S038:005 S045:005 S046:012 OK Script successful. {prompt}: 1822 US Robotics Courier V34 Login as Root: console login : root [Return] password : operator [Return] Change directory: cd /export/home/insite/bin [Return] run command: wermit [Return] CKermit 5A(190), 4 Oct 94, for Solaris 2.x Copyright (C) 1985, 1994, Trustees of Columbia University in the City of New York. Type ? or HELP for help. CKermit> CKermit> take /export/home/insite/.query.USR_courierV34 [Return] Executing SCRIPT through /dev/cua/a, speed 38400. USRobotics Courier V.32bis Settings... B0 C1 E0 BAUD=38400 DIAL=HUNT F1 M0 Q1 V1 X3 PARITY=N WORDLEN=8 ON HOOK TIMER
OPTIONS
&A1 &B1 Script successful. Executing SCRIPT through /dev/cua/a, speed 38400. &C1 &D2 &G0 &H1 &I0 &K3 &L0 &M4 &N0 &P0 &R1 &S0 &T5 &X0 &Y1 %R0
840
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
S00=001 S05=008 S10=007 S15=000 S20=000 S25=005 S30=000 S35=000
S01=000 S06=002 S11=070 S16=000 S21=010 S26=001 S31=000 S36=000
S02=043 S07=080 S12=050 S17=000 S22=017 S27=000 S32=001 S37=000
S03=013 S08=002 S13=000 S18=000 S23=019 S28=008 S33=000 S38=000
S04=010 S09=006 S14=001 S19=060 S24=150 S29=020 S34=000
LAST DIALED #: OK Script successful. {prompt}: 183 PPPD daemon running verification To provide TCP/IP connection between AW3.0 and Support center (EAW tool), a daemon is running automatically on your station , at boot time. It is called : pppd. To be sure this daemon is running : Login as Root console login : root [Return] password : operator [Return] D Before the first connection made through Support Center run the command: ps ef | grep pppd [Return] you will see a few lines displayed with two separate lines including pppd info. The following is an example. What you will obtain may be slightly different. root 1053 1048 0 11:01:56 ? 0:00 /etc/pppd ~: /dev/ttya asyncmap 0x00000000 38400 nolqm root 1048 1 0 11:01:56 0x00000000 38400 nolqm D ? 0:00 /etc/pppd ~: /dev/ttya asyncmap
After the first connection made through Support Center. (after ConfigLink scripts gets run) run the command: ps ef | grep pppd [Return] you will see a few lines displayed with two separate lines including pppd info. The following is an example. What you will obtain may be slightly different.
root 2021 1 0 11:01:56 ? 0:00 /etc/pppd idle 600 asyncmap 0x00000000 192.3.3.3~:3.45.16.229~ /dev/ttya 38400 name NAME33 nopap requirechap nolqm exec /etc/ppp/routes root 2032 2021 0 11:01:57 ? 0:00 /etc/pppd idle 600 asyncmap 0x00000000 192.3.3.3~:3.45.16.229~ /dev/ttya 38400 name NAME33 nopap requirechap nolqm exec /etc/ppp/routes
841
OPTIONS
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
where : 2032 is the process id /etc/ppd is the executable command idle 600 is idle timer value fix to 600 seconds 192.3.3.3 is AW3.0 IP adress for insite use 3.45.16.229 is the support center portmaster IP adress /dev/ttya = serial port ; 38400 = baudrate ; NAME33 is product name given by portmaster to retreive connection in drop case nopap and requirechap are connection security parameters exec /etc/ppp/routes is to define specific routes Note: There are differences between these two kinds of PPPD script (before and after the first insite connection) , due to the reconfiguration of Login file.
OPTIONS
184
Deinstallation procedure: Open a command window from the Service Tools submenu within the Root Menu.. Login as Root: console login : root [Return] password : operator [Return] Move to the install directory: cd /export/home/sdc/install [Return] Run the uninstall script : ./uninstall.insite [Return] The following package is currently installed: mstppp Morning Star Technologies PointtoPoint Protocol (sparc) test Do you want to remove ## Removing installed This package contains permission during the this package? [y,n] : y [Return] package instance <mstppp> scripts which will be executed with superuser process of removing this package.
Do you want to continue the removal of this package [y,n,q]:y [Return] ........................... ## Processing package information. ## Executing preremove script. ........................... Removing Morning Star Technologies PPP IPTunnel Driver /usr/kernel/drv/tun ........................... /dev/tun1 /dev/tun0 ## Updating system information. InSite option is now uninstalled.
842
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
SECTION 19 COLOR PRINTER OPTION (CODONICS NP1600 MODEL) CONNECT TO NETWORK 191 Physical Connection The color printer option is a networkconnected printer. It can be located anywhere on the network, assuming it can be reached from the Advantage Workstation. To install the option, refer to Chapter 1 , IST006 Connect it as shown in the figure below. Remember that the length of your network must not exceed 180 meters if using thin ethernet link.
Scanner computer cabinet
terminator
Network
Color printer
terminator
CAUTION
192 Printer settings
The color printer cannot receive images directly from the scanners. It can only print images that are produced by the Advantage Workstation software.
Make sure the following information is available before starting to install your printer : D D D D D Internet address: an address on the same network as your system unless otherwise specified by the network administrator of the site, if any. Hostname: Chose a host name or use the one given by the network administrator of the site. Netmask: If specified by the network administrator of the site. Broadcast address : If assigned by the Network administrator of the site. Default Gateway : If specified by the Network administrator of the site. For more accurate information concerning the printer settings, refer to the Vendors documentation delivered with the printer. Some features might changed after this manual has been released
CAUTION
843
OPTIONS
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
Entering setup mode D D D D

OPTIONS
Turn the printer ON and wait for the 16character LCD display to display READY. This can take between 1 and 4 minutes based on the temperature of the printer. Place the printer in Setup mode by pressing and releasing the <Setup/Select> button on the front panel. The LCD will now display SETUP | EXIT.
Use the <uparrow> or <downarrow> buttons to scroll through the menu options until the LCD displays SETUP | NETWORK. Press <Setup/Select> to select this option. The LCD will now display one of the configurable network options. Use the <uparrow> or <downarrow> buttons to scroll through the menu options until the LCD displays NETWORK | IP ADDR. Press <Setup/Select> to select this option.
D D
D D
IP address setting The LCD will now display the current IP address of the printer. This IP address is displayed in the form nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn, where nnn is any number between 000 and 255. The cursor appears over the first digit at the left side of the IP address. To change this digit, press the <uparrow> or <downarrow> buttons. This will increment or decrement the digit to the next value. To move between digits, press the <Setup/Select> button. This will allow the cursor to be positioned over any digit field which needs to be changed. Digits can be changed by pressing the <uparrow> or <downarrow> buttons. When the IP address has been assigned, use the <Setup/Select> button to exit. The LCD will now display NETWORK | IP ADDR. Use the <uparrow> or <downarrow> buttons to scroll through the menu options until the LCD displays NETWORK | EXIT. Press the <Setup/Select> button to return to the main Setup menu. Press the <uparrow> or <downarrow> buttons until the LCD displays SETUP | EXIT.
D D D D D
Netmask setting Use netmasks only when your network administrator explicitly requires a treelike network with netmasks. D D D D Place the printer in Setup mode by pressing and releasing the <Setup/Select> button on the front panel. The LCD will now display SETUP | EXIT. Use the <uparrow> or <downarrow> buttons to scroll through the menu options until the LCD displays SETUP | NETWORK. Press <Setup/Select> to select this option.
CAUTION
844
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
The LCD will now display one of the configurable network options. Use the <uparrow> or <downarrow> buttons to scroll through the menu options until the LCD displays NETWORK | SUBNET. Press <Setup/Select> to select this option. The LCD will now display the current SUBNET address of the printer. This SUBNET address is displayed in the form nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn, where nnn is any number between 000 and 255.
OPTIONS
D D
The cursor appears over the first digit at the left side of the SUBNET address. To change this digit, press the <uparrow> or <downarrow> buttons. This will increment or decrement the digit to the next value. To move between digits, press the <Setup/Select> button. This will allow the cursor to be positioned over any digit field which needs to be changed. Digits can be changed by pressing the <uparrow> or <downarrow> buttons. When the SUBNET address has been assigned, use the <Setup/Select> button to exit. The LCD will now display NETWORK | SUBNET. Use the <uparrow> or <downarrow> buttons to scroll through the menu options until the LCD displays NETWORK | EXIT. Press the <Setup/Select> button to return to the main Setup menu. Press the <uparrow> or <downarrow> buttons until the LCD displays SETUP | EXIT. Press the <Setup/Select> button to return to READY.
D D D D D D D D D D D
Postscript and ISG Keys setting Place the printer in Setup mode by pressing and releasing the <Setup/Select> button on the front panel. The LCD will now display SETUP | NETWORK. Use the <uparrow> or <downarrow> buttons to scroll through the menu options until the LCD displays SETUP | KEYS. Press <Setup/Select> to select this option. The cursor appears over the first digit at the left side of the key. To change this digit, press the <uparrow> or <downarrow> buttons. This will increment or decrement the digit to the next value. To move between digits, press the <Setup/Select> button. This will allow the cursor to be positioned over any digit field which needs to be changed. Digits can be changed by pressing the <uparrow> or <downarrow> buttons. When the POSTSCRIPT key has been assigned, use the <Setup/Select> button to exit. Use the <uparrow> or <downarrow> buttons to scroll through the menu options until the LCD displays SETUP | EXIT. Press the <Setup/Select> button to return to READY. Follow the same steps to enter the ISG key if available.
D D D D
845
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
Color parameters setting D D D D

OPTIONS
Place the printer in Setup mode by pressing and releasing the <Setup/Select> button on the front panel. The LCD will now display SETUP | NETWORK. Use the <uparrow> or <downarrow> buttons to scroll through the menu options until the LCD displays SETUP | IMAGE. Press <Setup/Select> to select this option. Use the <uparrow> or <downarrow> buttons to scroll through the menu options until the LCD displays IMAGE | TCR. Press <Setup/Select> to select this option. The default value of the TCR appears. To change this value, press the <uparrow> or <downarrow> buttons. This will increment or decrement the value to the next state. TCR (True Color Rendering) : adjust from 0 to 100. 0 gives full bright colors. 100 gives all gray images. Press <Setup/Select> to accept the new value. Use the <uparrow> or <downarrow> buttons to scroll through the menu options until the LCD displays IMAGE | GAMMA. When this is done, press <Setup/Select> to select this option. The default value of the Gamma correction appears. To change this value, press the <uparrow> or <downarrow> buttons. This will increment or decrement the value to the next state. Gamma : light/dark : adjust from 0 to 10. 0 gives darker images. 1 is normal. 10 gives lighter images. When this is done, press <Setup/Select> to accept the new value. The LCD will now display SETUP | IMAGE. Use the <uparrow> or <downarrow> buttons to scroll through the menu options until the LCD displays SETUP | EXIT. Press the <Setup/Select> button to return to READY.
D D D
D D D D
D D D D D D 193
Exiting the setup mode Press the <Setup/Select> button to exit Setup mode. After a few seconds, the LCD should display READY. This completes the IP address setup procedure.
Testing the network connection Once the IP address has been correctly assigned to the printer, the printer should respond to TCP/IP messages on the network. Before testing the printer, check the following items: D D The printer is actually connected to the network, using an external transceiver. The printer must be turned on and the front panel POWER button must be on. The front panel on the printer displays READY, and the correct IP address for the printer was installed.
846
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
Go to the Advantage workstation, and open a command window from the Root Menu, Service Tools and type in : <prompt> su [Return] Password : operator [Return]. Move the cursor into this command window, and type the following command: <prompt> /usr/sbin/ping <IP addr of Codonics> [Return] <IP addr of Codonics> is alive Note:
OPTIONS
Do not enter leading zeros in any of the four fields separated by dots. That is, do not type in 192.100.009.005, instead use 192.100.9.5. This alive answer from the system means that the printer can be reached from the Advantage Workstation system through the network, and that its physical installation worked well, as far as the network is concerned. If no answer, check ethernet cable, transceiver, 50 ohm terminator ...
Note:
If the system displays unknown host, your Color Printer may not be correctly declared. Do the steps described in Section 4.2 again. If the system displays Network unreachable, you probably have given the printer an IP address incompatible with your A.W. workstations address. Check that they belong to the same network, 192.100.9.5 for example.
194
Check Printer Status D Open a telnet session by typing : telnet <IP address of codonics> [Return] trying XX.XX.XX.XX ... (this is the IP address given to the printer) connected to <IP address of codonics> Escape character is ^] Unix (r) System V Release 4.0 (np1600) login : root [Return] # There has been no password factory given to the root user in the computer of the printer. This is the reason why you are not prompted to enter it when login as root. D Test the printer status by typing : # stat [Return] It will display something like : Status: Ready Date: 26Dec1995 13:38 Media: A4Size Paper Printer ID: 80741bd2 Ribbon: CMY Enet Addr: 08:00:20:74:1b:d2 Mem Config: 16MB RAM Queues: 0 jobs in image queue Hard Drive: 270MB Quantum 0 jobs in print queue SW Version: 1.3.2 Captions: Right (77 x 2048)
Note:
847
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
Keys: POSTSCRIPT Key=00M35LUFCS Permanent CATIA Key=02XILVEYY4 Temporary (18Aug1995, 250 days) ISG_1 Key=40ILVEYY4X Permanent DICOM Key=01X6CNVKDD Temporary (21Aug1995, 250 days) Defaults: Printer (root) TCR 33 Gamma 1.10 Antialias None Rotate Auto Scale Bilinear MCM Off Note: The keys depend on the Serial Number (actually, it depends on the hostid number contained in the NVRAM chip of the Sparc CPU board ) of the Color Printer. They are shipped with the printer and should display as PERMANENT. If you replace the Printer or the CPU part of it (Tray Assembly), you will need new keys. Contact DIA or Support Center if keys are not available with the Spare Part. CATIA and DICOM keys are not needed for AW application.
OPTIONS
Note: 195 Test Printer Functionality D
Use snapshot command to create a postscript file for testing the printer functionality. Enter command: <prompt> /usr/openwin/bin/snapshot [Return] Click on Snap button create snap image of entire screen Click on Save button to specify path for image file to save On the line next to the GoTo button, enter /export/home/sdc/logfiles [Return] Click on the Save button in the Snapshot command window Close the Snapshot command window Transfer test image file to printer as follows: <prompt> ftp <IP address of codonics> [Return] Enter username: [Return] to accept default username Enter [2] [Return] as password for Scaled print queue Enter binary [Return] Enter put /export/home/sdc/logfiles/snapshot.rs [Return] Enter bye [Return] to exit from ftp Now check the dialogue when printing. Open a telnet session by typing : telnet <IP address of codonics> [Return] trying XX.XX.XX.XX ... (this is the IP address given to the printer) connected to <IP address of codonics> Escape character is ^] Unix (r) System V Release 4.0 (np1600) login : root [Return] # You will see many lines of text telling you the printers status. Type logout or <Cntl> <D> to logout
848
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
196
Load Paper Cassette D Note: Place blue cardboard that is shipped with new paper inside the paper cassette. Frequent paper jams may occur without the blue cardboard beneath the paper in the paper cassette. D Note: Load paper into paper cassette with the glossy side facing up. Store remaining paper inside plastic bag and in a room where the humidity can be maintained between 20 to 70% (and preferrable between 40% to 60%). Storing the paper outside the plastic bag in a room where the humidity exceeds 70% can cause the edge of the paper to curl and consequently cause frequent paper jams.
197
Service Procedures
1971 Image quality problems D D Vertical color line: Clean the thermal head. See procedure in the Codonics Service Manual delivered with your printer. Vertical white line(s): Always at the same position, it can be a blown pixel problem. Clean the thermal head and if the problem persists, change the printer engine assembly (P/N : 2116591). See procedure section 43. Fade image on transparent paper: Check the position of the paper in the paper tray. Check for the notch orientation indication. Side edge fold or stretch problem: The thermal head is not aligned. There is no mechanical adjustment possible. Replace the printer engine assembly (P/N : 2116591). See procedure section 43.
D D
lines of different colors
Smiles problem: Generally happening with transparent paper in the dark areas. Check that the thermal head voltage is properly adjusted. See section 6 in the Codonics Service manual.
Paper jam: The paper cannot exit properly from the paper tray to the thermal head path. Verify that blue cardboard is under paper in tray. Check for deformation of the paper. This can be due to improper storage conditions. Check the springs in the paper tray. Replace the paper tray if defective.
849
OPTIONS
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
1972 Printer Engine assembly, Tray assembly replacement Opening the tray assembly See section 5 of Codonics Service manual. Color printer block diagram 270 MB HD drive floppy drive
Printer Engine
OPTIONS
I/O cable Controller board Printer engine assembly P/N : 2116591 Sparc computer Tray assembly P/N : 2116594
Testing the printer engine Disconnect the I/O cable between the Tray assembly (SUN Sparc computer) and the Printer Engine Controller board. Place the S1 switch, located on the Printer Controller board on the ENGINE position. Switch ON the color printer. Enter the DIAGS menu. Refer to section 7 of the Codonics Service manual. Error codes The color printer error codes are described in section 8 of the Codonics Service manual. Basically, the tray assembly should be replaced if there are communication problems between A.W. and the printer. The Printer Engine should be replaced in case of thermal head problems or film transport problems.
1973 Periodic maintenance D Proceed to thermal head and donor transport cleaning every 100 films. Refer to section 2 of the Codonics Service manual.
1974 Uninstallation D Login as sdc if not already logged in and switch user to root: su root [Return] Password :operator [Return] Change to the install directory by typing:
D D
./uninstall.printers [Return]
... and choose the printer you want to uninstall
850
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
SECTION 20 GREYSCALE PRINTER OPTION ( LEXMARK OPTRA S1650 ) Installation of this printer is to be done by the Vendors Service Engineer in collaboration with GEMS FE. 201 Physical Connection The Greyscale printer option is a networkconnected printer. It can be located anywhere on the network, assuming that it can be reached from the Advantage Workstation. Connect it as shown in the figure below. Remember that the length of your network must not exceed 180 meters if using thin ethernet link.
OPTIONS
terminator Scanner computer cabinet
Network
Greyscale printer
terminator
CAUTION
The Greyscale printer cannot receive images directly from the scanners. It can only print images that are produced by the Advantage Workstation software.
202
Printer settings Make sure the following information is available before starting to install your printer : D D D Internet address: an address on the same network as your system unless otherwise specified by the network administrator of the site (if any). Hostname: Chose a host name or use the one given by the network administrator of the site. Netmask: If specified by the network administrator of the site.
851
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
CAUTION
The following is given as information only. Installation is to be done by Vendors Service Engineer in collaboration with GEMS FE. For more accurate information concerning the printer settings, refer to the Vendors documentation delivered with the printer. Some features might changed after this manual has been released Entering setup mode
OPTIONS
D D D D
Turn the printer ON and wait for the LCD display to display READY. This takes a few minutes. Place the printer in Setup mode by pressing and releasing the < Menu > button on the front panel until the display shows Network Menu. Press and release the * select button. The Network mneu, Option network 1 is displayed. Make sure that : PCL smartswitch = ON PS smartswitch = ON NPA mode = Auto Network buffer = Auto
D D
Enter Network 1 setup menu. Enter Network card menu and make sure that : View Card status = Connected View Card speed = 10Mbps, Half Duplex Job Timeout = 90 View Net address = UAA Banner page = Off
D D
Enter Lewlink menu and make sure that : Activate = No Enter TCP / IP menu and make sure that : Activate = Yes Enable bootp = No Enable DHCP = No Enable RARP = No
Enter Set IP address menu and press on * select button. Enter IP address for your printer with NO additional zeros e.g : 192.9.100.5 ( but not 192.009.100.005 )
Enter Set IP Netmask menu and press on * select button. Enter, if applicable, the IP netmask for your printer with NO additional zeros e.g : 255.240.0.0 ( but not 255.240.000.00 )
852
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
Enter Set Gateway address menu and press on * select button. Enter, if applicable, the Gateway address for your printer with NO additional zeros e.g : 255.240.0.0 ( but not 255.240.000.00 )
Enter Set Hostname menu and press on * select button. Enter a Host name for your printer. DO NOT USE any special characters, that could confuse network transmissions. You can use numerical, alphanumerical characters and or _ signs. e.g : optra ; optra1 ; OPTRA ; OPTRA01 ; optra_printer1 ; etc ... Make sure that all the last fields unused do not display any value, but are blank, and press on the * select button several times, until it displays saved .
D D
When this is done, select Print Setup page to print on a sheet of paper the settings. You can join this sheet to the Sites maintenance logbook for future use. Press the Return button to return to Online.
The Printer is ready. return to Chapter1 Job Card IST006 to declare the printer to the AW Apllication software. 2021 Uninstallation D Login as sdc if not already logged in and switch user to root: su root [Return] Password :operator [Return] Change to the install directory by typing:
D D
./uninstall.printers [Return]
... and choose the printer you want to uninstall
853
OPTIONS
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
SECTION 21 SCAN CONVERTER OPTION (SONY DSC1024)
DSC1024 package E81001A (GEMSE) includes all necessary cables, to be connected as shown below. GEMS FE is responsible for the installation and service of the Scan Converter DIA option. Part numbers for the Scan converter box (FRU) and the associated cables (FRUs) are given in Chapter 6. D
OPTIONS
SMF400 cable (DSub 15 pin / 5BNC , 2 meters) IBNC female (4) 13W3 female / DSub 15 pin male, 2 meters cable 13W3 male / 5BNC male, 2 meters cable SVideo (Y/C) Din cables (2), 2 meters BNC cables (2), 2 meters Y/C Din/2 BNC cable ( not used)
D D D D D D
* depending if VHS or SVHS used
VCR monitor Professional
Y/C or BNC cable * VCR Professional AW color monitor Monitor cable 13W3 male Y/C or BNC OUT Through OUT DSub 15pin Workstation cable 13W3 male RGB + Sync (black) (4) IBNC DSC1024 SMF400 cable Through IN DSub 15pin Sync switch = Auto Through sw = Open Input Select sw3 = ON 13W3 female Y/C or BNC cable *
AW computer box
RGB + Sync (grey)
Note:
Image contrast can be adjusted on DSC1024
854
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
SECTION 22 DICOM PRINT OPTION D To install the option, refer to Chapter 1 , IST005 The Application Entity title (A.E.T) of AW to be declared to the Dicom
CAUTION
To uninstall the option, follow the steps described below. D Login as sdc if not already logged in as sdc: Note: D D DO NOT SWITCH USER TO ROOT. Change to the install directory by typing:
./uninstall.dicmprt [Return]
221 STERLING DICOM PRINTERS For former software releases of Sterling Dicom printers (if the result of the print is black & white reversed) it may be necessary to add the MONOCHROME2 interpretation in order to correct this issue. In order to do this, follow the steps : D Login as sdc if not already logged in, and switch user to root: su root [Return] Password :operator [Return] Change to the Prefs directory by typing:
D D
cd /export/home/sdc/Prefs [Return]
Edit the SdCDicomPrintConfig file with the VI editor or any suitable editor
and add the following line at the end of the file : ( make sure to type a capital S, C, D, P and C for this file name) vi SdCDicomPrintConfig [Return]
# # Dicom Print SOP Class Attributes Configuration File ## If you want to modify the Film Session, Film Box or Image Box SOP Classes # default attributes, you just have to remove the # character in front of : ## For Film Session : set fs_ # For Film Box : set fb_ # For Image Box : set im_ ....................... # Border denisty (2010,0100)
855
OPTIONS
printers is Print_SCU and not the Hostname of AW as for Dicom hosts. If necessary, the A.E. title can be changed by editing the following file : /export/home/sdc/appdefaults/dicom_print/dprint.cfg and replacing the Print_SCU A.E.T by any other suitable name.
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
# BLACK # WHITE #set fb_border_density BLACK # Empty image density (2010,0110) # BLACK # WHITE .......................... # Photometric interpretation (0028,0004)
OPTIONS
# RGB # MONOCHROME1 # MONOCHROME2 # #set im_photo_interpretation MONOCHROME1 set im_photo_interpretation MONOCHROME2 < Add this line at the end of the file. Make sure to type it right ( NO # at the begining of the line, NO space between MONOCHROME and 2). D Update and quit.
856
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
CHAPTER 9 NETWORKING
SECTION 1 SAMPLE NETWORK CONFIGURATIONS 11 Basic intrasuite network : MR SIGNA ADVANTAGE , MR HORIZON
AW A.W Station
IC
SIGNA ADVANTAGE 5.X OC
MII / AUI cable Transceiver 180m (max) thin ethernet

50 W
Transceiver coaxial cable Terminator

50 W
Terminator
12
Basic network :
Systems supporting ThinNet connection : (CT/i, CT Synergy....)
AW Station
CT/MR
MII / AUI cable Transceiver coaxial cable
AUI cable
50 W
Terminator
Systems supporting RJ45 connection (CT/i, MR Contour, MR Horizon LX....)
AW Station
CT/MR
RJ45 cable
RJ45 cable
HUB Note: Gateway board is no more needed on CT/i system
91
NETWORKING
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
13
Basic intrasuite network : CTHLA, CTHSA
AW Station
OC
SBCO SBC
MII / AUI cable Transceiver 180m (max) thin ethernet

50 W 50 W
Terminator
coaxial cable
Terminator
14
NETWORKING
Basic network : CT SYTEC, PACE, PROSPEED MR VECTRA
AW Station
CT ETC board
MR
ETC board ETC board: P/N 9704WA AUI cable: P/N 9704RB
MII / AUI cable Transceiver coaxial cable
AUI cable Transceiver
50 W
Terminator
Terminator
50 W
15
Basic network : DRS, DLX (without Digital Gateway)
AW Station
DRS3 DLX3 DLX 2 upgraded to DLX 3

ETHERNET I/F BD
MII / AUI cable Transceiver

50 W
AUI cable Transceiver

50 W
coaxial cable
F1301BH : DRS3 Ethernet I/F kit S18411NE : DLX3 Dicom Ethernet I/F kit S18411NA : Upgrade DLX2 to DLX3 Dicom Ethernet I/F kit
Terminator
Terminator
92
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
16
Basic workstations network with no router DLX with a Fast Ethernet Gateway
acquisition system network
50 W
Terminator
50 W
Terminator
dqw1 le0 interface 192.100.10.8 DIGITAL GATEWAY
le0 : ethernet DLX interface 192.100.10.3 DLX SUN SS4
vdp ethernet
Frontal Ethernet
SBCO VDP
TITAN
le1 : netmask : 255.255.255.0
* 192.100.10.5
dlxdicom1 le1 dicom ethernet I/F board

MII connector
192.100.10.5 dlxdicom1 le1 dicom ethernet I/F board
used for DICOM HIS/RIS Interface
RJ45 connector
**
50 W
***
Twisted pair crossed cable 5 meter max
RJ45 connector 50 W
Terminator
Terminator
192.100.10.2 AW Station
HIS / RIS STATION
Note: Note: Note:
* : The Fast Ethernet Interface can operate at either 10 or 100 Mbits/s (auto configured) ** : The Digital Gateway MII connector can be used with a MII to AUI Interface and one AUI transceiver. In this case, the RJ45 cable must be removed. *** : The Digital Gateway RJ45 connector can be used to connect to a HUB. In this case, the twisted pair cable is not crossed.
93
NETWORKING
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
17
Workstations subnetworks with one router. DLX with a Digital Gateway and a Fast Ethernet Interface
SIGNA 192.100.10.1
AW 1 192.100.10.2
CT/MR YMS 192.100.10.4 ETC board
AW 1 (to reach AW 2) route add net 192.100.9.0 192.100.10.3 1
50 W
192.100.10.0 Network
50 W
Terminator NETWORKING
HUB RJ45 connector Twisted Pair cable 192.100.10.5 dgwhme0 Digital Gateway DLX SUN SS Fast Ethernet I/F bd on Digital Gateway
Terminator
NETWOK PRINTER 192.100.10.10
DLX route add net 192.100.9.0 192.100.10.3 1 ( le1 netmask : 255.255.255.128 )
CT HLA/HSA
GATEWAY or ROUTER
192.100.10.3 CT SBC CT OC 192.100.9.1 192.100.9.2
AW 2 route add net 192.100.10.0 192.100.9.1 1 AW 2 192.100.9.4
50 W
50 W
Terminator 192.100.9.0 Subnetwork
Terminator
94
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
18
Advantage workstation within the MR SUITE
SIGNA
AW station
route add net 192.100.9.0 192.100.10.3 1 Use network menu window on browser to add host entries for SIGNA (192.100.10.1) CT_IC (192.100.9.3) CT_OC (192.100.9.1)
192.100.10.1
192.100.10.4
192.100.10.0 Network
GATE
192.100.10.3 IC: Use icload to reconfig IC 192.100.9.3
CT OC 192.100.9.0 Subnetwork 192.100.9.1
Signa OC: Use setAdoption to declare AW
CT SBC
192.100.9.2
95
NETWORKING
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
19
Advantage Workstation wIthin the CT SUITE

route add net 192.100.10.0 192.100.9.3 1 Use network menu window on browser to add host entries for : SIGNA (192.100.10.1) CT_IC (192.100.9.3) CT_OC (192.100.9.1) CT OC: Use setAdoption to configureAW as non Genesis host within the suite
SIGNA
192.100.10.1 192.100.10.0 Network
CT OC GATE 192.100.10.3 IC 192.100.9.3 NETWORKING AW station 192.100.9.5 192.100.9.1
CT SBC 192.100.9.2
IC: Use icload to reconfig
192.100.9.0 Subnetwork
110
Advantage Workstation on the LOCAL BACKBONE (Gateway in CT operator console )
SIGNA
AW station
192.100.10.1
192.100.10.4 route add net 192.100.9.0 192.100.10.3 1
192.100.10.0 Network CT HLA/HSA NETWORK PRINTER 192.100.10.3 192.100.10.10 CT SBC GATE CT OC 192.100.9.1 192.100.9.2
96
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
111
Advantage Workstation within the MR , CT and LOCAL SUITE
SIGNA: AW 1 as non genesis host within suite, or non genesis suite AW 3 as non genesis suite
SIGNA
AW 1
AW 1 route add net 192.100.11.0 192.100.10.3 1 route add net 192.100.9.0 192.100.10.3 2 Use network menu window on browser to add host entries for SIGNA, IC1, IC2 CTOC, AW 2 , AW 3
192.100.10.1
192.100.10.4
AW 2 route add net 192.100.11.0 192.100.9.3 1 route add net 192.100.10.0 192.100.9.3 2 Use network menu window on browser to add host entries for SIGNA, IC1, IC2, CTOC, AW 1, AW 3
192.100.10.3 IC 1 192.100.9.0 subnetwork GATE 192.100.11.3
AW 2
192.100.9.5
NETWORK PRINTER 192.100.11.0 Network 192.100.11.5
CT OC 192.100.9.1
CT : AW 2 as non genesis host withing the suite AW 3 as non genesis suite
GATE
192.100.11.2 IC 2 192.100.9.3 192.100.9.2 CT SBC
AW 3
AW 3 route add net 192.100.10.0 192.100.11.3 1 route add net 192.100.9.0 192.100.11.2 2 Use network menu window on browser to add host entries for SIGNA, IC1, IC2, CTOC, AW 2, AW 1
192.100.11.4
97
NETWORKING
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
112
MIXED sources configuration sample
SIGNA 192.100.10.1
AW 1 192.100.10.2
CT/MR YMS 192.100.10.4 ETC board
AW 1 (to reach AW 2) route add net 192.100.9.0 192.100.10.3 1
192.100.10.0 Network
NETWORKING
192.100.10.5 dlxdicom1 DLX / DRS
Ethernet I/F bd le1 on DLX
NETWOK PRINTER 192.100.10.10
DLX (to reach AW 2) route add net 192.100.9.0 192.100.10.3 1 ( le1 netmask : 255.255.255.128 )
CT HLA/HSA
GATE
192.100.10.3 CT SBC CT OC 192.100.9.1 192.100.9.2
AW 2 (to reach AW 1) route add net 192.100.10.0 192.100.9.1 1 AW 2 192.100.9.4
CT OC: Use setAdoption to configure AW 2 as non Genesis host within the suite
98
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
SECTION 2 AW3.1 HOST DECLARATION ON IMAGE SOURCES
CAUTION
The following material is only given for information. the accuracy of the Information contained here is subject to change, depending on the software versions of the products. REFER SPECIFIC SERVICE MANUALS of the following products.
The number of hosts sending simultanoeous sending imagesto AW is limited to 4 in order not to degrade performances. If overloaded , the following message pops up : Hosts association failed..
CAUTION
CT/i CT Synergy MR Horizon LX MR Profile MR Contour
Refer to the appropriate Service Manual that were shipped with the respective products. 22 AW3.1 Declaration on GENESIS based source Signa Advantage 5.x Signa Horizon Genesis Independant console CT HLA CT HSA
Refer to the appropriate Service Manual that were shipped with the respective products. 23 A.W3.1 Declaration on non Genesis Based Source 24 Signa Advantage 4.x (Not supported)
AW3.1 host declaration on CT9800 image sources
CAUTION
No IDLink2 version 2.3 DICOM compatible version currently exists.

An IDLink2 compatible system is required to interconnect a CT9800 to Advantage Workstation. Use of a compatible MERGE box is under identification.
99
NETWORKING
21
AW3.1 Declaration on UNIX (SUN or Silicon Graphics) based source
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
D Note: D D 25
The Logical Address is the hostname of the Advantage workstation (e.g. AW01PC0). logical address is the same thing than Application Entity Title in DICOM format. The Host Address is the Internet address of the AW3.0 (e.g. 192.100.10.4). The ID/Net2 or DICOM Port Number of the Advantage workstation is ALWAYS 4006.
AW3.1 host declaration on dicom devices D D D Use DICOM protocol to declare GE XRay DLX or DRS systems and Foreign DICOM hosts. The DICOM Application Entity Title for the Advantage workstation is the workstations hostname (e.g. AW01PC0). The DICOM or ID/Net2 Port Number of the Advantage workstation is ALWAYS 4006.
NETWORKING
26
AW3.1 declaration on DRS / DLX Sources D D Check that the 64MB memory is recognized by the DLX system, once the Dicom Ethernet interface has been installed. IP addresses should be supplied by the hospital Network Administartor (if applicable). If not, contact your OnLine support center which can supply a set of unique IP addresses for your network. Example of IP addresses and Hostnames : AW1 192.100.1.1 (class C network) DLXDICOM1 192.100.1.2 (class C network) In this basic network case, with no router, and using Class C IP addresses, the Netmask value is 255.255.255.0 In case of non Class C addresses, refer to section 3 for netmask setting. D DLX setting : Refer to DLX Service Manual, Job Card IST 160 Installing the Dicom Ethernet option, to set the the IP address and Netmask of the DLX and to set the AW Dicom Server in the DLX. When replacing an existing AW station (or its NVRAM), by another one, you must reboot the DLX, even if you keep the same hostname and IP address for the new workstation.
Note:
Note:
27
AW3.1 Declaration on YMS Sources CT Sytec family (SRi, S, Plus, 1800i, 3000, ...) CT Prospeed family (Plus, Vx, Advantage, S, Sx, ....) MR Vectra
After making sure that all hardware and software pieces have been correctly installed, (rev. level of software compatible with the Ethernet link option, switch settings of the ETC board, removal of the back plane jumpers at the corresponding slot, etc...), you have to : D D Set the boot FD in the drive and start maintenance utility (if applicable). Select installation parameters (change parameters) from the menu.
910
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
Declare the link as shown after (Communication data setting procedure) and reset the scanning system.
Refer to the CT or MR specific manual for more accurate information as new releases of software on the Scanning system, may introduce some changes in the procedure. Note: Note: DICOM format is now implemented on new YMS systems (Prospeed family) depending on the software version. The query / retrieve function is available from Advantage Workstation ,as YMS systems are query / retrieve provider (depending on the software version). For YMS CT , DICOM feature is working ONLY IF No images on studie 0 No SMPTE test pattern installed When using the DICOM protocol, the Name field to enter, (Application Entity Title) is the hostname of the Advantage Workstation. So, make sure to enter it EXACTLY the way its written on the AW side (lower or upper case letters) and DO NOT USE any space caracters which could be interpreted as 2 different names.
CAUTION
Communication data setting procedure Note: The following is only applicable for software revision levels FROM : SYTEC 3000/p SYTEC 3000s PROSPEED SYTEC i V VECTRA V V 6.00 V 4.00 V 4.00 3.00 3.00
The following example details the steps to declare the link between an MR Vectra and 2 Advantage Workstations. D D Activate management by pressing <MGT> key. Select COMMUNICATION DATA HANDLING from the menu. The system prompts you as follows. This procedure ,describing the steps to set a MR VECTRA for ethernet communication with Advantage Workstation , is applicable to the YMS scanning systems mentioned above. The host name must be set in the form SuiteIDHostID, SuiteID being MR01 and HostID being OC0 in our example. The Network Address can be left at the default value if there is only one YMS system on the network. Otherwise, increment it for the second YMS scanner. The IP address can be set to a Class C default value , as shown in our example, (190.100.9.X) unless otherwise specified by the Network Administrator of the Site. Enter Satellite No = <0: Myself, N: New Data, <END>: Update, <CANC>: Quit>
Note:
911
NETWORKING
CAUTION
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
First select 0: (Myself) and set parameters to: COMMUNICATION DATA HANDLING Myself Name Network Address IP Address = = = MR01OC0 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 01 192.100.9.1 =
Enter Satellite No
<0: Myself, N: New Data, <END>: Update, <CANC>: QUIT> D

NETWORKING
select N: (New Data) to declare a 1st target destination and set parameters to:
N : New data Register New Station Station No. = * Model No. = (see table) Machine No. = ** OK to register ? (y/n) [N] : y [Return] * : enter a Station number not already used (presss <Sta List> push button for list of Stations). ** : use 1 if first machine of this model then 2 for next ... *** Model No. Table *** 0101 : CT8600 , CT9000 , ........ 0103 : ........................................ ................................................... ................................................... ................................................... 101D : AW 10FF : Non GEMS Products OTHER 01xx:CT 02xx:MR 10xx:Display
COMMUNICATION DATA HANDLING Myself Name Network Address IP Address = = = MR01OC0 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 01 192.100.9.1
satellite 1 (Advantage Workstation) Station No =1 Model No = 101D Protocol = DICOM 3.0 Base Address = FF6000 CPU No= 11 Name = AW01PC0 Port Number = 4006 IP Address = 192.100.9.2 GW Address = 0.0.0.0
912
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
Note:
GW Address (GATEWAY) must be left to 0.0.0.0 unless otherwise specified by the Network Administrator of the Site. Enter Satellite No = j select N: (New Data) to declare a 2nd target destination and set parameters to: COMMUNICATION DATA HANDLING Myself Name Network Address IP Address = = = MR01OC0 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 01 192.100.9.1
satellite 1 (Advantage Workstation) Station No =1 Model No = 101D Protocol = DICOM 3.0 Base Address = FF6000 Name = AW01PC0 IP Address = 192.100.9.2 GW Address = 0.0.0.0 satellite 2 (Advantage Workstation) Station No =2 Model No = 101D Protocol = DICOM 3.0 Base Address = FF6000 CPU No= 11 Name = AW02PC0 Port Number = 4006 IP Address = 192.100.9.3 GW Address = 0.0.0.0 Enter Satellite No =
<0: Myself, N: New Data, <END>: Update, <CANC>: QUIT> Press <END> to update, then <END> to quit the Communication Data Handling menu and RESET SYSTEM to validate new Hosts declaration.
913
NETWORKING
CPU No= 11
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
SECTION 3 NETWORKING OVERVIEW 31 General Overview CLASS A NETWORK

0 0 NETWORK 8 16 HOST 24 32
Class A network address between 1 and 127. Maximum of 127 class A networks and 16777215 hosts per network. typical netmask (no mask) is 255.0.0.0. e.g. :
NETWORKING
3 . 45 . 16. 101 network host id
Network address 3.0.0.0
CLASS B NETWORK
0 1 0 8 NETWORK 16 24 HOST 32
Class B network address between 128 and 191. (16 bits for the Network, 16 bits for the host). typical netmask (no mask) is 255.255.0.0. e.g. : 129 . 32 . 100 . 54 network host id CLASS C NETWORK
0 1 1 8 NETWORK 16 24 HOST 32
Network address 129.32.0.0
Class C network between 192 and 254 (24 bits for the Network, 8 bits for the host) typical netmask (no mask) is 255.255.255.0. Most commonly used for CT/MR Advantage Networks and small Local Area Networks. (A lot of possible networks but few hosts per network).
914
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
32
ROUTING TABLE EXAMPLES The following examples refer to the configuration sample shown in Section 111 D Adding routes for AW1 Login as root Change to /etc/rc2.d directory cd /etc/rc2.d [Return] Create a S93route script vi S93route [Return] # Script for adding routes echo Starting Route Services route add net 192.100.11.0 192.100.10.3 1 route add net 192.100.9.0 192.100.10.3 2 :wq Make S93route script executable chmod +x S93route [Return] Reboot workstation
Adding routes for AW2 Login as root Change to /etc/rc2.d directory cd /etc/rc2.d [Return] Create a S93route script vi S93route [Return] # Script for adding routes echo Starting Route Services route add net 192.100.11.0 192.100.9.3 1 route add net 192.100.10.0 192.100.9.3 2 :wq Make S93route script executable chmod +x S93route [Return] Reboot workstation
Adding routes for AW3 Login as root Change to /etc/rc2.d directory cd /etc/rc2.d [Return] Create a S93route script vi S93route [Return] # Script for adding routes echo Starting Route Services route add net 192.100.10.0 192.100.11.3 1 route add net 192.100.9.0 192.100.11.2 1 :wq
915
NETWORKING
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
Note:
Make S93route script executable chmod +x S93route [Return] Reboot workstation
COMPLETE AW3.1 CONFIGURATION FORM LOCATED AT THE BEGINNING OF THIS MANUAL, AND WRITE DOWN ALL ROUTING INFORMATION YOU HAVE CREATED.
33
SUBNETWORKS Allows a single network address to span several physical networks. Some of the bits in the host portion of an IP address are used to specify the subnet number on the network backbone, and the remaining are used to specify the host number within the subnet. How these bits are divided between subnet and host depends on the type of netmask used.
NETWORKING
D D D
The 0bit netmask (255.255.255.0) is the default netmask for Class C networks, since it has no effect on the IP address. The 7bit and 8bit netmasks are useless because they dont contain any useable host addresses. Of the remaining netmasks types, the 3bit, 4bit, and 5bit types are the most practical to use because they offer realistic subnet/host combinations.
Possible Netmasks for Class C Network NETMASK Type 0bit 1bit 2bit 3bit 4bit 5bit 6bit 7bit 8bit Number 255.255.255.0 255.255.255.128 255.255.255.192 255.255.255.224 255.255.255.240 255.255.255.248 255.255.255.252 255.255.255.254 255.255.255.255 1 11 111 1111 11111 111111 1111111 11111111 HOST PORTION OF NETMASK (BINARY) Subnet Bits Host Bits 00000000 0000000 000000 00000 0000 000 00 0 0 NUMBER OF SUBNETS 1 2 4 8 16 32 64 128 256 NUMBER OF USEABLE HOST ADDRESSES Per Subnet 254 126 62 30 14 6 2 0 0 Total 254 252 248 240 224 192 128 0 0
To determine which netmask type to use, you must first know which subnet/host combination is needed for the network. When looking at the table, you can notice that the number of useable host addresses is always equal to the number of host addresses minus 2. e.g.: 8 >>6 useable ; 16 >>14 useable ; 64 >>62 useable host addresses.
916
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
If, for instance, we consider a 255.255.255.192 netmask, we can see that we are able to split the network into 4 subnetworks. See following illustration Each subnet will have 62 possible addresses. subnet 1 : from 1 to 62 subnet 2 : from 65 to 126 subnet 3 : from 129 to 190 subnet 4 : from 193 to 254 The missing addresses are reserved for SRINIC administration and subnet broadcasting.
ILLUSTRATION 91
SUBNET 2 CT_SBC1 192.100.9.66 CT_OC1 192.100.9.67 192.100.9.4 GATE1
NETMASK : 255.255.255.192 AW1 192.100.9.2 AW2 192.100.9.3
192.100.9 Network
SUBNET 1
GATE2 192.9.100.5 CT_OC2 192.100.9.132 CT_SBC2 192.100.9.131
GATE3 192.100.9.6 CT_OC3 192.100.9.212 CT_SBC3 192.100.9.213
SUBNET 3
SUBNET 4
Note:
For Class A or Class B subnetworks, consult the Network Administrator of the Site.
917
NETWORKING
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
34
NETMASKS DECLARATION Note: Preferrably use the sysunconfig utility that allows you to change hostname, IP address and netmask if you are not familiar with the vi editor. Refer to Chapter 3. The example procedure below is for the advanced user. Write access may have to be obtained before the /etc/inet/netmasks file can be edited. As root, edit the /etc/inet/netmasks file using the vi editor vi /etc/inet/netmasks [Return] # network addr netmask 192.9.100.0 255.255.255.240 example for a class C network 4.0.0.0 255.128.0.0 example for a class A network Update and quit the vi editor by pushing the <ESC> key and typing :wq [Return] Reboot the workstation.
Note:
NETWORKING
918
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
CHAPTER 10 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE

SECTION 1 TO BE DONE TWICE A YEAR D D D Verify the integrity of the external cable connections to the peripheral devices, including the network connections. Clean the monitor and the keyboard. Clean the inside of the computer box. Use an appropriate DATA VACUUM CLEANER such as 46194427P392. Open the CPU box by referring to chapter 4 Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures, Job Card DR001. Pay special note to the Electrostatic Discharge precautions when working inside the pizza box. Carefully vacuum out the system, carefully attending to heavy accumulation spots such as the Sparc Processor area. Note: The use of compressed air is not recommended. Blowing dust out with a stream of air is not recommended because of the ESD (ElectroStatic Discharge) hazards to components, and the dust hazard to the personnel in the area near the cleaning activity. Save Sites parameters on a new Configuration diskette. When AW has completed its startup, select Configuration and Floppy from the Service Tools submenu within the Root Menu:
Refresh Screen Calculator Clock Service Tools AW Administration Recover Database Restart Browser Install License Install package Install SMPTE Service Tools Logout
Command Window Configuration ScrapBook mode Autodelete activity
Screen Floppy
This allows you to have your backup Configuration floppy diskette renewed twice a year. The floppy is automatically formatted before saving the configuration data.
101
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
Root Menu
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
SECTION 2 TO BE DONE DURING THE IMAGE SOURCE MAINTENANCE OR AS OFTEN AS PRACTICAL D To be done for Sun 20 color monitors : Display the SMPTE pattern from the Browser, and check monitor(s) alignment. See Console Monitor Adjustment Procedure (Service tools installing SMPTE pattern) using the SMPTE pattern in Chapter 3 , section 261 for details on monitor alignment. Adjust Brightness and Contrast levels so that the Grey scale is integrally displayed. To be done for Megascan B&W portrait monitors : Run the Dome Frame Buffer boards and Monitors calibration program. Refer to Chapter 1, IST009. If equipped with a DASM Filming Interface and Laser Camera, verify that the SMPTE pattern displayed on the image monitor is compatible with the image printed on the film. Address any discrepancies with the Customer before making changes to the filming setups. See Chapter 7 for details on camera operations. Repair loose external cable connections to peripheral devices, including network connections. Login as root : <machine name> console login : root [Return] password : operator [return] Check for disk usage and available disk space for the FileSystem partitions. Check for disk usage: Refer to Chapter 4, TSG003 for details df k [Return]
D D
Verify that / and /export/home filesystems ARE NOT, in any case, close to 100% maximum disk usage, in order to allow System to write data in these partitions. D Check for any unwanted core file , which could take unnecessary disk space. Login as root Remove CORE files find / name core type f print [Return] rm <dir_name>/core [Return] (if any) DO NOT ATTEMPT /export/home/sdc D TO REMOVE CORE DIRECTORY UNDER
Save Sites configuration on new Configuration diskette(s) and write date on the label. Use a new diskette each time so you make sure you are not deleting any previous configuration that could be needed later. Refer to chapter 1, IST009 for details. From AW3.1_06.5 release, Volume Rendering Customers Presets are fully saved on the Configuration diskette (several diskettes if needed) together with the Sites parameters.
Note:
Check FILMING directory Refer to Chap 7 (Filming) Refer to section 61 for connection checks Refer to section 62 for filming directory check.
102
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
Remove LOGFILES which became too big cd /export/home/sdc/logfiles [Return] ls [Return] IF YOU SEE SOME FILES LIKE FOLLOWING : advantagelog* advantagelog.FriAug906:15:01.Z advantagelog.FriAug910:15:03.Z advantagelog.FriAug915:15:08.Z advantagelog.ThuAug820:15:03.Z aqslog* aqslog.FriAug906:15:01.Z aqslog.FriAug910:15:03.Z aqslog.FriAug915:15:08.Z aqslog.ThuAug820:15:03.Z arslog* arslog.FriAug906:15:01.Z arslog.FriAug910:15:03.Z arslog.FriAug915:15:08.Z arslog.ThuAug820:15:03.Z browserlog* browserlog.FriAug906:15:01.Z browserlog.FriAug910:15:03.Z browserlog.FriAug915:15:08.Z .............. {prompt} : You can DELETE ALL *.Z FILES by the following command: \rm *.Z [Return]
Note: Note: D
The command \rm avoid you to reply to confirmation questions. The system periodically cleanups this kind of files. Run the SUNVTS utility to monitor system performances Login as root Start the window manager /usr/openwin/bin/openwin [Return] (Sun 20 color monitor) OR /usr/openwin/bin/openwin dev /dev/fbs/md4sun0 [Return] (Megascan 2K monitor, upgrades from ARS2.0 and AW3.0, Dome md4sun FB boards) OR /usr/openwin/bin/openwin dev /dev/fbs/md4sbx0 [Return] (Megascan 2K monitor, AW3.1 forward production, Dome md4sbx FB boards) OR /usr/openwin/bin/openwin dev /dev/fbs/mdsun0.0 [Return] (Megascan 1K monitor, upgrades from ARS2.0 and AW3.0, Dome md2sun FB board) Open a command window
103
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
Start the sundiag program (refer to job card TSG005 for more information) /opt/SUNWvts/bin/sunvts [Return]
Shutdown the Advantage Workstation. This will cleanup the /tmp directory automatically. This can also be done by the Customer, as often as necessary, (before a scheduled Main power shutdown, for example) by using the shutdown utility described in Chapter 3.
SECTION 3 TO BE DONE EVERY 4 TO 5 YEARS : NVRAM CHIP REPLACEMENT The NVRAM integrated battery has a limited life of about 4 to 5 years. When the battery fails, the NVRAM chip looses all its settings. Older Advantage Windows using UltraSparc1 workstation will be the first to be concerned by this issue. Replacing the TOD/NVRAM chip in your workstation means that the HOSTID will change. Therefore you will have to install new software protection keys for the purchased options of the Site, which match the new HOSTID.
Procedure
NVRAM should be preferably replaced during a preventive maintenance, according to the age of your workstation. Order the right type for exchange, and make sure you REPLACE IT DURING WORKING HOURS, so you can get assitance from OnLine Center, which will compute the new software protection keys, matching the new Hostid. NVRAM chips NVRAM for Ultra1 (Sun P/N : 5251430) NVRAM for Ultra2 (Sun P/N : 5251417) : 2157131 : 2210214
The TOD/ NVRAM chip is located on the Sytem board (Mother board). For more information, refer to your Workstation Service disassembly/reassembly procedures. See Chapter 5 of this manual. Shutdown workstation and replace the NVRAM chip. Reboot workstation and start SDC (initialization of SDC will fail as the new software protection key is not installed yet. Install the new software protection key cd /export/home/sdc/install [Return] ./install.key XXXXXXX [Return] where XXXXXX is the new software protection key for SDC. Uninstall one by one every software and hardware option as shown below i.e : ./uninstall.nav [Return] ./uninstall.dicmod [Return] etc ... Reinstall each option with the new software key i.e : ./install.nav XXXXXX [Return] where XXXXXX is the new software protection key for Navigator. Note: You can reinstall your options using the install.software and install.hardware scripts. Refer to chapter 1 of this manual. Finally, save the new keys on the Sites Configuration diskette and store it carefully for future use. Manual for
104
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
APPENDIX A GLOSSARY & UNIX COMMAND

SECTION 1 GLOSSARY (This glossary contains a list of UNIX terms commonly used). ABSOLUTE PATHNAME The list of directories starting with the root directory, specified as /, down through the file system tree structure to the file or directory in question, with each directory along the way separated from the others with an additional / character. The other types of pathnames are: simple and relative pathnames.
ACCOUNT The means by which a user accesses the system and the system administrator assigns space for the users files and directories. Usernames and passwords are specific to the accounts.
ALIAS An alias is a userspecified abbreviation, or alternate string, for a standard command string.
APPEND Attach to the end.
APPEND OUTPUT Attach redirected output to the end of a file.
ARGUMENT Any word (string of characters separated by spaces or tabs) occurring after the command in a command line.
APPENDIX A
ARITHMETIC OPERATOR Symbols used to indicate and execute addition (+), subtraction ( ), multiplication (*), and division.
BACKGROUND The place where a command, or commands, are run while commands are still being typed in the foreground, with background and foreground commands executing apparently simultaneously.
BUG Any problem or error in the design or coding of a program.
A1
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
CASESENSITIVE Treating lowercase and uppercase characters as two kinds of characters with separate functions.
CHILD DIRECTORY The directory directly below the current working directory in the file system tree structure.
COLON MODE In vi, the mode where files are written or quit the program. Type : when in command mode to access colon mode. Besides command mode and colon mode, vi has insert mode.
COMMAND A string of characters typed to the system, expecting it to respond by performing a certain function unique to that command line. The command is sometimes called the verb of the command line sentence.
COMMAND EDITING Modifying a previous command line for reuse as a new command.
COMMAND LINE A string of characters beginning with a command followed by arguments, which arent necessarily required, including options, filenames, and other expressions.
COMMAND MODE In vi, the mode where moving and deleting commands are typed, as well as changing text commands that access insert mode. vi starts out in command mode; the other modes are insert mode and colon mode.
APPENDIX A
COMMAND PROMPT The string of characters that the system types indicating it is ready to accept and interpret the next command line. Often, the command prompt includes the name of the system.
COMMAND REPETITION Repeating a previous command line, or portion of one, for reuse as a new command line.
A2
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
COMMAND SUBSTITUTION Substituting a portion of a previous command line for reuse as a new command line.
CONCATENATE Literally, to link together in series. For UNIX, to type a file on the screen.
CONSOLE When you log in at the actual machine, rather than accessing the machine from another machine, you log in on the console.
CONTROL CHARACTERS Keys that require that you press and hold down the <CTRL> key while typing the associated character to perform a certain function. For example, <CTRL> <U> deletes the current command line before execution. Control keys extend the functionality of the keyboard.
COORDINATED UNIVERSAL TIME See Greenwich Mean Time.
CURRENT DIRECTORY See working directory.
CURSOR The rectangular portion of the screen that moves as you type on the keyboard, indicating your current position on the screen.
APPENDIX A
DEBUG To attempt to fix problems with programs.
DIRECTORY A container for files and other directories that resides within the UNIX file system in a tree structure. Directories and their associated files can be created (make), moved, copied and removed. Really, directories are a special type of file.
DOWNTIME Time when the computer is not working because of maintenance or an unknown problem.
A3
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
ECHO The way that the system types back onto the screen the keys that you press.
EDITOR See text editor.
EMPTY DIRECTORY A directory that doesnt contain any files or directories.
ENDOFFILE CHARACTER <CTRL> <D> the character used to indicate when you have finished typing in a file.
ERROR MESSAGE A character string that the system types to let you know that there is a problem with a command, or perhaps with something else. Usually, the error message will give you some idea of how to correct the problem.
ESCAPE KEYS Keys that require that you press and release the <ESC> key before typing the associated character. Escape keys are a way of extending the functionality of the keyboard.
EXPRESSION An expression is a string of characters that signifies a certain meaning to the system.
APPENDIX A
FILE A container for text. Files can be created, moved, copied, listed, and removed, or deleted. They are a good way to save memos, phone lists, programs, and other portions of text. Use a text editor to create and modify files.
FILENAMES The name assigned to a file. Do not use special characters in the filename, because the system may misinterpret the filename as something else.
FILENAME EXTENSION A portion of a filename appended to the end, often demarcated with a period character.
A4
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
FILE PROTECTION The way that the system maintains some security over the contents of your files.
FILE SYSTEM In the case of UNIX, a treestructured network of files and directories, through which you can move to access the files and directories contained in it.
FILE SYSTEM HIERARCHY The structure of the file system, consisting of a tree of files and directories, with a root directory at the top and directories acting as parent directories and child directories throughout.
FILLING The process of placing a series of words on a line until the end of that line, and so on. The formatter fills text unless you type a command, such as the line break command .br, indicating that it do otherwise.
FOREGROUND The place where commands are typed at the command prompt for the system to execute. Type an ampersand character at the end of a command line to have the system execute that command line in the background, while continuing to type commands at the command prompt for execution in the foreground.
FORMATTER See text formatter.
GREENWICH MEAN TIME

APPENDIX A
The time at the Greenwich meridian, from which all the time zones on the earth are established. Sometimes known as Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
HARDCOPY A copy of a text file that is on a piece of paper, not stored somewhere on the computer.
HIDDEN FILES Files that dont show up in a simple listing, because they have a period character as the first character in their filename.
HIERARCHY See file system hierarchy.
A5
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
HISTORY MECHANISM The way that the system keeps track of commands that have been typed previously so that they can be reused with command repetition and command editing.
HOME DIRECTORY The directory you are in when you first log in to the system, which is also your personal root directory to all the files and directories you create in your own area.
HOSTNAME The name of a machine, or host.
INDENT To put spaces or tabs before a section of text, particularly at the beginning of a paragraph.
INSERT MODE For vi, insert mode is the mode in which text is inserted or changed; you exit by typing <ESC>. The other vi modes are: command mode and colon mode.
INTERACTIVE PROGRAM A program that requires commands to be typed after it has been started, rather than executing its function in full after a single command line is entered.
INTERRUPT To stop the execution of a command or program.

APPENDIX A
JOB CONTROL The way that the system keeps track of all the commands run in the foreground and background, as well as all the commands that other users may run on the system.
KEYBOARD A part of the Sun workstation, similar to a typewriter, that permits characters to be input and displayed on the screen.
LEFTJUSTIFY To put characters up against the left margin, or side of the page.
A6
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
LINE BREAK A way to stop the flow of filling, so that a line of text ends at a specific point, with any further words appearing on the next line.
LINE SPACE A way to indicate a blank vertical spacing equivalent to one line, usually mentioned when formatting.
LOGIN Gaining access to the system, usually by typing a username and password, so that a work session on the computer can be begun.
LOGIN PROMPT The string of characters that the system types to let you know that it is ready to interpret your username when you decide to type it.
LOGOUT Ending access to the system, usually when the work session is ended, prevents an unauthorized user from having access to your account, perhaps causing damage to one of your files, or accessing sensitive information.
MARKER In this case, the character is marker for options, so that when you type a command with an option, the system can figure out that you have typed an option, not another kind of command argument.
MESSAGE OF THE DAY A portion of text that the system may type at log in. The system administrator sometimes creates this message to let users know about downtime or other important system events.
MODE See command mode, colon mode, or insert mode.
MOUSE A small, rectangular part of the Sun workstation, with three buttons and a wire running out of it, that permits better control of the window system, when it is running.
A7
APPENDIX A
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
MOUSE TABLET A shiny, flat rectangular part of the Sun workstation that the mouse moves around in a way that the system can understand.
NATURAL LANGUAGE The languages that people, as opposed to machines, speak, read, or write in societies and cultures of all eras.
OPERATING SYSTEM A collection of programs that monitors the use of the machine and supervises the other programs executed by it.
OPERATOR See arithmetic operator.
OPTION A portion of the command line sometimes compared with an adverb because it modifies the effect of the command you type.
OUTPUT REDIRECTION See redirecting output.
PACIFIC STANDARD TIME The standard time on the West coast of the United States, established primarily by the distance from Greenwich, England.
APPENDIX A
PARENT DIRECTORY The directory above this directory in the file system tree structure.
PASSWORD A character string that you type, usually just after your filename, to get access to the system. Keep your password secret, and change it when you think someone discovers what it is.
PATHNAME An identifier for the position of a file or directory within the tree structure of the file system. The three types of pathnames are: simple, absolute, and relative.
A8
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
PRINTER A physical device that takes electrical signals, interprets them, and types them out onto paper.
PRINTOUT A piece of paper, produced by a printer, that has the image of the characters from a file on it.
PROGRAM A series of instructions that the system executes when you type the program name and commands associated with the program. A programmer writes the set of instructions and figures out how to get the system to use them properly.
READ AHEAD See type ahead.
REDIRECTING OUTPUT Causing what the system types as the result of a command to go into a file, rather than onto the screen. Basic output redirection requires use of the > or >> symbols.
RELATIVE PATHNAME A series of directory names separated by /s that locates a file or directory with respect to the current, or working directory. The other types of pathnames are: simple and absolute pathnames.
ROOT DIRECTORY The top directory in the tree structure of the UNIX file system.
APPENDIX A
RUB OUT To erase, or delete, from the screen.
SAVE A FILE See write a file.
SCREEN see terminal screen.
A9
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
SEARCH A FILE To look through the contents of a file, perhaps with grep, to find a certain character string.
SIMPLE PATHNAME A file or directory name, without mention of any associated directories, that one uses to access the file or directory.
SPECIAL CHARACTERS One of a set of characters that have a meaning to the system, other than their meaning as a simple character. For instance, the exclamation mark ! has a special meaning for the history mechanism, and you shouldnt use it in a filename.
STATUS LINE For vi, the line the system types at the bottom of the interactive screen to provide information about the number of characters or lines in a file, or whether an instruction to write the file was successful.
STRING A series of characters.
SUBDIRECTORY The child directory of a parent directory, or any directory below that child directory.
SUSPEND To halt, perhaps temporarily, the execution of a program.

APPENDIX A
SYSTEM ADMINISTRATOR A person who manages the system, providing accounts, and hopefully solving any problems you have with the computer.
TABLET See mouse tablet
TERMINAL SCREEN A flat, rectangular part of the Sun workstation that you look at to see what you type to the system and what it types back.
A10
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
TEXT Combinations of characters in strings, sometimes forming a comprehensible language of command lines.
TEXT EDITOR A program with which you can create files and modify them. For UNIX, the primary text editor is vi.
TREE STRUCTURE The way that many people describe the UNIX file system hierarchy, drawing an analogy between the structure of a tree and the structure of the file system. As with a tree, the file system originates with a root, a root directory, which grows child directories on its branches.
TYPE AHEAD The way that the system lets you type new commands while it is still interpreting and executing the current command.
UNIVERSAL TIME See Greenwich Mean Time.
UNIX OPERATING SYSTEM The operating system that runs on Sun workstations. See operating system for more information.
USERNAME The character string with which you identify yourself to the system, usually assigned by your system administrator.
APPENDIX A
WILD CARD CHARACTERS Characters that have a special meaning to the system, because they specify all filename character strings that have a certain attribute. For example, the wild card character asterisk, *, indicates a filename string of arbitrary length.
WINDOW A portion of the screen in which you can type commands or execute programs while running the window system.
A11
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
WINDOW SYSTEM A set of programs that allows you to divide up the screen into portions where you can type various commands and run many programs at the same time.
WORD A character string, separated from other character strings by spaces or tab characters.
WORKING DIRECTORY The current directory in which, among other activities, you can type commands and list files. When you first log in, your working directory is your home directory.
WORK SESSION The time that you access the computer to work or play, between when you log in and when you log out.
WORKSTATION A Sun system made up of a keyboard, a terminal screen, a mouse, and a mouse pad, which you can use for profitable work or healthy recreation.
WRITE A FILE For vi, to save the changes you have made to a file, so that when you next access the file , the changes will still be there.
SECTION 2 UNIX COMMAND SUMMARY

APPENDIX A
Note:
The following is a list of the commands available with this version of UNIX. The most basic commands and those you will need to know to perform service work have been explained in greater detail within this manual. You will also find a comparison between Solaris 1.x (SunOS 4.x) and Solaris 2.x (SunOS 5.x) most commonly used files and commands.
CAUTION
Many of these commands can seriously alter the contents of files. Do not attempt to use these commands unless you are sure of the results.
A12
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
Command accton adb arp at atq atrm awk basename bc biod boot bootsd bootxy cat chgrp chmod chown chroot cmp colrm comm cp crontab csh cut date dc dd df diff dkinfo dmesg domainname du dump echo ed egrep etherfind ex expr
Description system accounting generalpurpose debugger address resolution protocol execute a command or script at a specified time display the queue of jobs to be run at specified times remove jobs spooled by at or batch pattern scanning and processing language display portions of pathnames and filenames arbitraryprecision arithmetic language starts servers asynchronous block I/O daemons system startup procedures boot SCSI disk boot Xylogics 440/450 disk concatenate and display change the group ownership of a file change the permissions mode of a file change ownership of a file change root directory perform a bytebybyte comparison of two files remove characters from specified columns within each line display lines in common between two sorted lists copy files install, edit, remove or list a users crontab file a shell with a Clike syntax remove selected fields from each line of a file display or set the date desk calculator convert and copy files with various data formats reports free disk space on file systems display linebyline differences between pairs of text files disk geometry information collect system diagnostic messages to form error log set/display domain name display the number of disk blocks used per directory or file copy directories onto a tape for offline storage echo arguments to the standard output basic line editor search a file for a string or regular expression find packets on the ethernet line editor evaluate arguments as an expression
A13
APPENDIX A
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
Command false fastboot file find ftp fsck fsirand getopt getty gettytab grep groups hostid hostname id ifconfig inetd init install installboot ipcrm ipcs kill lastlog ln login logout lpr ls magic mach make makedbm mkdir mkfs mknod more mount mt mv ncheck nd netstat networks
Description provide true values reboot system determine the type of a file by examining its contents find files by name, or by other characteristics file transfer program check and repair filesystem install random inode generation numbers parse command options in shell scripts set terminal mode terminal configuration database pattern searches displays a users group membership print the numeric identifier of the current host set or print the name of current host system print the user name and ID, and group name and ID configure network interface parameters internet server daemon process control initialization install files install bootblocks in a disk partition remove message queue, semaphore, shared memory ID report interprocess communication facilities status send signal to process, or terminate a process login records make hard or symbolic links to files log in to the system terminate a login shell send job to printer list the contents of a directory file commands magic numbers table display the processor type of the current host maintain, update, and regenerate related programs & files make a yellow pages dbm file make a directory make file system creates a new file name by the path name pointed to by path browse or page through a text file mount file systems magnetic tape control move or rename files convert i numbers to filename network disk control display network status network name database overview
APPENDIX A
A14
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
Command nice passwd ping portmap print env protocols ps pstat pwd quota rc rcp rdate reboot restore rlogin rm rmt route rpc rcpinfo rsh rwall sa savecore sed sh showmount shutdown size sleep sort spray string strip stty su sync
Description change priority change password file information checks to see if another machine is up and running DARPA port to rpc program number mapper display environment variables currently set protocol name database display the status of current processes print system facts display the pathname of the current working directory display a users disk quota and usage start up commands remote file copy set system date from a remote host restart system file system restore remote login remove (unlink) files or directories remote magnetic tape protocol server manipulate routing table library routines for remote procedure calls report rpc information remote shell write to all users over a network reports on, cleans up, and maintains accounting files save OS core dump stream editor standard UNIX system shell show all remote mounts close down the system display the size of an object file suspend execution for a specified interval sort and collate lines sends a oneway stream of packets to host a series of characters remove symbols and relocation bits from an object file set or alter the options for a terminal superuser, temporarily switch to a new user ID update the super block; force changed blocks to the disk
A15
APPENDIX A
GE Medical Systems
REV 8
Command tail tar tee telnet termcap test tftp time touch tr true tset tty umount uniq update uptime vi w wc which who whoami wtmp ypbind ypcat ypinit ypmatch
APPENDIX A
Description display the last part of a file create tape archives, and add or extract files replicate the standard output interface to remote system using TELNET protocol terminal capability database return true or false according to a conditional expression trivial file transfer program time a command update the access and modification times of a file translate characters provide truth values establish or restore terminal characteristics display the name of the terminal dismounts file systems remove or report adjacent duplicate lines periodically update the super block show how long the system has been up visual display editor based on ex who is logged in, and what they are doing display a count of lines, words and characters locate a command; display its pathname or alias who is logged in on the system display the current effective username login records binds client processes to a yp server print values in a YP database build and install yellow pages database print the value of one or more keys from a YP map
A16

AW3.1 U1-U2 SM Rev8

Transféré par

Informations du document

Titre original

Copyright

Formats disponibles

Partager ce document

Partager ou intégrer le document

Options de partage

Avez-vous trouvé ce document utile ?

Ce contenu est-il inapproprié ?

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

AW3.1 U1-U2 SM Rev8

Transféré par

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

Technical Publications

Advantage Workstation (v3.1) sm Service Manual

Advantage Workstation (v3.1) sm 2201394100

Advantage Workstation (v3.1) sm 2201394100

TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT.)

Advantage Workstation (v3.1) sm 2201394100

TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT.)

Advantage Workstation (v3.1) sm 2201394100

TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT.)

SECTION 2 CAMERA SETTINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Advantage Workstation (v3.1) sm 2201394100

TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT.)

SECTION 6 CHECKS AND UTILITIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 2 CDR DRIVE OPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 3 GENESIS OPTICAL DISK DRIVE OPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 4 DICOM OPTICAL DISK DRIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Advantage Workstation (v3.1) sm 2201394100

TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT.)

SECTION 6 128MB, 256MB OR 512MB EXTENDED MEMORY OPTION . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 7 TRACKBALL OPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 8 ADD SECOND MONITOR OPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 15 FUNCTOOL OPTION SOFTWARE PACKAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 16 VOLUME RENDERING OPTION SOFTWARE PACKAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Advantage Workstation (v3.1) sm 2201394100

TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT.)

Advantage Workstation (v3.1) sm 2201394100

TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT.)

94 95 96 96 97 98 99 99 99 99 99 910 910 910 914 914 915 916 918

SECTION 3 NETWORKING OVERVIEW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Advantage Workstation (v3.1) sm 2201394100

D THIS SERVICE MANUAL IS AVAILABLE IN ENGLISH ONLY.

D CE MANUEL DE MAINTENANCE NEST DISPONIBLE QUEN ANGLAIS.

D ESTE MANUAL DE SERVICIO SLO EXISTE EN INGLS.

Advantage Workstation (v3.1) sm 2201394100

Advantage Workstation (v3.1) sm 2201394100

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

Advantage Workstation (v3.1) sm 2201394100

Advantage Workstation (v3.1) sm 2201394100

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL

Advantage Workstation (v3.1) sm 2201394100

CONVENTIONS FOR THIS MANUAL

Advantage Workstation (v3.1) sm 2201394100

Advantage Workstation (v3.1) sm 2201394100

............................................ ............................................ ............................................ ............................................

IP address: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Port Number: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Comments: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

IP address: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Port Number: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Comments: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

IP address: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Port Number: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Comments: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

IP address: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Port Number: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Comments: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

IP address: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Port Number: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Comments: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

IP address: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Port Number: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Comments: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

IP address: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Port Number: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Comments: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Advantage Workstation (v3.1) sm 2201394100

Advantage Workstation (v3.1) sm 2201394100

Advantage Workstation (v3.1) sm 2201394100

1 or 2 screens Portrait or Landscape

The system unit is the actual computer

Do your work by typing at the keyboard ...

ILLUSTRATION 11 ADVANTAGE WORSTATION BASIC OVERVIEW

Advantage Workstation (v3.1) sm 2201394100

Required hardware environment

Advantage Workstation (v3.1) sm 2201394100

ILLUSTRATION 12 1 OR 2 LANDSCAPE COLOR MONITOR CONFIGURATION SUN 20 OR 21

REAR VIEW RIGHT MONITOR LEFT MONITOR